[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

US20140296240A1 - Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors - Google Patents

Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20140296240A1
US20140296240A1 US14/306,429 US201414306429A US2014296240A1 US 20140296240 A1 US20140296240 A1 US 20140296240A1 US 201414306429 A US201414306429 A US 201414306429A US 2014296240 A1 US2014296240 A1 US 2014296240A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
pharmaceutically acceptable
alkyl
acceptable salt
acid
compounds
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US14/306,429
Inventor
Gary Mark Coppola
Yuki Iwaki
Rajeshri Ganesh Karki
Toshio Kawanami
Gary Michael Ksander
Muneto Mogi
Robert Sun
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=42313042&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20140296240(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to US14/306,429 priority Critical patent/US20140296240A1/en
Publication of US20140296240A1 publication Critical patent/US20140296240A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D317/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D317/08Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3
    • C07D317/10Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 not condensed with other rings
    • C07D317/32Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 not condensed with other rings with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D317/34Oxygen atoms
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/185Acids; Anhydrides, halides or salts thereof, e.g. sulfur acids, imidic, hydrazonic or hydroximic acids
    • A61K31/19Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid
    • A61K31/195Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid having an amino group
    • A61K31/197Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid having an amino group the amino and the carboxyl groups being attached to the same acyclic carbon chain, e.g. gamma-aminobutyric acid [GABA], beta-alanine, epsilon-aminocaproic acid or pantothenic acid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/21Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/21Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates
    • A61K31/215Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids
    • A61K31/216Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids of acids having aromatic rings, e.g. benactizyne, clofibrate
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/325Carbamic acids; Thiocarbamic acids; Anhydrides or salts thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/35Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/351Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with another ring
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/357Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having two or more oxygen atoms in the same ring, e.g. crown ethers, guanadrel
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/42Oxazoles
    • A61K31/4211,3-Oxazoles, e.g. pemoline, trimethadione
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/53751,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/08Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for nausea, cinetosis or vertigo; Antiemetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/02Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of urine or of the urinary tract, e.g. urine acidifiers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/06Antiabortive agents; Labour repressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/10Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for impotence
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/12Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for climacteric disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24Antidepressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/06Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/12Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis
    • A61P3/14Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis for calcium homeostasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/24Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the sex hormones
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/10Antioedematous agents; Diuretics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/04Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/06Antiarrhythmics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12Antihypertensives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C233/00Carboxylic acid amides
    • C07C233/01Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C233/45Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
    • C07C233/46Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
    • C07C233/47Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom having the carbon atom of the carboxamide group bound to a hydrogen atom or to a carbon atom of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C233/00Carboxylic acid amides
    • C07C233/01Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C233/45Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
    • C07C233/46Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
    • C07C233/49Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom having the carbon atom of the carboxamide group bound to a carbon atom of an acyclic unsaturated carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C233/00Carboxylic acid amides
    • C07C233/01Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C233/45Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
    • C07C233/46Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
    • C07C233/51Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom having the carbon atom of the carboxamide group bound to an acyclic carbon atom of a carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C233/00Carboxylic acid amides
    • C07C233/01Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C233/56Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of carboxyl groups, e.g. oxamides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C233/00Carboxylic acid amides
    • C07C233/57Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of rings other than six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C233/63Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of rings other than six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C235/00Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C07C235/02Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C235/04Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • C07C235/12Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to an acyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C235/00Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C07C235/70Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C235/72Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C235/76Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an unsaturated carbon skeleton
    • C07C235/78Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an unsaturated carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton containing rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C237/00Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups
    • C07C237/02Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C237/16Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and unsaturated
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C237/00Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups
    • C07C237/02Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C237/22Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton having nitrogen atoms of amino groups bound to the carbon skeleton of the acid part, further acylated
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C255/00Carboxylic acid nitriles
    • C07C255/49Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
    • C07C255/58Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton containing cyano groups and singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being further bound to other hetero atoms, bound to the carbon skeleton
    • C07C255/60Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton containing cyano groups and singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being further bound to other hetero atoms, bound to the carbon skeleton at least one of the singly-bound nitrogen atoms being acylated
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C271/00Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C271/06Esters of carbamic acids
    • C07C271/08Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/10Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/22Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by carboxyl groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C275/00Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C275/04Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C275/20Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an unsaturated carbon skeleton
    • C07C275/24Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an unsaturated carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/01Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C311/02Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
    • C07C311/08Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/50Compounds containing any of the groups, X being a hetero atom, Y being any atom
    • C07C311/51Y being a hydrogen or a carbon atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/81Amides; Imides
    • C07D213/82Amides; Imides in position 3
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/32One oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atom
    • C07D239/34One oxygen atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/32One oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atom
    • C07D239/34One oxygen atom
    • C07D239/36One oxygen atom as doubly bound oxygen atom or as unsubstituted hydroxy radical
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D257/00Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D257/02Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D257/04Five-membered rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D261/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings
    • C07D261/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D261/06Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D261/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D261/18Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D263/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
    • C07D263/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D263/30Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D263/32Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D265/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D265/281,4-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,4-oxazines
    • C07D265/301,4-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,4-oxazines not condensed with other rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D271/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D271/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D271/061,2,4-Oxadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-oxadiazoles
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/14Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D295/145Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals with the ring nitrogen atoms and the carbon atoms with three bonds to hetero atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • C07D295/15Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals with the ring nitrogen atoms and the carbon atoms with three bonds to hetero atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings to an acyclic saturated chain
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D309/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D309/32Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07BGENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C07B2200/00Indexing scheme relating to specific properties of organic compounds
    • C07B2200/05Isotopically modified compounds, e.g. labelled
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/06Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring
    • C07C2601/08Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring the ring being saturated
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/12Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring
    • C07C2601/14The ring being saturated
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2602/00Systems containing two condensed rings
    • C07C2602/02Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having only two atoms in common
    • C07C2602/04One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C2602/08One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring the other ring being five-membered, e.g. indane

Definitions

  • Atrial natriuretic peptides also called atrial natriuretic factors (ANF) have diuretic, natriuretic and vasorelaxant functions in mammals.
  • ANF peptides is metabolically inactivated, in particular by a degrading enzyme which has been recognized to correspond to the enzyme neutral endopeptidase (NEP) EC 3.4.24.11, also responsible for e.g. the metabolic inactivation of enkephalins.
  • NEP neutral endopeptidase
  • Neutral endopeptidase (EC 3.4.24.11; enkephalinase; atriopeptidase; NEP) is a zinc-containing metalloprotease that cleaves a variety of peptide substrates on the amino side of hydrophobic residues [see Pharmacol Rev , Vol. 45, p. 87 (1993)].
  • Substrates for this enzyme include, but are not limited to, atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP, also known as ANF), brain natriuretic peptide (BNP), met- and leu-enkephalin, bradykinin, neurokinin A, endothelin-1 and substance P.
  • ANP is a potent vasorelaxant and natriuretic agent [see J Hypertens , Vol. 19, p. 1923 (2001)]. Infusion of ANP in normal subjects resulted in a reproducible, marked enhancement of natriuresis and diuresis, including increases in fractional excretion of sodium, urinary flow rate and glomerular filtration rate [see J Clin Pharmacol , Vol. 27, p. 927 (1987)]. However, ANP has a short half-life in circulation, and NEP in kidney cortex membranes has been shown to be the major enzyme responsible for degrading this peptide [see Peptides , Vol. 9, p. 173 (1988)]. Thus, inhibitors of NEP (neutral endopeptidase inhibitors, NEPi) should increase plasma levels of ANP and, hence, are expected to induce natriuretic and diuretic effects.
  • NEPi neutral endopeptidase inhibitors
  • This enzyme is involved in the breakdown of several bioactive oligopeptides, cleaving peptide bonds on the amino side of hydrophobic amino acid residues.
  • the peptides metabolised include atrial natriuretic peptides (ANP), bombesin, bradykinin, calcitonin gene-related peptide, endothelins, enkephalins, neurotensin, substance P and vasoactive intestinal peptide.
  • the aim of the present invention is to provide novel compounds which are useful as neutral endopeptidase inhibitors, e.g. as inhibitors of the ANF-degrading enzyme in mammals, so as to prolong and potentiate the diuretic, natriuretic and vasodilator properties of ANF in mammals, by inhibiting the degradation thereof to less active metabolites.
  • the compounds of this invention are thus particularly useful for the treatment of conditions and disorders responsive to the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase (NEP) EC 3.4.24.11.
  • the compounds of the invention by inhibiting the neutral endopeptidase EC.3.4.24.11, can potentiate the biological effects of bioactive peptides.
  • the compounds have utility in the treatment of a number of disorders, including hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, resistant hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency (diabetic or non-diabetic), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and
  • the compounds of the invention may have activity in other therapeutic areas including for example the treatment of menstrual disorders, preterm labour, pre-eclampsia, endometriosis, and reproductive disorders (especially male and female infertility, polycystic ovarian syndrome, implantation failure).
  • the compounds of the invention should treat asthma, obstructive sleep apnea, inflammation, leukemia, pain, epilepsy, affective disorders such as depression and psychotic condition such as dementia and geriatric confusion, obesity and gastrointestinal disorders (especially diarrhea and irritable bowel syndrome), wound healing (especially diabetic and venous ulcers and pressure sores), septic shock, the modulation of gastric acid secretion, the treatment of hyperreninaemia, cystic fibrosis, restenosis, type-2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications and athereosclerosis, male and female sexual dysfunction.
  • the compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment of cardiovascular disorders.
  • the invention pertains to the compounds, methods for using them, and uses thereof as described herein.
  • Examples of compounds of the invention include the compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the compounds of the examples.
  • the invention therefore provides a compound of the formula (I′):
  • R 1 is H, C 1-7 alkyl, hydroxy, C 1-7 alkoxy, halogen, —SH, —S—C 1-7 alkyl or NR a R b ;
  • R 2 for each occurrence is independently C 1-7 alkyl, halo, NO 2 , CN, C 1-7 alkanoylamino, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C 1-7 alkoxy, haloC 1-7 alkyl, —NR a R b , C 6-10 aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; wherein R a and R b for each occurrence are independently H or C 1-7 alkyl;
  • R 3 is A 1 -C(O)X 1 or A 2 -R 4 ;
  • R 4 is C 6-10 aryl or a heteroaryl, which can be monocyclic or bicyclic, and which can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, hydroxyC 1-7 alkyl, nitro, —NR a R b , —C(O)C 1-7 alkyl, C(O)—O—C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, halo, C 1-7 alkyl, halo-C 1-7 alkyl, C 2-7 alkenyl, C 6-10 aryl, heteroaryl, —NHSO 2 —C 1-7 alkyl and benzyl; or R 4 is a heterocyclyl which can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, hydroxy, hydroxyC 1-7 alkyl, amino, C(O)—O—C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, halo, C 1-7 alkyl, hal
  • B 1 is —C(O)NH— or —NHC(O)—;
  • a 1 is a bond or a linear or branched C 1-7 alkylene; which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, hydroxy and O-acetate; in which two geminal alkyl can optionally combine to form a C 3-7 cycloalkyl; or A 1 is a linear or branched C 1-7 alkenylene; or A 1 is a linear C 1-4 alkylene wherein one or more carbon atom(s) is/are replaced with an heteroatom selected from O, NR c ; and A 1 is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo and C 1-7 alkyl; in which R c for each occurrence, is independently H, C 1-7 alkyl, —C(O)—O—C 1-7 alkyl or —CH 2 C(O)OH; or A 1 is a phenyl or a heteroary
  • each heteroaryl is a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring comprising 5-10 ring atoms selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and
  • each heterocyclyl is a monocyclic saturated or partially saturated but non-aromatic moiety comprising 4-7 ring atoms selected from carbon atoms and 1-5 heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom of a heteroaryl or a heterocyclyl is independently selected from O, N and S.
  • the invention therefore provides a compound of the formula (I):
  • R 1 is H or C 1-7 alkyl
  • R 2 for each occurrence is independently C 1-7 alkyl, halo, NO 2 , CN, C 1-7 alkanoylamino, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C 1-7 alkoxy, haloC 1-7 alkyl, —NR a R b , C 6-10 aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; wherein R a and R b for each occurrence are independently H or C 1-7 alkyl;
  • R 3 is A 1 -C(O)X 1 or A 2 -R 4 ;
  • R 4 is C 6-10 aryl or a heteroaryl, which can be monocyclic or bicyclic, and which can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, hydroxyC 1-7 alkyl, amino, C(O)—O—C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, halo, C 1-7 alkyl, halo-C 1-7 alkyl, C 6-10 aryl, heteroaryl, —NHSO 2 —C 1-7 alkyl and benzyl; or R 4 is a heterocyclyl which can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, hydroxy, hydroxyC 1-7 alkyl, amino, C(O)—O—C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, halo, C 1-7 alkyl, halo-C 1-7 alkyl, C 6-10 aryl, heteroaryl, —NHSO 2 —C 1-7 alky
  • B 1 is —C(O)NH— or —NHC(O)—;
  • a 1 is a bond or a linear or branched C 1-7 alkylene; which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, hydroxy and O-acetate; in which two geminal alkyl can optionally combine to form a C 3-7 cycloalkyl; or A 1 is a phenyl or a heteroaryl; each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-7 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, halo-C 1-7 alkyl, hydroxy, C 1-7 alkoxy, halo, —NR a R b , —OCH 2 CO 2 H, and —OCH 2 C(O)NH 2 ; or A 1 is a C 3-7 cycloalkyl; A 1 is —C 1-4 alkylene-C 6-10 -aryl-, —C 1-4
  • each heteroaryl is a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring comprising 5-10 ring atoms selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and
  • each heterocyclyl is a monocyclic saturated or partially saturated but non-aromatic moiety comprising 4-7 ring atoms selected from carbon atoms and 1-5 heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom of a heteroaryl or a heterocyclyl is independently selected from O, N and S.
  • the invention pertains to a method for treating a disorders or diseases responsive to the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 (NEP), in a subject, by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, such that the disorder or disease responsive to the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 (NEP) in the subject is treated.
  • the invention pertains to a method for treating hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, resistant hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency (diabetic or non-diabetic), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathey, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation (AF), cardiac fibrosis, atrial flutter, detrimental vascular remodeling, plaque stabilization, myocardial infarction (MI), INF,
  • the invention pertains to pharmaceutical compositions, comprising of a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • the invention pertains to combinations including a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′ and I-VIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and pharmaceutical combinations of one or more therapeutically active agents.
  • the invention pertains to a method for inhibiting neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 in a subject by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, such that neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 is inhibited.
  • the invention provides a compound of the Formula I or I′, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
  • R 1 is H or C 1-7 alkyl
  • R 2 for each occurrence is independently C 1-7 alkyl, halo, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C 1-7 alkoxy, haloC 1-7 alkyl, —NR a R b , C 6-10 aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; wherein R a and R b for each occurrence are independently H or C 1-7 alkyl;
  • R 3 is A 1 -C(O)X 1 or A 2 -R 4 ;
  • R 4 is C 6-10 aryl or a heteroaryl, which can be monocyclic or bicyclic and which can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, C 1-7 alkoxy, halo, C 1-7 alkyl, halo-C 1-7 alkyl C 6-10 aryl, heteroaryl, —NHSO 2 —C 1-7 alkyl and benzyl;
  • R 5 is H
  • X and X 1 are independently OH, —O—C 1-7 alkyl or NR a R b ;
  • B 1 is —C(O)NH— or —NHC(O)—;
  • a 1 is a linear or branched C 1-7 alkylene; which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, hydroxy and O-acetate; in which two geminal alkyl can optionally combine to form a C 3-7 cycloalkyl; or
  • a 1 is a phenyl or a heteroaryl; each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-7 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, halo-C 1-7 alkyl, hydroxy, C 1-7 alkoxy, halo, —NR a R b , —OCH 2 CO 2 H, and —OCH 2 C(O)NH 2 ; and
  • a 2 is a bond or a linear or branched C 1-7 alkylene; which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting
  • each heteroaryl is a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring comprising 5-10 ring atoms selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and
  • each heterocyclyl is a monocyclic saturated or partially saturated but non-aromatic moiety comprising 4-7 ring atoms selected from carbon atoms and 1-5 heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom of a heteroaryl or a heterocyclyl is independently selected from O, N and S.
  • Certain compounds of Formula I or I′ include compounds of Formula IA wherein the stereochemistry at the carbon bearing the biphenyl group is (R):
  • the invention pertains to compounds of Formula I or I′ or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; R 2 is halo and is attached to the meta position and the other optional R 2 groups are independently C 1-7 alkyl, NO 2 , CN, halo, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C 1-7 alkoxy, halo-C 1-7 alkyl, NR b R c , C 6-10 aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl.
  • R 2 is halo and is attached to the meta position and the other optional R 2 groups are independently C 1-7 alkyl, NO 2 , CN, halo, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C 1-7 alkoxy, halo-C 1-7 alkyl, NR b R c , C 6-10 aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl.
  • R 2 is halo and is attached to the meta position and the other optional R 2 groups are independently C 1-7
  • R 1 , R 2 , B 1 , R 3 have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra; p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 and R 2a is halo.
  • Certain compounds of Formula I or I′ include compounds of Formula II:
  • the invention pertains to compounds of Formula II wherein the stereochemistry of the carbon bearing the biphenyl groups is (R). This embodiment is illustrated by compounds of Formula IIA:
  • Certain compounds of Formula I, I′ or II include compounds of Formula IIB or IIC:
  • X, X 1 , A 1 , R 1 , R 2 have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra; p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 and R 2a is halo.
  • Certain compounds of Formula I or I′ include compounds of Formula III:
  • the invention pertains to compounds of Formula III wherein the stereochemistry of the carbon bearing the biphenyl groups is (R).
  • This embodiment is illustrated by compounds of Formula IIA:
  • Certain compounds of Formula III include compounds of Formula IIIB or IIIC:
  • X, X 1 , A 1 , R 1 , R 2 have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra; p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 and R 2a is halo.
  • the invention provides a compound according to anyone of formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC or of any classes and subclasses described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein A 1 is a linear C 1-7 alkylene, which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C 1-7 alkoxy, hydroxy, O-acetate and C 3-7 cycloalkyl; in which two geminal alkyl can optionally combine to form a C 3-7 cycloalkyl.
  • a further embodiment include compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC or of any classes and subclasses described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A 1 is —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 — or A 1 has the following formulae:
  • R c1 , R c2 , R d1 , R d2 , R e1 , R e2 , R e3 and R e4 are independently H, halo, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, or C 1-7 alkyl; and alternatively R c1 and R c2 or R d1 and R d2 can form together with the atoms to which they are attached a C 3-7 cycloalkyl.
  • a 1 is one of the following:
  • Yet another further embodiment includes compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC or of any classes and subclasses described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A 1 has the following formulae:
  • R f1 , R f2 , R f3 and R f4 are independently H, halo, O-acetate or C 7-7 alkyl.
  • a 1 is one of the following:
  • the invention provides a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC or of any classes and subclasses described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein A 1 is a C 3-7 cycloalkyl.
  • Examples of this embodiment are compounds of anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC, wherein A1 is selected from the following:
  • the invention provides a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC or of any classes and subclasses described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein A 1 is a linear or branched C 2-7 alkenylene.
  • An example of C 2-7 alkenylene is trans CH ⁇ CH.
  • the invention provides a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC or of any classes and subclasses described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein A 1 is a linear C 1-4 alkylene wherein one or more carbon atom(s) is/are replaced with an heteroatom selected from O, NR c ; and A 1 is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo and C 1-7 alkyl; in which R c for each occurrence is independently H, C 1-7 alkyl, —C(O)O C 1-7 alkyl or CH 2 C(O)OH.
  • a 1 is one of the following:
  • the invention provides a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC or of any classes and subclasses described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein A 1 is optionally substituted phenyl or heteroaryl, wherein optional substituents are defined as in Formula I or Certain compounds of the above embodiment include compounds according to anyone of Formula I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A 1 is a 5-membered ring heteroaryl.
  • This embodiment is illustrated by compounds of Formula IV:
  • X, X 1 , B 1 , R 1 , R 2 and n have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra and Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 are independently N, NH, S, O or CH and form together with the ring atoms to which they are attached a 5-membered heteroaryl ring.
  • the invention pertains to compounds of Formula IVA:
  • X, X 1 , B 1 , R 1 , R 2 , Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 and n have the definitions of Formulae I, I′ or IV, supra.
  • Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 form together with the ring atoms to which they are attached a 5-membered heteroaryl ring selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, and triazole.
  • a 5-membered heteroaryl ring selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, and triazole.
  • One further embodiment includes compounds of Formula IV or VIA, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl is one of the following:
  • the invention pertains to compounds of Formula IV or IVA wherein n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; R 2 is halo in the meta position and the other optional R 2 groups are independently C 1-7 alkyl, NO 2 , CN, halo, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C 1-7 alkoxy, halo-C 1-7 alkyl, NR b R c , C 6-10 aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl.
  • the invention pertains to compounds of Formula I′, I to IC, II to IIC or III to IIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A 1 is a 5-membered ring heteroaryl attached to the amide B 1 at a nitrogen atom.
  • a 1 is a 5-membered ring heteroaryl attached to the amide B 1 at a nitrogen atom.
  • This embodiment is illustrated by compounds of Formulae V or VA:
  • the invention pertains to compounds of Formula V or VA wherein n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; R 2 is halo in the meta position and the other optional R 2 groups are independently C 1-7 alkyl, NO 2 , CN, halo, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C 1-7 alkoxy, halo-C 1-7 alkyl, NR b R c , C 6-10 aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl.
  • the invention provides a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC or of any classes and subclasses described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein A 1 is a phenyl or a 6-membered ring heteroaryl in which phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with C 1-7 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, halo-C 1-7 alkyl, hydroxy, C 1-7 alkoxy, halo, NR a R b , —OCH 2 CO 2 H, or —OCH 2 C(O)NH 2 .
  • One aspect of this embodiment include compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A 1 is connected to the amide B 1 and to the C(O)X 1 moieties in a para arrangement.
  • Another aspect of this embodiment include compounds according to anyone of Formula I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC wherein A 1 is connected to the amide B 1 and to the C(O)X 1 moieties in a meta arrangement.
  • Compounds of this embodiment include compounds of Formula VI:
  • X, X 1 , B 1 , R 1 , R 2 and n have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra and W 1 , W 2 , W 3 and W 4 are independently N or CR e , in which each R e is independently H, C 1-7 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, halo-C 1-7 alkyl, hydroxy, C 1-7 alkoxy, halo, —NR a R b , —OCH 2 CO 2 H or —OCH 2 C(O)NH 2 .
  • a 1 is phenyl, pyridine or pyrimidine.
  • One further embodiment includes compounds of Formula VI or VIA, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A 1 is one of the following:
  • the invention pertains to compounds of Formula VI or VIA, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; R 2 is halo in the meta position and the other optional R 2 groups are independently C 1-7 alkyl, NO 2 , CN, halo, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C 1-7 alkoxy, halo-C 1-7 alkyl, NR b R c , C 6-10 aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl.
  • the invention pertains to compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, IV to IV, V to VC and VI to VIC, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein B 1 is —C(O)NH—. In another embodiment, B 1 is —NHC(O)—.
  • Certain compounds of the above embodiment include compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A 1 is —C 1-4 alkylene-C 6-10 -aryl-, —C 1-4 alkylene-heteroaryl- or —C 1-4 alkylene-heterocyclyl-, —C 6-10 aryl-C 1-4 -alkylene-, -heteroaryl-C 1-4 alkylene or -heterocyclyl-C 1-4 alkylene-.
  • a 1 is —C 1-4 alkylene-C 6-10 -aryl-, —C 1-4 alkylene-heteroaryl- or —C 1-4 alkylene-heterocyclyl-, wherein the alkylene portion is attached to B 1 amide group and the aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl moities are attached to C(O)X 1 .
  • a 1 is —CH 2 -phenyl- or -phenyl-CH 2 —.
  • a 1 is —CH 2 -heteroaryl or -heteroaryl-CH 2 —.
  • a 1 is —CH 2 -heterocyclyl or -heterocyclyl-CH 2 —.
  • Representative examples of A 1 are the following:
  • Certain compounds of Formula I or I′ include compounds of Formula VII:
  • a further embodiment includes compounds of Formula VIIA:
  • Certain compounds of Formula VII or VIIA have the formula VIIB or VIIC:
  • a further aspect of this embodiment include compounds according to anyone of Formulae VII to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A 2 is (CH 2 ) p and p is 0, 1, 2, 3. In one aspect of this embodiment p is 0, therefore A 2 is a bond. In another aspect of this embodiment A 2 is CH 2 or CH 2 —CH 2 .
  • the invention provide compounds according to anyone of Formulae VII to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R 4 is optionally substituted C 6-10 aryl.
  • aryl are benzoimidazolone, benzoisothiazolone or phenyl.
  • R 4 is phenyl.
  • Substituents on the phenyl ring include for example, halo (e.g. F, Cl), hydroxy, halo-C 1-7 alkyl (e.g. CF 3 ), —NHS(O) 2 —C 1-7 alkyl, heteroaryl, C 1-7 alkoxy or C 1-7 alkyl.
  • the invention provides compounds according to anyone of Formula VII to VIIC or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R 4 is an optionally substituted bicyclic heteroaryl.
  • the invention provide compounds according to anyone of Formulae VII to VIIC or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein R 4 is optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl.
  • R 4 is a 6-membered ring heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyrazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, oxo-pyranyl (e.g. pyranone, optionally substituted pyran-4-one, pyran-2-one such as 3-hydroxy-pyran-4-one, 3-hydroxy-pyran-2-one), and oxo-pyridinyl (e.g.
  • R 4 is a 5-membered ring heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of oxazole, pyrrole, pyrazole, isooxazole, triazole, tetrazole, oxadiazole (e.g. 1-oxa-3,4-diazole, 1-oxa-2,4-diazole), oxadiazolone (e.g.
  • R 4 are oxazolone, thiazolone, oxadiazolone, triazolone, oxazolone, imidazolone, pyrazolone.
  • the optional substituents on C 6-10 aryl and heteroaryl are selected from hydroxy, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, halo, halo-C 1-7 alkyl or benzyl.
  • the invention provide compounds according to anyone of Formulae VII to VIIC or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R 4 is a bicyclic heteroaryl.
  • a further embodiment includes compounds according to anyone of Formulae VII to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R 4 is indole, benzothiazole or benzimidazole. Representative examples of R 4 are the following:
  • the invention provide compounds according to anyone of Formulae VII to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R 4 is a monocyclic saturated or partially saturated heterocyclyl, which heterocyclyl contains at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, and which heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, hydroxy, C 1-7 alkoxy, halo, C 1-7 alkyl, halo-C 1-7 alkyl, C 6-10 aryl, heteroaryl, —NHSO 2 —C 1-7 alkyl and benzyl.
  • R 4 is pyrrolidine or imidazolidine, wherein the heterocyclyl may be linked to the carbonyl (C(O)-A 2 ) moiety via a carbon or a nitrogen and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with oxo.
  • the invention provide compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC, III to IIIC, IV, IVA, V, VA, VI, VIA and VII to VIIC or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R 1 is H.
  • the invention provide compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC, III to IIIC, 1V, IVA, V, VA, VI, VIA and VII to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R 2 is independently halo, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, hydroxy, halo-C 1-7 alkyl and n is 0, 1 or 2.
  • n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5
  • R 2 is halo in the meta position and the other optional R 2 groups are independently halo, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, hydroxy or haloalkyl.
  • the invention provide compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC, III to IIIC, 1V, IVA, V, VA, VI, VIA and VII to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein n is 1 or 2, R 2 is meta-chloro or meta-fluoro and the other optional R 2 group is halo, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, hydroxy or haloalkyl.
  • the invention provide compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC, III to IIIC, I, IVA, V, VA, VI, VIA and VII to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X and X 1 are independently OH or —O—C 1-7 alkyl (e.g. —O-ethyl, —O-methyl or —O-nbutyl). In one particular aspect of this embodiment X and X 1 are OH.
  • X and X 1 are independently —O—C 1-7 alkyl in which alkyl is substituted with C 6-10 aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C(O)NH 2 , C(O)NH—C 1-6 alkyl, or C(O)N(C 1-6 alkyl) 2 .
  • Representative examples of X or X 1 are —O—CH 2 —C(O)N(CH 3 ) 2 , —O—CH 2 —CH 2 -morpholine, —O—CH 2 -dioxolone or —O-benzyl.
  • X and X 1 are —O—C 6-10 aryl.
  • a representative examples of —O—C 6-10 aryl is —O-(2,3-dihydro-1H-indene).
  • X, X 1 , B 1 , A 1 , A 2 , R 2 , R 1 and R 4 groups are those defined by the X, X 1 , A 1 , A 2 , B 1 , R 2 , R 1 and R 4 groups in the Examples section below.
  • alkyl refers to a fully saturated branched or unbranched (or straight chain or linear) hydrocarbon moiety, comprising 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl comprises 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl examples include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 2,2-dimethylpentyl, 2,3-dimethylpentyl, n-heptyl.
  • C 1-7 alkyl refers to a hydrocarbon having one to seven carbon atoms.
  • alkenyl includes both “unsubstituted alkyls” and “substituted alkyls”.
  • alkylene refers to a divalent alkyl radical, wherein alkyl is as previously defined.
  • alkenyl refers to a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon having at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • C 2-7 alkenyl refers to a hydrocarbon having two to seven carbon atoms and comprising at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • Representative examples of alkenyl are vinyl, prop-1-enyl, allyl, butenyl, isopropenyl or isobutenyl.
  • alkeylene refers to a divalent alkenyl radical, wherein alkenyl is as previously defined.
  • haloalkyl refers to an alkyl as defined herein, that is substituted by one or more halo groups as defined herein.
  • the haloalkyl can be monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl or polyhaloalkyl including perhaloalkyl.
  • a monohaloalkyl can have one iodo, bromo, chloro or fluoro within the alkyl group.
  • Dihaloalky and polyhaloalkyl groups can have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo groups within the alkyl.
  • the polyhaloalkyl contains up to 12, or 10, or 8, or 6, or 4, or 3, or 2 halo groups.
  • haloalkyl are fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, difluoroethyl, difluoropropyl, dichloroethyl and dichloropropyl.
  • a perhaloalkyl refers to an alkyl having all hydrogen atoms replaced with halo atoms.
  • halo-C 1-7 alkyl refers to a hydrocarbon having one to seven carbon atoms and being substituted by one or more halo groups.
  • alkoxy refers to alkyl-O—, wherein alkyl is defined herein above.
  • Representative examples of alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 2-propoxy, butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, cyclopropyloxy-, cyclohexyloxy- and the like.
  • alkoxy groups have about 1-7, more preferably about 1-4 carbons.
  • cycloalkyl refers to saturated or unsaturated but non-aromatic monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic hydrocarbon groups of 3-12 carbon atoms, preferably 3-8, or 3-7 carbon atoms.
  • exemplary monocyclic hydrocarbon groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl and cyclohexenyl.
  • Exemplary bicyclic hydrocarbon groups include bornyl, decahydronaphthyl, bicyclo[2.1.1]hexyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptenyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl.
  • Exemplary tricyclic hydrocarbon groups include adamantyl.
  • C 3-7 cycloakyl refers to a cyclic hydrocarbon groups having 3 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • cycloalkylalkyl refers to an alkyl substituted with cycloalkyl.
  • aryl refers to monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6-10 carbon atoms in the ring portion.
  • aryl also refer to a group in which the aromatic ring is fused to a cycloalkyl ring, where the radical of attachment is on the aromatic ring or on the fused cycloalkyl ring.
  • Representative examples of aryl are phenyl, naphthyl, hexahydroindyl, indanyl or tetrahydronaphthyl.
  • C 6-10 aryl refers to an aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms in the ring portion.
  • arylalkyl is an alkyl substituted with aryl.
  • Representative examples of arylalkyl are benzyl or Phenyl-CH 2 CH 2 —.
  • the term also includes substituted arylalkyl moiety.
  • Heteroaryl includes monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, containing from 5-10 ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and each heteroatoms is independently selected from O, N or S wherein S and N may be oxidized to various oxidation states.
  • the system is fully aromatic (i.e. all rings are aromatic).
  • Typical monocyclic heteroaryl groups include thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxa-2,3-diazolyl, oxa-2,4-diazolyl, oxa-2,5-diazolyl, oxa-3,4-diazolyl, thia-2,3-diazolyl, thia-2,4-diazolyl, thia-2,5-diazolyl, thia-3,4-diazolyl, 3-, 4-, or 5-isothiazolyl, 2-, 4-, or 5-oxazolyl, 3-, 4-, or 5-isoxazolyl, 3- or 5-1,2,4-triazolyl, 4- or 5-1,2,3-triazolyl, tetrazolyl, 2-, 3-, or 4-pyridyl, 3- or 4-pyridazinyl, 3-
  • heteroaryl also refers to a group in which a heteroaromatic ring is fused to one or more aryl, cycloaliphatic, or heterocyclyl rings, where the radical or point of attachment is on the heteroaromatic ring or on the fused aryl ring.
  • bicyclic heteroaryl are indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, quinolizinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinazolinyl, quinaxalinyl, thieno[2,3-b]furanyl, furo[3,2-b]-pyranyl, 5H-pyrido[2,3-d]-o-oxazinyl, 1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]-oxazolyl, 4H-imidazo[4,5-d]thiazolyl, pyrazino[2,3-d]pyridazinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, imidazo[1,2-b][1,2,4]triazinyl, 7-benzo[b]thienyl, benzo
  • an oxadiazole substituted with hydroxy also includes oxo-oxadiazole or also known as oxadiazolone.
  • the tautomerisation is represented as follow:
  • heterocyclyl or “heterocyclo” refers to an optionally substituted, saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic (partially unsaturated) ring which is a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered monocyclic, and contains at least one heteroatom selected from O, S and N, where the N and S can also optionally be oxidized to various oxidation states.
  • a non-aromatic ring system is defined as being a non-fully or partially unsaturated ring system.
  • bicyclic and tricyclic heterocyclyl ring systems includes heterocyclyl ring systems wherein one of the fused rings is aromatic but the other(s) is (are) non-aromatic.
  • heterocyclyl moiety represents a saturated monocyclic ring containing from 5-7 ring atoms and optionally containing a further heteroatom, selected from O, S or N.
  • the heterocyclic group can be attached at a heteroatom or a carbon atom.
  • the heterocyclyl can include fused or bridged rings as well as spirocyclic rings.
  • heterocycles include dihydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, dioxanyl, dithianyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidine, dihydropyranyl, oxathiolanyl, dithiolane, oxathianyl, thiomorpholino, oxiranyl, aziridinyl, oxetanyl, oxepanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholino, piperazinyl, azepinyl, oxapinyl, oxaazepanyl, oxathianyl, thiepanyl, azepanyl, dioxepanyl, and diazepanyl.
  • hydroxyalkyl refers to alkyl groups, as described above, in which the alkyl group is substituted with one or more hydroxy.
  • halogen includes fluorine, bromine, chlorine and iodine.
  • perhalogenated generally refers to a moiety wherein all hydrogens are replaced by halogen atoms.
  • heteroatom includes atoms of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred heteroatoms are nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and phosphorus. In another embodiment, the heteroatom is nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur.
  • the structure of some of the compounds of this invention includes asymmetric carbon atoms. It is to be understood accordingly that the isomers arising from such asymmetry (e.g., all enantiomers and diastereomers) are included within the scope of this invention, unless indicated otherwise. Such isomers can be obtained in substantially pure form by classical separation techniques and by stereochemically controlled synthesis. Furthermore, the structures and other compounds and moieties discussed in this application also include all tautomers thereof.
  • the term “isomers” refers to different compounds that have the same molecular formula but differ in arrangement and configuration of the atoms.
  • an optical isomer or “a stereoisomer” refers to any of the various stereo isomeric configurations which may exist for a given compound of the present invention and includes geometric isomers. It is understood that a substituent may be attached at a chiral center of a carbon atom. Therefore, the invention includes enantiomers, diastereomers or racemates of the compound. “Enantiomers” are a pair of stereoisomers that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other. A 1:1 mixture of a pair of enantiomers is a “racemic” mixture.
  • Diastereoisomers are stereoisomers that have at least two asymmetric atoms, but which are not mirror-images of each other.
  • the absolute stereochemistry is specified according to the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog R-S system. When a compound is a pure enantiomer the stereochemistry at each chiral carbon may be specified by either R or S.
  • Resolved compounds whose absolute configuration is unknown can be designated (+) or ( ⁇ ) depending on the direction (dextro- or levorotatory) which they rotate plane polarized light at the wavelength of the sodium D line.
  • Certain of the compounds described herein contain one or more asymmetric centers or axes and may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)-.
  • the present invention is meant to include all such possible isomers, including racemic mixtures, optically pure forms and intermediate mixtures.
  • Optically active (R)- and (S)-isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques. If the compound contains a double bond, the substituent may be E or Z configuration. If the compound contains a disubstituted cycloalkyl, the cycloalkyl substituent may have a cis- or trans-configuration. All tautomeric forms are also intended to be included.
  • any asymmetric atom (e.g., carbon or the like) of the compound(s) of the present invention can be present in racemic or enantiomerically enriched, for example the (R)-, (S)- or (R,S)-configuration.
  • each asymmetric atom has at least 50% enantiomeric excess, at least 60% enantiomeric excess, at least 70% enantiomeric excess, at least 80% enantiomeric excess, at least 90% enantiomeric excess, at least 95% enantiomeric excess, or at least 99% enantiomeric excess in the (R)- or (S)-configuration.
  • Substituents at atoms with unsaturated bonds may, if possible, be present in cis-(Z)- or trans-(E)-form.
  • a compound of the present invention can be in the form of one of the possible isomers, rotamers, atropisomers, tautomers or mixtures thereof, for example, as substantially pure geometric (cis or trans) isomers, diastereomers, optical isomers (antipodes), racemates or mixtures thereof.
  • Any resulting mixtures of isomers can be separated on the basis of the physicochemical differences of the constituents, into the pure or substantially pure geometric or optical isomers, diastereomers, racemates, for example, by chromatography and/or fractional crystallization.
  • any resulting racemates of final products or intermediates can be resolved into the optical antipodes by known methods, e.g., by separation of the diastereomeric salts thereof, obtained with an optically active acid or base, and liberating the optically active acidic or basic compound.
  • a basic moiety may thus be employed to resolve the compounds of the present invention into their optical antipodes, e.g., by fractional crystallization of a salt formed with an optically active acid, e.g., tartaric acid, dibenzoyl tartaric acid, diacetyl tartaric acid, di-O,O′-p-toluoyl tartaric acid, mandelic acid, malic acid or camphor-10-sulfonic acid.
  • Racemic products can also be resolved by chiral chromatography, e.g., high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) using a chiral adsorbent.
  • HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
  • the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to salts that retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the compounds of this invention and, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable.
  • the compounds of the present invention are capable of forming acid and/or base salts by virtue of the presence of amino and/or carboxyl groups or groups similar thereto.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts can be formed with inorganic acids and organic acids, e.g., acetate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bicarbonate/carbonate, bisulphate/sulphate, borate, camsylate, citrate, edisylate, esylate, formate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glucuronate, hexafluorophosphate, hibenzate, hydrochloride/chloride, hydrobromide/bromide, hydroiodide/iodide, isethionate, lactate, malate, maleate, malonate, mesylate, methylsulphate, naphthylate, 2-napsylate, nicotinate, nitrate, orotate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, phosphate/hydrogen phosphate/dihydrogen phosphate, saccharate, stearate, succinate, tartrate, tosylate
  • Inorganic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
  • Organic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be formed with inorganic and organic bases.
  • Inorganic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum, and the like; particularly preferred are the ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium and magnesium salts.
  • Organic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, basic ion exchange resins, and the like, specifically such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and ethanolamine.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from a parent compound, a basic or acidic moiety, by conventional chemical methods.
  • such salts can be prepared by reacting free acid forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base (such as Na, Ca, Mg, or K hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, or the like), or by reacting free base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate acid.
  • a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base such as Na, Ca, Mg, or K hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, or the like
  • Such reactions are typically carried out in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two.
  • non-aqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred, where practicable.
  • any formula given herein is also intended to represent unlabeled forms as well as isotopically labeled forms of the compounds.
  • any hydrogen represented by “H” in any of the formulae herein is intended to represent all isotopic forms of hydrogen (e.g. 1 H, 2 H or D, 3 H);
  • any carbon represented by “C” in any of the formulae herein is intended to represent all isotopic forms of carbon (e.g. 11 C, 13 C, 14 C);
  • any nitrogen represented by “N” is intended to represent all isotopic forms of nitrogen (e.g. 14 N, 15 N).
  • isotopes that are included in the invention include isotopes of oxygen, sulfur, phosphorous, fluorine, iodine and chlorine, such as 18 F 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 36 Cl, 125 I.
  • the invention includes various isotopically labeled compounds as defined herein, for example those into which radioactive isotopes, such as 3 H, 13 C, and 14 C are present.
  • the atoms in the formulae herein occur in their natural abundance.
  • one or more hydrogen atom may be enriched in 2 H; or/and one or more carbon atom may be enriched in 11 C, 13 C or 14 C; or/and one or more nitrogen may be enriched in 14 N.
  • Such isotopically labelled compounds are useful in metabolic studies (with 14 C), reaction kinetic studies (with, for example 2 H or 3 H), detection or imaging techniques, such as positron emission tomography (PET) or single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) including drug or substrate tissue distribution assays, or in radioactive treatment of patients.
  • PET positron emission tomography
  • SPECT single-photon emission computed tomography
  • an 18 F or labeled compound may be particularly desirable for PET or SPECT studies.
  • Isotopically labeled compounds of this invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the schemes or in the examples and preparations described below by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.
  • isotopic enrichment factor means the ratio between the isotopic abundance and the natural abundance of a specified isotope.
  • a substituent in a compound of this invention is denoted deuterium, such compound has an isotopic enrichment factor for each designated deuterium atom of at least 3500 (52.5% deuterium incorporation at each designated deuterium atom), at least 4000 (60% deuterium incorporation), at least 4500 (67.5% deuterium incorporation), at least 5000 (75% deuterium incorporation), at least 5500 (82.5% deuterium incorporation), at least 6000 (90% deuterium incorporation), at least 6333.3 (95% deuterium incorporation), at least 6466.7 (97% deuterium incorporation), at least 6600 (99% deuterium incorporation), or at least 6633.3 (99.5% deuterium incorporation).
  • Isotopically-enriched compounds of formulae I′ or I to VIIC can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the accompanying Examples and Preparations using an appropriate isotopically-enriched reagent in place of the non-enriched reagent previously employed
  • solvates in accordance with the invention include those wherein the solvent of crystallization may be isotopically substituted, e.g. D 2 O, d 6 -acetone, d 6 -DMSO.
  • Compounds of the invention i.e. compounds according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, that contain groups capable of acting as donors and/or acceptors for hydrogen bonds may be capable of forming co-crystals with suitable co-crystal formers.
  • These co-crystals may be prepared from compounds according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC by known co-crystal forming procedures. Such procedures include grinding, heating, co-subliming, co-melting, or contacting in solution compounds according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC with the co-crystal former under crystallization conditions and isolating co-crystals thereby formed.
  • Suitable co-crystal formers include those described in WO 2004/078163.
  • the invention further provides co-crystals comprising a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC.
  • the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, surfactants, antioxidants, preservatives (e.g., antibacterial agents, antifungal agents), isotonic agents, absorption delaying agents, salts, preservatives, drugs, drug stabilizers, binders, excipients, disintegration agents, lubricants, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, dyes, such like materials and combinations thereof, as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed. Mack Printing Company, 1990, pp. 1289-1329). Except insofar as any conventional carrier is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic or pharmaceutical compositions is contemplated.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention refers to an amount of the compound of the present invention that will elicit the biological or medical response of a subject, for example, reduction or inhibition of an enzyme or a protein activity, or ameliorate symptoms, alleviate conditions, slow or delay disease progression, or prevent a disease, etc.
  • the term “a therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of the compound of the present invention that, when administered to a subject, is effective to (1) at least partially alleviating, inhibiting, preventing and/or ameliorating a condition, or a disorder or a disease (i) mediated by neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 or (ii) associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4.
  • a therapeutically effective amount refers to the amount of the compound of the present invention that, when administered to a cell, or a tissue, or a non-cellular biological material, or a medium, is effective to at least partially reducing or inhibiting the activity of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11; or at least partially reducing or inhibiting the expression of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11.
  • the term “subject” refers to an animal.
  • the animal is a mammal.
  • a subject also refers to for example, primates (e.g., humans), cows, sheep, goats, horses, dogs, cats, rabbits, rats, mice, fish, birds and the like.
  • the subject is a human.
  • the term “inhibition” or “inhibiting” refers to the reduction or suppression of a given condition, symptom, or disorder, or disease, or a significant decrease in the baseline activity of a biological activity or process.
  • treating refers in one embodiment, to ameliorating the disease or disorder (i.e., slowing or arresting or reducing the development of the disease or at least one of the clinical symptoms thereof).
  • treating refers to alleviating or ameliorating at least one physical parameter including those which may not be discernible by the patient.
  • treating or “treatment” refers to modulating the disease or disorder, either physically, (e.g., stabilization of a discernible symptom), physiologically, (e.g., stabilization of a physical parameter), or both.
  • “treating” or “treatment” refers to preventing or delaying the onset or development or progression of the disease or disorder.
  • hypertension refers to a condition where the pressure of blood within the blood vessels is higher than normal as it circulates through the body.
  • the systolic pressure exceeds 150 mmHg or the diastolic pressure exceeds 90 mmHg for a sustained period of time, damage is done to the body.
  • excessive systolic pressure can rupture blood vessels anywhere, and when it occurs within the brain, a stroke results. Hypertension may also cause thickening and narrowing of the blood vessels which ultimately could lead to atherosclerosis.
  • type 2 diabetes including type 2 diabetes associated with hypertension refers to a disease in which the pancreas does not secrete sufficient insulin due to an impairment of pancreatic beta-cell function and/or in which there is to insensitivity to produced insulin (insulin resistance).
  • the fasting plasma glucose is less than 126 mg/dL
  • pre-diabetes is, e.g., a condition which is characterized by one of following conditions: impaired fasting glucose (110-125 mg/dL) and impaired glucose tolerance (fasting glucose levels less than 126 mg/dL and post-prandial glucose level between 140 mg/dL and 199 mg/dL).
  • Type 2 diabetes mellitus can be associated with or without hypertension.
  • Diabetes mellitus occurs frequently, e.g., in African American, Latino/Hispanic American, Native American, Native American, Asian American and Pacific Islanders. Markers of insulin resistance include HbA1C, HOMA IR, measuring collagen fragments, TGF- ⁇ in urine, PAI-1 and prorenin.
  • the compounds of the present invention may also form internal salts, e.g., zwitterionic molecules.
  • the present invention also provides pro-drugs of the compounds of the present invention that converts in vivo to the compounds of the present invention.
  • a pro-drug is an active or inactive compound that is modified chemically through in vivo physiological action, such as hydrolysis, metabolism and the like, into a compound of this invention following administration of the prodrug to a subject.
  • the suitability and techniques involved in making and using pro-drugs are well known by those skilled in the art.
  • Prodrugs can be conceptually divided into two non-exclusive categories, bioprecursor prodrugs and carrier prodrugs. See The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry , Ch. 31-32 (Ed. Wermuth, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif., 2001).
  • bioprecursor prodrugs are compounds, which are inactive or have low activity compared to the corresponding active drug compound that contain one or more protective groups and are converted to an active form by metabolism or solvolysis. Both the active drug form and any released metabolic products should have acceptably low toxicity.
  • Carrier prodrugs are drug compounds that contain a transport moiety, e.g., that improve uptake and/or localized delivery to a site(s) of action. Desirably for such a carrier prodrug, the linkage between the drug moiety and the transport moiety is a covalent bond, the prodrug is inactive or less active than the drug compound, and any released transport moiety is acceptably non-toxic.
  • Carrier prodrugs can, for example, be used to improve one or more of the following properties: increased lipophilicity, increased duration of pharmacological effects, increased site-specificity, decreased toxicity and adverse reactions, and/or improvement in drug formulation (e.g., stability, water solubility, suppression of an undesirable organoleptic or physiochemical property).
  • lipophilicity can be increased by esterification of (a) hydroxyl groups with lipophilic carboxylic acids (e.g., a carboxylic acid having at least one lipophilic moiety), or (b) carboxylic acid groups with lipophilic alcohols (e.g., an alcohol having at least one lipophilic moiety, for example aliphatic alcohols).
  • lipophilic carboxylic acids e.g., a carboxylic acid having at least one lipophilic moiety
  • lipophilic alcohols e.g., an alcohol having at least one lipophilic moiety, for example aliphatic alcohols
  • Exemplary prodrugs are, e.g., esters of free carboxylic acids and S-acyl derivatives of thiols and O-acyl derivatives of alcohols or phenols, wherein acyl has a meaning as defined herein.
  • Preferred are pharmaceutically acceptable ester derivatives convertible by solvolysis under physiological conditions to the parent carboxylic acid, e.g., lower alkyl esters, cycloalkyl esters, lower alkenyl esters, benzyl esters, mono- or di-substituted lower alkyl esters, such as the ⁇ -(amino, mono- or di-lower alkylamino, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl)-lower alkyl esters, the ⁇ -(lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl or di-lower alkylaminocarbonyl)-lower alkyl esters, such as the pivaloyloxymethyl ester and the like conventionally used in the
  • amines have been masked as arylcarbonyloxymethyl substituted derivatives which are cleaved by esterases in vivo releasing the free drug and formaldehyde (Bundgaard, J. Med. Chem. 2503 (1989)).
  • drugs containing an acidic NH group such as imidazole, imide, indole and the like, have been masked with N-acyloxymethyl groups (Bundgaard, Design of Prodrugs , Elsevier (1985)). Hydroxy groups have been masked as esters and ethers.
  • EP 039,051 (Sloan and Little) discloses Mannich-base hydroxamic acid prodrugs, their preparation and use.
  • the compounds of the present invention can also be obtained in the form of their hydrates, or include other solvents used for their crystallization.
  • the compounds of the invention can be synthesized using the methods described in the following schemes, examples, and by using art recognized techniques. All compounds described herein are included in the invention as compounds. Compounds of the invention may be synthesized according to at least one of the methods described in schemes 1-4.
  • protecting group a readily removable group that is not a constituent of the particular desired end product of the compounds of the present invention.
  • the protection of functional groups by such protecting groups, the protecting groups themselves, and their cleavage reactions are described for example in standard reference works, such as J. F. W. McOmie, “Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry”, Plenum Press, London and New York 1973, in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, Third edition, Wiley, New York 1999.
  • Salts of compounds of the present invention having at least one salt-forming group may be prepared in a manner known per se.
  • salts of compounds of the present invention having acid groups may be formed, for example, by treating the compounds with metal compounds, such as alkali metal salts of suitable organic carboxylic acids, e.g. the sodium salt of 2-ethylhexanoic acid, with organic alkali metal or alkaline earth metal compounds, such as the corresponding hydroxides, carbonates or hydrogen carbonates, such as sodium or potassium hydroxide, carbonate or hydrogen carbonate, with corresponding calcium compounds or with ammonia or a suitable organic amine, stoichiometric amounts or only a small excess of the salt-forming agent preferably being used.
  • metal compounds such as alkali metal salts of suitable organic carboxylic acids, e.g. the sodium salt of 2-ethylhexanoic acid
  • organic alkali metal or alkaline earth metal compounds such as the corresponding hydroxides, carbonates or hydrogen carbonates, such as sodium
  • Acid addition salts of compounds of the present invention are obtained in customary manner, e.g. by treating the compounds with an acid or a suitable anion exchange reagent.
  • Internal salts of compounds of the present invention containing acid and basic salt-forming groups, e.g. a free carboxy group and a free amino group, may be formed, e.g. by the neutralisation of salts, such as acid addition salts, to the isoelectric point, e.g. with weak bases, or by treatment with ion exchangers.
  • Salts can be converted in customary manner into the free compounds; metal and ammonium salts can be converted, for example, by treatment with suitable acids, and acid addition salts, for example, by treatment with a suitable basic agent.
  • diastereoisomers can be separated in a manner known per se into the individual isomers; diastereoisomers can be separated, for example, by partitioning between polyphasic solvent mixtures, recrystallisation and/or chromatographic separation, for example over silica gel or by e.g. medium pressure liquid chromatography over a reversed phase column, and racemates can be separated, for example, by the formation of salts with optically pure salt-forming reagents and separation of the mixture of diastereoisomers so obtainable, for example by means of fractional crystallisation, or by chromatography over optically active column materials.
  • Intermediates and final products can be worked up and/or purified according to standard methods, e.g. using chromatographic methods, distribution methods, (re-) crystallization, and the like.
  • All the above-mentioned process steps can be carried out under reaction conditions that are known per se, including those mentioned specifically, in the absence or, customarily, in the presence of solvents or diluents, including, for example, solvents or diluents that are inert towards the reagents used and dissolve them, in the absence or presence of catalysts, condensation or neutralizing agents, for example ion exchangers, such as cation exchangers, e.g. in the H+ form, depending on the nature of the reaction and/or of the reactants at reduced, normal or elevated temperature, for example in a temperature range of from about ⁇ 100° C. to about 190° C., including, for example, from approximately ⁇ 80° C.
  • solvents or diluents including, for example, solvents or diluents that are inert towards the reagents used and dissolve them
  • condensation or neutralizing agents for example ion exchangers, such as cation exchangers, e.g.
  • mixtures of isomers that are formed can be separated into the individual isomers, for example diastereoisomers or enantiomers, or into any desired mixtures of isomers, for example racemates or mixtures of diastereoisomers, for example analogously to the methods described under “Additional process steps”.
  • solvents from which those solvents that are suitable for any particular reaction may be selected include those mentioned specifically or, for example, water, esters, such as lower alkyl-lower alkanoates, for example ethyl acetate, ethers, such as aliphatic ethers, for example diethyl ether, or cyclic ethers, for example tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, liquid aromatic hydrocarbons, such as benzene or toluene, alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol or 1- or 2-propanol, nitriles, such as acetonitrile, halogenated hydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride or chloroform, acid amides, such as dimethylformamide or dimethyl acetamide, bases, such as heterocyclic nitrogen bases, for example pyridine or N-methylpyrrolidin-2-one, carboxylic acid anhydrides, such as lower alkanoic acid anhydrides, for example acetic anhydride,
  • the compounds, including their salts, may also be obtained in the form of hydrates, or their crystals may, for example, include the solvent used for crystallization. Different crystalline forms may be present.
  • the invention relates also to those forms of the process in which a compound obtainable as an intermediate at any stage of the process is used as starting material and the remaining process steps are carried out, or in which a starting material is formed under the reaction conditions or is used in the form of a derivative, for example in a protected form or in the form of a salt, or a compound obtainable by the process according to the invention is produced under the process conditions and processed further in situ.
  • the compounds of the invention of formula II can be prepared by hydrolysis of intermediates A to C wherein X, X 1 , A 1 , R 1 , R 2 and n have the definition of Formula I or I′, supra; and P 1 and P 2 are appropriate protecting groups selected from, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, methoxybenzyl or benzyl.
  • the compounds of the invention of formula III can be prepared by hydrolysis of intermediate D, E or F wherein X, X 1 , A 1 , R 1 , R 2 and n have the definition of Formula I or I′, supra; and P 1 and P 2 can be appropriate protecting groups selected from, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, methoxybenzyl or benzyl.
  • the compounds of the invention of formula VII can be prepared by hydrolysis of intermediate G wherein A 2 , R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and n have the definition of Formula I or I′, supra; and P 1 can be appropriate protecting group selected from, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, methoxybenzyl or benzyl.
  • Standard methods can be applied for the hydrolysis of Intermediates A to G using a base selected from, but not limited to, NaOH, KOH or LiOH, or an acid selected from, but not limited to, TFA or HCl.
  • a base selected from, but not limited to, NaOH, KOH or LiOH, or an acid selected from, but not limited to, TFA or HCl.
  • P 1 or P 2 is benzyl or methoxybenzyl
  • preferable method of deprotection is hydrogenation in the presence of a catalyst such as, but not limited to, palladium-on-carbon under hydrogen.
  • the intermediate A, B, C or G can be prepared using the following process comprising: condensing an intermediate H or I wherein X, P 1 , R 1 , R 2 and n are as previously described:
  • condensation methods may be applied including, but not limited to, conversion of the intermediate J, K or L to their corresponding acid halide, using reagents such as thionyl chloride or oxalyl chloride, or conversion of intermediate J, K or L to mixed anhydride using reagents such as CIC(O)O-isobutyl or 2,4,6-trichlorobenzoyl chloride followed by reaction of the acid halide or mixed anhydride with the intermediate H or I in a presence or absence of a base such as tertiary amine (e.g. triethylamine, DIPEA, or N-methylmorpholine) or pyridine derivative (e.g.
  • a base such as tertiary amine (e.g. triethylamine, DIPEA, or N-methylmorpholine) or pyridine derivative (e.g.
  • the intermediate J, K, or L can be coupled with H or I using coupling reagents such as DCC, EDCI, PyBOP or BOP in presence or absence of a reagent such as 1-hydroxybenazotriazole, 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole or pentafluorophenol.
  • coupling reagents such as DCC, EDCI, PyBOP or BOP in presence or absence of a reagent such as 1-hydroxybenazotriazole, 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole or pentafluorophenol.
  • step 1a intermediate I is reacted with an appropriate carboxylic acid using standard coupling reagents selected from, but not limited to, DCC, EDCI, PyBOP or BOP in presence or absence of a reagent such as 1-hydroxybenazotriazole, 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole or pentafluorophenol; followed by removal of P 2 protecting group in step 1c using a base selected from, but not limited to, NaOH, KOH or LiOH, or an acid selected from, but not limited to, TFA or HCl, or hydrogenation with a catalyst such as, but not limited to, palladium-on-carbon under hydrogen.
  • standard coupling reagents selected from, but not limited to, DCC, EDCI, PyBOP or BOP in presence or absence of a reagent such as 1-hydroxybenazotriazole, 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole or pentafluorophenol
  • a base selected from, but not limited to, NaOH, KOH or LiOH
  • intermediate I is reacted with an appropriate anhydride in the presence of a base selected from, but not limited to, pyridine, triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine (step 1 b); followed by conversion of the carboxylic acid into a tetrazole (step 1b) using similar method as described in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 1998, 41, 1513.
  • a base selected from, but not limited to, pyridine, triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine
  • the intermediate D, E or F can be prepared using the following process comprising: condensing an intermediate M wherein X, P 1 , R 1 , R 2 and n are as defined above;
  • condensation methods may be applied including, but not limited to, conversion of the intermediate M or N to acid halide, using reagents such as thionyl chloride or oxalyl chloride, or conversion of intermediate M or N to mixed anhydride using reagents such as CIC(O)O-isobutyl or 2,4,6-trichlorobenzoyl chloride followed by reaction of the acid chloride or mixed anhydride with the intermediate Q or S in a presence or absence of a base such as tertiary amine (e.g. triethylamine, DIPEA, or N-methylmorpholine) or pyridine derivative (e.g.
  • a base such as tertiary amine (e.g. triethylamine, DIPEA, or N-methylmorpholine) or pyridine derivative (e.g.
  • the intermediate M or N can be coupled with the intermediate Q or S using a reagent such as DCC, EDCI, PyBOP or BOP in presence or absence of a reagent such as 1-hydroxybenazotriazole, 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole or pentafluorophenol.
  • a reagent such as DCC, EDCI, PyBOP or BOP in presence or absence of a reagent such as 1-hydroxybenazotriazole, 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole or pentafluorophenol.
  • the intermediate M or N can be prepared according to the following general procedures described in Scheme 2:
  • P 1 is a protecting group selected from, but not limited to, hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, tert-butyl, methoxymethyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, benzyl, allyl or phenyl;
  • R 5 is for example hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, benzyl or phenyl;
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, benzyl or phenyl.
  • Y is selected from, but not limited to, chloro, bromo, iodo, benzotriazoloxy, pyridinium, N,N-dimethylaminopyridinium, pentafluorophenoxy, phenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, —OCO 2 Me, —OCO 2 Et, tert-butoxycarbonyl or —OCC(O)O-isobutyl.
  • step (2a) standard methods can be applied to prepare the corresponding acid halide, such as the use of thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride; or standard methods to prepare the mixed anhydride or the acyl pyridinium cation can be applied, such as the use of pivaloyl chloride with a tertiary amine (e.g. triethylamine, DIPEA, N-methylmorpholine) in the presence or absence of a pyridine derivative (e.g. pyridine, 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine, 4-pyrrolidinopyridine), 2,4,6-trichlorobenzoyl chloride with a tertiary amine (e.g.
  • a tertiary amine e.g. triethylamine, DIPEA, N-methylmorpholine
  • a pyridine derivative e.g. pyridine, 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine, 4-pyrrolidinopyridine
  • a pyridine derivative e.g. pyridine, 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine, 4-pyrrolidinopyridine
  • CIC(O)O-1-Bu with a tertiary amine e.g. triethylamine, DIPEA, N-methylmorpholine
  • a pyridine derivative e.g. triethylamine, DIPEA, N-methylmorpholine
  • pyridine 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine, 4-pyrrolidinopyridine); or standard methods to prepare the activated ester can be applied, such as the use of 1-hydroxybenazotriazole, 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole or pentafluorophenol in the presence of a coupling reagent (e.g. DCC, EDCI) or BOP.
  • a coupling reagent e.g. DCC, EDCI
  • BOP e.g. DCC, EDCI
  • step (2d) standard methods for cleavage of N-acyloxazolidinone or N-acyloxazinanone can be employed. Illustrative examples of this chemistry are outlined in Aldrichchimica Acta 1997, Vo. 30, pp. 3-12 and the references therein.
  • R 1 , R 2 , X and n are as defined above and wherein P 3 is a protecting group selected from, but not limited to, tert-butyl, benzyl, triphenylphosphynyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, acetyl or trifluoroacetyl.
  • step (3a) standard methods for introduction of the amine part can be employed, such as using: either simultaneous treatment with or stepwise treatment via the corresponding acyl azide formation by using thionyl chloride (or ClCO 2 R 8 ), NaN 3 (or TMSN 3 ) and R 9 OH (wherein R 6 and R 9 are hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, tert-butyl, allyl, benzyl or 4-methoxybenzyl); or either simultaneous treatment with or stepwise treatment via the corresponding acyl azide formation with DPPA and R 9 OH (wherein R 9 is defined as above); or standard methods for conversion to the corresponding carboxamide followed by treatment with NH 3 equivalent and either simultaneous treatment with or stepwise treatment with LTA or hypervalent iodine reagents (e.g.
  • step (3b) standard methods for removing P 3 protecting groups can be applied, such as base hydrolysis using NaOH, KOH, or LiOH, acid hydrolysis using TFA or HCl, or hydrogenation using palladium-on-carbon under hydrogen.
  • LG is a leaving group selected from, but not limited to, Cl, Br, I, OMs, OTs or OTf.
  • step (4a) standard methods for Arndt-Eistert homologation can be employed. An illustrative example of this chemistry is outlined in “Enantioselective synthesis of ⁇ -amino acids, 2 nd Edition”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., NJ (2005), either directly or analogously.
  • step (4b) standard methods for alkylation can be employed, such as using R 1 LG in the presence of a base such as LDA, NHMDS, LHMDS or KHMDS.
  • step (4c) standard methods to protect the carboxylic acid can be employed, such as using TMSCHN 2 (for methyl ester), P 1 LG/base (e.g. K 2 CO 3 , NaHCO 3 , Cs 2 CO 3 or K 3 PO 4 ), thionyl chloride (or oxalyl chloride)/R 9 OH, DCC (or EDCI)/DMAP/R 9 OH, BOP/R 9 OK (or R 9 ONa), (R 9 O) 2 CHNMe 2 , CDI/DBU/R 9 OH wherein R 9 has the same meaning as defined above, or isobutylene/H 2 SO 4 (for tert-butyl ester).
  • P 1 LG/base e.g. K 2 CO 3 , NaHCO 3 , Cs 2 CO 3 or K 3 PO 4
  • thionyl chloride or oxalyl chloride
  • R 9 OH DCC
  • EDCI EDCI
  • BOP/R 9 OK or
  • step (4d) standard methods for Suzuki coupling reaction can be applied, such as using a palladium (or nickel) species [e.g. Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 , PdCl 2 (dppf), Pd(OAc) 2 /a phosphine (e.g. PPh 3 , dppf, PCy 3 , P(tBu) 3 , XPhos), Pd/C, Pd 2 (dba) 3 /a phosphine (e.g.
  • a palladium (or nickel) species e.g. Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 , PdCl 2 (dppf), Pd(OAc) 2 /a phosphine (e.g. PPh 3 , dppf, PCy 3 , P(tBu) 3 , XPhos), Pd/C, Pd 2 (dba) 3 /a phosphine (e.g.
  • PPh 3 dppf, PCy 3 , P(tBu) 3 , XPhos), Ni(COD) 2 /a phosphine (or dppe, dppb, PCy 3 ), Ni(dppf)Cl 2 ], a base (e.g. KF, CsF, K 3 PO 4 , Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , Cs 2 CO 3 , NaOH, KOH, NaO-t-Bu, KO-t-Bu), and (R 2 )n-PhB(OH) 2 [or (R 2 )n-PhBF 3 K].
  • a base e.g. KF, CsF, K 3 PO 4 , Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , Cs 2 CO 3 , NaOH, KOH, NaO-t-Bu, KO-t-Bu
  • R 2 )n-PhB(OH) 2 or (R 2 )n-PhBF 3 K].
  • step (4e) standard methods for removing P 3 protecting groups can be applied, such as base hydrolysis using NaOH, KOH, or LiOH, acid hydrolysis using TFA or HCl, or hydrogenation using palladium-on-carbon under hydrogen.
  • the intermediate H or I may be prepared be following the synthetic routes outlined in Tetrahedron Letters, 2008, Vol. 49, No. 33, pp. 4977-4980 either directly or analogously and converting the obtained boronic acid into a substituted biphenyl by methods outlined in Organic Letters, 2002, Vol. 4, No. 22, pp. 3803-3805.
  • the intermediate H or I may be prepared be following the synthetic routes outlined in Tetrahedron: Asymmetry, 2006, Vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 205-209 either directly or analogously.
  • the intermediate H or I may be prepared by methods of Mannich reaction. Illustrative examples of this chemistry are outlined in “Enantioselective synthesis of ⁇ -amino acids, 2 nd Edition”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., NJ (2005), either directly or analogously.
  • the intermediate H or I may be prepared by enolate addition.
  • Illustrative examples of this chemistry are outlined in “Enantioselective synthesis of ⁇ -amino acids, 2 nd Edition”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., NJ (2005), either directly or analogously.
  • the intermediate H or I may be prepared by methods of aza-Michael reaction. Illustrative examples of this chemistry are outlined in “Enantioselective synthesis of ⁇ -amino acids, 2 nd Edition”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., NJ (2005), either directly or analogously.
  • the intermediate H or I may be prepared following the synthetic route outlined in Synlett, 2006, No. 4, pp. 539-542, either directly or analogously.
  • Scheme 5 illustrate the synthesis of a compound of Formula I or I′, or a salt thereof, wherein B 1 is NHC(O), X is OH and R 3 is A 1 C(O)X 1 wherein X 1 is an —O—C 1-7 alkyl.
  • a compound of Formula 5a is converted into a compound of Formula I or I′ wherein B 1 is NHC(O), X is OH and R 3 is A 1 C(O)X 1 wherein X 1 is an —O—C 1-7 alkyl or a salt thereof, wherein R 1 , A 1 , R 2 and n are as defined in Formula I or I′, according to the method described in Scheme 5.
  • Compound of Formula 5a undergoes Suzuki coupling reaction with a boronic acid 5b, or an ester thereof, in the presence of a catalyst and a base to generate a compound of Formula 5c or a salt thereof.
  • the Suzuki coupling reaction is well known in the art and is carried out using standard procedures.
  • Suzuki coupling reaction examples are described in the exemplification section of the description.
  • Example of palladium catalyst which can be used for the coupling are PdCl 2 (dppf) 2 .CH 2 Cl 2 , Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 , PdCl 2 (PPh 3 ) 2 , or other catalyst as described in step (4d) of scheme 4.
  • Example of a base which can be used for the coupling are Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , K 3 PO 4 or other base described in step (4d) of Scheme 4.
  • the Suzuki coupling reaction can be carried out in a solvent.
  • Examples of a solvent are DME, DMF, CH 2 Cl 2 , ethanol, methanol, dioxane, water or toluene, or a mixture thereof.
  • Suzuki conditions is Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 Cl 2 and Na 2 CO 3 .
  • the solvent is water or THF or a mixture thereof.
  • the hydrolysis can be carried out under acidic condition.
  • An example of hydrolysis condition is HCl hydrolysis which generates the hydrochloric salt of compound 5d.
  • the HCl hydrolysis can be carried out in a solvent.
  • Example of a solvent is dioxane, water or THF or a mixture thereof.
  • the HCl hydrolysis can be carried out using an HCl aqueous solution in THF.
  • the amine 5d, or salt thereof is then converted into a compound of Formula I or I′ wherein B 1 is NHC(O), X is OH and R 3 is A 1 C(O)X 1 wherein X 1 is —O—C 1-7 alkyl or a salt thereof, wherein R 1 , A 1 , R 2 and n are as defined in Formula I or I′, by reaction with an acyl chloride of Formula 5, in the presence or absence of a base.
  • a base are NaOH, Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , KOH, LiOH or other base described supra for reaction of an Intermediate H or I with an acid halide.
  • the amide formation can be carried out in a solvent. Examples of a solvent are water, acetonitrile, THF or a mixture thereof.
  • a HCl salt of compound 5d can be reacted with an acyl chloride of Formula 5e in the presence of NaOH and Na 2 CO 3 .
  • An example of solvent is a mixture of acetonitrile and water.
  • Compound of Formula 5e can be prepared from a compound of Formula 6a, according to the method described in Scheme 6.
  • Compound of Formula 6a is reacted with X 1 H wherein X 1 is —O—C 1-7 alkyl to generate the acid 6b or salt thereof.
  • the reaction can be carried out in a solvent.
  • a solvent are toluene, benzene or a mixture thereof. In one embodiment the solvent is toluene.
  • a reagent X 1 H are methanol, ethanol, propanol or butanol.
  • Compound of Formula 6b is then converted to an acyl chloride 5e by reacting with thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride or sulfonyl chloride.
  • Compound 7a is then converted to a compound of Formula I or I′, or salt thereof, wherein B 1 is NHC(O), X is —O—C 1-7 alkyl, and R 3 is A 1 C(O)X 1 wherein X 1 is an —OH, by reaction with anhydride reagent 6a.
  • a base can be used in the last step of Scheme 7.
  • Example of a base is NaOH, Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , KOH, LiOH or other base described supra for reaction of an Intermediate H or I with a mixed anhydride.
  • the reaction of compound of Formula 7a with an anhydride of Formula 6a is carried out in the presence of isopropyl acetate.
  • the invention further includes any variant of the present processes, in which an intermediate product obtainable at any stage thereof is used as starting material and the remaining steps are carried out, or in which the starting materials are formed in situ under the reaction conditions, or in which the reaction components are used in the form of their salts or optically pure antipodes.
  • the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • the pharmaceutical composition can be formulated for particular routes of administration such as oral administration, parenteral administration, and rectal administration, etc.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be made up in a solid form including capsules, tablets, pills, granules, powders or suppositories, or in a liquid form including solutions, suspensions or emulsions.
  • compositions can be subjected to conventional pharmaceutical operations such as sterilization and/or can contain conventional inert diluents, lubricating agents, or buffering agents, as well as adjuvants, such as preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifers and buffers etc.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions are tablets and gelatin capsules comprising the active ingredient together with
  • Tablets may be either film coated or enteric coated according to methods known in the art.
  • compositions for oral administration include an effective amount of a compound of the invention in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsion, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs.
  • Compositions intended for oral use are prepared according to any method known in the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions can contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets.
  • excipients are, for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example, starch, gelatin or acacia; and lubricating agents, for example magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
  • the tablets are uncoated or coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period.
  • a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate can be employed.
  • Formulations for oral use can be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • an inert solid diluent for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin
  • water or an oil medium for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • compositions are aqueous isotonic solutions or suspensions, and suppositories are advantageously prepared from fatty emulsions or suspensions.
  • Said compositions may be sterilized and/or contain adjuvants, such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure and/or buffers. In addition, they may also contain other therapeutically valuable substances.
  • Said compositions are prepared according to conventional mixing, granulating or coating methods, respectively, and contain about 0.1-75%, or contain about 1-50%, of the active ingredient.
  • compositions for transdermal application include an effective amount of a compound of the invention with carrier.
  • Carriers include absorbable pharmacologically acceptable solvents to assist passage through the skin of the host.
  • transdermal devices are in the form of a bandage comprising a backing member, a reservoir containing the compound optionally with carriers, optionally a rate controlling barrier to deliver the compound of the skin of the host at a controlled and predetermined rate over a prolonged period of time, and means to secure the device to the skin.
  • compositions for topical application include aqueous solutions, suspensions, ointments, creams, gels or sprayable formulations, e.g., for delivery by aerosol or the like.
  • topical delivery systems will in particular be appropriate for dermal application. They are thus particularly suited for use in topical, including cosmetic, formulations well-known in the art.
  • Such may contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
  • a topical application may also pertain to an inhalation or to an intranasal application. They are conveniently delivered in the form of a dry powder (either alone, as a mixture, for example a dry blend with lactose, or a mixed component particle, for example with phospholipids) from a dry powder inhaler or an aerosol spray presentation from a pressurised container, pump, spray, atomizer or nebuliser, with or without the use of a suitable propellant.
  • a dry powder either alone, as a mixture, for example a dry blend with lactose, or a mixed component particle, for example with phospholipids
  • the present invention further provides anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprising the compounds of the present invention as active ingredients, since water may facilitate the degradation of certain compounds.
  • Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms of the invention can be prepared using anhydrous or low moisture containing ingredients and low moisture or low humidity conditions.
  • An anhydrous pharmaceutical composition may be prepared and stored such that its anhydrous nature is maintained.
  • anhydrous compositions are preferably packaged using materials known to prevent exposure to water such that they can be included in suitable formulary kits. Examples of suitable packaging include, but are not limited to, hermetically sealed foils, plastics, unit dose containers (e.g., vials), blister packs, and strip packs.
  • compositions and dosage forms that comprise one or more agents that reduce the rate by which the compound of the present invention as an active ingredient will decompose.
  • agents which are referred to herein as “stabilizers,” include, but are not limited to, antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, pH buffers, or salt buffers, etc.
  • the compounds according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC in free form or in pharmaceutically acceptable salt form exhibit valuable pharmacological properties, e.g. neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 modulating properties, e.g. as indicated in in vitro and in vivo tests as provided in the next sections and are therefore indicated for therapy.
  • pharmacological properties e.g. neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 modulating properties, e.g. as indicated in in vitro and in vivo tests as provided in the next sections and are therefore indicated for therapy.
  • cardiovascular disorders such hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, resistant hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency, renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, cyclical oedema, Menaires disease, hyperaldosteroneism (primary and secondary) and hypercalciuria, ascites, glaucoma, menstrual disorders, preterm labour, pre-eclampsia, endometriosis, and reproductive disorders (especially male and female infertility, polycystic ovarian syndrome, implantation failure), asthma, obstructive sleep apnea, inflammation, leukemia, pain, epilepsy, affective disorders such as depression and psychotic condition such as
  • the present invention provides the use of a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the therapy is selected from a disease which is ameliorated by inhibition of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11.
  • the disease is selected from the afore-mentioned list, suitably hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, resistant hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency, renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, type-2 diabetes, and diabetic complications and most suitably cardiovascular disorders, such as hypertension, renal insufficiency including edema and congestive heart failure.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a disease which is ameliorated by the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 comprising administration of a therapeutically acceptable amount of a compound according to anyone of formulae I′, I, IA, II, IIA, III, IIIA, IV, IVA, V, VA, VI, VIA and VII to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the disease is selected from the afore-mentioned list, suitably hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, resistant hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency, renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, type-2 diabetes, and diabetic complications and most suitably cardiovascular disorders, such as hypertension, renal insufficiency including edema and congestive heart failure.
  • the pharmaceutical composition or combination of the present invention can be in unit dosage of about 1-1000 mg of active ingredient(s) for a subject of about 50-70 kg, or about 1-500 mg or about 1-250 mg or about 1-150 mg or about 0.5-100 mg, or about 1-50 mg of active ingredients.
  • the therapeutically effective dosage of a compound, the pharmaceutical composition, or the combinations thereof is dependent on the species of the subject, the body weight, age and individual condition, the disorder or disease or the severity thereof being treated. A physician, clinician or veterinarian of ordinary skill can readily determine the effective amount of each of the active ingredients necessary to prevent, treat or inhibit the progress of the disorder or disease.
  • the above-cited dosage properties are demonstrable in vitro and in vivo tests using advantageously mammals, e.g., mice, rats, dogs, monkeys or isolated organs, tissues and preparations thereof.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be applied in vitro in the form of solutions, e.g., preferably aqueous solutions, and in vivo either enterally, parenterally, advantageously intravenously, e.g., as a suspension or in aqueous solution.
  • the dosage in vitro may range between about 10 ⁇ 3 molar and 10 ⁇ 9 molar concentrations.
  • a therapeutically effective amount in vivo may range depending on the route of administration, between about 0.1-500 mg/kg, or between about 1-100 mg/kg.
  • the activity of a compound according to the present invention can be assessed by the following in vitro & in vivo methods and/or by the following in vitro & in vivo methods well-described in the art. See A fluorescence lifetime-based assay for protease inhibitor profiling on human kallikrein 7 Doering K, Meder G, Hinnenberger M, Woelcke J, Mayr L M, Hassiepen U Biomol Screen. 2009 January; 14(1):1-9.
  • Recombinant human neutral endopeptidase (expressed in insect cells and purified using standard methods, final concentration 7 pM) is pre-incubated with test compounds at various concentrations for 1 hour at room temperature in 10 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4, containing 150 mM NaCl and 0.05% (w/v) CHAPS.
  • the enzymatic reaction is started by the addition of a synthetic peptide substrate Cys(PT14)-Arg-Arg-Leu-Trp-OH to a final concentration of 0.7 ⁇ M.
  • Substrate hydrolysis leads to an increase fluorescence lifetime (FLT) of PT14 measured by the means of a FLT reader as described by Doering et al. (2009).
  • the IC50 values corresponding to the inhibitor concentration showing 50% reduction of the FLT values measured in absence of inhibitor, are calculated from the plot of percentage of inhibition vs. inhibitor concentration using non-linear regression analysis software.
  • Example 5-1 Human NEP IC 50 (nM) Example 3-25 18 Example 3-26 15 Example 3-27 15 Example 5-1 38 Example 5-4 7 Example 5-7 4 Example 5-11 3 Example 5-12 67 Example 5-36 42 Example 5-37 2.3 Example 5-39 0.7 Example 5-46 0.5 Example 5-47 2.7 Example 5-55 0.7 Example 6-1 75 Example 9-1 56 Example 11-1 1.1 Example 11-11 0.5 Example 11-14 0.07 Example 12-1 0.2 Example 14-1 0.8 Example 15-1 1.2
  • the compound of the present invention may be administered either simultaneously with, or before or after, at least one other therapeutic agent.
  • the compound of the present invention may be administered separately, by the same or different route of administration, or together in the same pharmaceutical composition.
  • the invention provides a product comprising a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one other therapeutic agent as a combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in therapy.
  • the therapy is the treatment of a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity.
  • Products provided as a combined preparation include a composition comprising the compound of formulae I′ and I to VIIC and the other therapeutic agent(s) together in the same pharmaceutical composition, or the compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the other therapeutic agent(s) in separate form, e.g. in the form of a kit.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and another therapeutic agent(s).
  • the pharmaceutical composition may comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, as described above.
  • the invention provides a kit comprising two or more separate pharmaceutical compositions, at least one of which contains a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the kit comprises means for separately retaining said compositions, such as a container, divided bottle, or divided foil packet.
  • An example of such a kit is a blister pack, as typically used for the packaging of tablets, capsules and the like.
  • the kit of the invention may be used for administering different dosage forms, for example, oral and parenteral, for administering the separate compositions at different dosage intervals, or for titrating the separate compositions against one another.
  • the kit of the invention typically comprises directions for administration.
  • the compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and the other therapeutic agent may be manufactured and/or formulated by the same or different manufacturers.
  • the compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the other therapeutic may be brought together into a combination therapy: (i) prior to release of the combination product to physicians (e.g. in the case of a kit comprising the compound of the invention and the other therapeutic agent); (ii) by the physician themselves (or under the guidance of the physician) shortly before administration; (iii) in the patient themselves, e.g. during sequential administration of the compound of the invention and the other therapeutic agent.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11. activity, wherein the medicament is prepared for administration with another therapeutic agent.
  • the invention also provides the use of another therapeutic agent in the manufacture of medicament for treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11. activity, wherein the medicament is prepared for administration with a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the invention also provides a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in a method of treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is prepared for administration with another therapeutic agent.
  • the invention also provides another therapeutic agent for use in a method of treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the other therapeutic agent is prepared for administration with a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the invention also provides a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in a method of treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is administered with another therapeutic agent.
  • the invention also provides another therapeutic agent for use in a method of treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the other therapeutic agent is administered with a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the invention also provides the use of a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the patient has previously (e.g. within 24 hours) been treated with another therapeutic agent.
  • the invention also provides the use of another therapeutic agent in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the patient has previously (e.g. within 24 hours) been treated with a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the other therapeutic agent is selected from: HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitor, an anigiotensin receptor blocker (ARBs, angiotensin II receptor antagonist), angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) Inhibitor, a calcium channel blocker (CCB), an endothelin antagonist, a renin inhibitor, a diuretic, an ApoA-I mimic, an anti-diabetic agent, an obesity-reducing agent, an aldosterone receptor blocker, an endothelin receptor blocker, an aldosterone synthase inhibitors (ASI), a CETP inhibitor or a phophodiesterase type 5 (PDE5) inhibitor.
  • HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitor an anigiotensin receptor blocker (ARBs, angiotensin II receptor antagonist), angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) Inhibitor
  • a calcium channel blocker (CCB) an endothelin antagonist
  • a renin inhibitor a
  • combination with a second agent or treatment includes co-administration of the compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of Formulae I′ or I-VIIC or a compound otherwise described herein) with the second agent or treatment, administration of the compound of the invention first, followed by the second agent or treatment and administration of the second agent or treatment first, followed by the compound of the invention.
  • the compound of the invention e.g., a compound of Formulae I′ or I-VIIC or a compound otherwise described herein
  • second agent includes any agent which is known in the art to treat, prevent, or reduce the symptoms of a disease or disorder described herein, e.g. a disorder or disease responsive to the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase, such as for example, hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, resistant hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency (diabetic or non-diabetic), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and
  • second agents examples include HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) Inhibitors, calcium channel blockers (CCB), endothelin antagonists, renin inhibitors, diuretics, ApoA-I mimics, anti-diabetic agents, obesity-reducing agents, aldosterone receptor blockers, endothelin receptor blockers, aldosterone synthase inhibitors (ASI) and CETP inhibitors.
  • HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitors examples include HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) Inhibitors, calcium channel blockers (CCB), endothelin antagonists, renin inhibitors, diuretics, ApoA-I mimics, anti-diabetic agents, obesity-reducing agents, aldosterone receptor blockers, endothelin receptor blockers, ald
  • HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitor also called beta-hydroxy-beta-methylglutaryl-co-enzyme-A reductase inhibitors
  • active agents that may be used to lower the lipid levels including cholesterol in blood. Examples include atorvastatin, cerivastatin, compactin, dalvastatin, dihydrocompactin, fluindostatin, fluvastatin, lovastatin, pitavastatin, mevastatin, pravastatin, rivastatin, simvastatin, and velostatin, or, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • ACE-inhibitor also called angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors
  • ACE-inhibitor includes molecules that interrupt the enzymatic degradation of angiotensin I to angiotensin II. Such compounds may be used for the regulation of blood pressure and for the treatment of congestive heart failure.
  • Examples include alacepril, benazepril, benazeprilat, captopril, ceronapril, cilazapril, delapril, enalapril, enaprilat, fosinopril, imidapril, lisinopril, moveltopril, perindopril, quinapril, ramipril, spirapril, temocapril, and trandolapril, or, pharmaceutically acceptables salt thereof.
  • endothelin antagonist includes bosentan (cf. EP 526708 A), tezosentan (cf. WO 96/19459), or, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • renin inhibitor includes ditekiren (chemical name: [1S-[1R*,2R*,4R*(1R*,2R*)]]-1-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-proly 1-L-phenylalanyl-N-[2-hydroxy-5-methyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-4-[[[2-methyl-1-[[(2-pyridinylmrthyl)amino]carbonyl]butyl]amino]carbonyl]hexyl]-N-alfa-methyl-L-histidinamide); terlakiren (chemical name: [R—(R*,S*)]-N-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)-L-phenylalanyl-N-[1-(cyclohexylmethyl)-2-hydroxy-3-(1-methylethoxy)-3-oxopropyl]-S-methyl-cysteineamide); Aliskiren
  • aliskiren if not defined specifically, is to be understood both as the free base and as a salt thereof, especially a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, most preferably a hemi-fumarate salt thereof.
  • angiotensin II receptor antagonist or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is understood to be an active ingredient which bind to the AT 1 -receptor subtype of angiotensin II receptor but do not result in activation of the receptor.
  • these antagonists can, for example, be employed as antihypertensives or for treating congestive heart failure.
  • the class of AT 1 receptor antagonists comprises compounds having differing structural features, essentially preferred are the non-peptidic ones.
  • AT 1 -receptor antagonist are those agents which have been marketed, most preferred is valsartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • CCB calcium channel blocker
  • DHPs dihydropyridines
  • non-DHPs e.g., diltiazem-type and verapamil-type CCBs
  • Examples include amlodipine, felodipine, ryosidine, isradipine, lacidipine, nicardipine, nifedipine, niguldipine, niludipine, nimodipine, nisoldipine, nitrendipine, and nivaldipine, and is preferably a non-DHP representative selected from the group consisting of flunarizine, prenylamine, diltiazem, fendiline, gallopamil, mibefradil, anipamil, tiapamil and verapamil, or, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • CCBs may be used as anti-hypertensive, anti-angina pectoris, or anti-
  • diuretic includes thiazide derivatives (e.g., chlorothiazide, hydrochlorothiazide, methylclothiazide, and chlorothalidon).
  • thiazide derivatives e.g., chlorothiazide, hydrochlorothiazide, methylclothiazide, and chlorothalidon.
  • ApoA-I mimic includes D4F peptides (e.g., formula D-W-F-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-F-K-E-A-F)
  • anti-diabetic agent includes insulin secretion enhancers that promote the secretion of insulin from pancreatic ⁇ -cells.
  • insulin secretion enhancers include biguanide derivatives (e.g., metformin), sulfonylureas (SU) (e.g., tolbutamide, chlorpropamide, tolazamide, acetohexamide, 4-chloro-N-[(1-pyrrolidinylamino)carbonyl]-benzensulfonamide (glycopyramide), glibenclamide (glyburide), gliclazide, 1-butyl-3-metanilylurea, carbutamide, glibonuride, glipizide, gliquidone, glisoxepid, glybuthiazole, glibuzole, glyhexamide, glymidine, glypinamide, phenbutamide, and tolylcyclamide), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • phenylalanine derivatives e.g., nateglinide[N-(trans-4-isopropylcyclohexylcarbonyl)-D-phenylalanine](cf. EP 196222 and EP 526171) of the formula
  • DPP-IV is responsible for inactivating GLP-1. More particularly, DPP-IV generates a GLP-1 receptor antagonist and thereby shortens the physiological response to GLP-1. GLP-1 is a major stimulator of pancreatic insulin secretion and has direct beneficial effects on glucose disposal.
  • the DPP-IV inhibitor can be peptidic or, preferably, non-peptidic.
  • DPP-IV inhibitors are in each case generically and specifically disclosed e.g. in WO 98/19998, DE 196 16 486 A1, WO 00/34241 and WO 95/15309, in each case in particular in the compound claims and the final products of the working examples, the subject-matter of the final products, the pharmaceutical preparations and the claims are hereby incorporated into the present application by reference to these publications.
  • Preferred are those compounds that are specifically disclosed in Example 3 of WO 98/19998 and Example 1 of WO 00/34241, respectively.
  • GLP-1 is an insulinotropic protein which is described, e.g., by W. E. Schmidt et al. in Diabetologia, 28, 1985, 704-707 and in U.S. Pat. No. 5,705,483.
  • GLP-1 agonists includes variants and analogs of GLP-1 (7-36)NH 2 which are disclosed in particular in U.S. Pat. No. 5,120,712, U.S. Pat. No. 5,118,666, U.S. Pat. No. 5,512,549, WO 91/11457 and by C. Orskov et al in J. Biol. Chem. 264 (1989) 12826.
  • GLP-1(7-37) in which compound the carboxy-terminal amide functionality of Arg 36 is displaced with Gly at the 37 th position of the GLP-1(7-36)NH 2 molecule and variants and analogs thereof including GLN 9 -GLP-1(7-37), D-GLN 9 -GLP-1 (7-37), acetyl LYS 9 -GLP-1(7-37), LYS 18 -GLP-1(7-37) and, in particular, GLP-1(7-37)OH, VAL 8 -GLP-1(7-37), GLY 8 -GLP-1(7-37), THR 8 -GLP-1(7-37), MET 8 -GLP-1(7-37) and 4-imidazopropionyl-GLP-1.
  • Special preference is also given to the GLP agonist analog exendin-4, described by Greig et al in Diabetologia 1999, 42, 45-50.
  • insulin sensitivity enhancers which restore impaired insulin receptor function to reduce insulin resistance and consequently enhance the insulin sensitivity.
  • examples include hypoglycemic thiazolidinedione derivatives (e.g., glitazone, (S)-((3,4-dihydro-2-(phenyl-methyl)-2H-1-benzopyran-6-yl)methyl-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (englitazone), 5- ⁇ [4-(3-(5-methyl-2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl)-1-oxopropyl)-phenyl]-methyl ⁇ -thiazolidine-2,4-dione (darglitazone), 5- ⁇ [4-(1-methyl-cyclohexyl)methoxy)-phenyl]methyl ⁇ -thiazolidine-2,4-dione (ciglitazone), 5- ⁇ [4-(2-(1-indolyl)ethoxy)pheny
  • insulin signalling pathway modulators like inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatases (PTPases), antidiabetic non-small molecule mimetic compounds and inhibitors of glutamine-fructose-6-phosphate amidotransferase (GFAT); compounds influencing a dysregulated hepatic glucose production, like inhibitors of glucose-6-phosphatase (G6Pase), inhibitors of fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase (F-1,6-Bpase), inhibitors of glycogen phosphorylase (GP), glucagon receptor antagonists and inhibitors of phosphoenolpyruvate carboxykinase (PEPCK); pyruvate dehydrogenase kinase (PDHK) inhibitors; inhibitors of gastric emptying; insulin; inhibitors of GSK-3; retinoid X receptor (RXR) agonists; agonists of Beta-3 AR; agonists of uncoupling proteins (UC)
  • PTPases protein ty
  • oil-reducing agent includes lipase inhibitors (e.g., orlistat) and appetite suppressants (e.g., sibutramine and phentermine).
  • lipase inhibitors e.g., orlistat
  • appetite suppressants e.g., sibutramine and phentermine
  • aldosterone synthase inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is understood to be an active ingredient that has the property to inhibit the production of aldosterone.
  • Aldosterone synthase (CYP11B2) is a mitochondrial cytochrome P450 enzyme catalyzing the last step of aldosterone production in the adrenal cortex, i.e., the conversion of 11-deoxycorticosterone to aldosterone.
  • the inhibition of the aldosterone production with so-called aldosterone synthase inhibitors is known to be a successful variant to treatment of hypokalemia, hypertension, congestive heart failure, atrial fibrillation or renal failure.
  • Such aldosterone synthase inhibition activity is readily determined by those skilled in the art according to standard assays (e.g., US 2007/0049616).
  • the class of aldosterone synthase inhibitors comprises both steroidal and non-steroidal aldosterone synthase inhibitors, the later being most preferred.
  • the class of aldosterone synthase inhibitors comprises compounds having differing structural features.
  • non-steroidal aldosterone synthase inhibitor is the (+)-enantiomer of the hydrochloride of fadrozole (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,617,307 and 4,889,861) of formula
  • a preferred steroidal aldosterone antagonist is eplerenone (cf. EP 122232 A) of the formula
  • Aldosterone synthase inhibitors useful in said combination are compounds and analogs generically and specifically disclosed e.g. in US2007/0049616, in particular in the compound claims and the final products of the working examples, the subject-matter of the final products, the pharmaceutical preparations and the claims are hereby incorporated into the present application by reference to this publication.
  • Preferred aldosterone synthase inhibitors suitable for use in the present invention include, without limitation 4-(6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-5-yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile; 5-(2-chloro-4-cyanophenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazole-5-carboxylic acid (4-methoxybenzyl)methylamide; 4′-fluoro-6-(6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-imidazo[1,5-a]azepin-5-yl)biphenyl-3-carbonitrile; 5-(4-Cyano-2-methoxyphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazole-5-carboxylic acid butyl ester; 4-(6,7-Dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-5-yl)-2-meth
  • aldosterone synthase inhibitors also include compounds and analogs disclosed in WO2008/076860, WO2008/076336, WO2008/076862, WO2008/027284, WO2004/046145, WO2004/014914, WO2001/076574.
  • Aldosterone synthase inhibitors also include compounds and analogs disclosed in U.S. patent applications US2007/0225232, US2007/0208035, US2008/0318978, US2008/0076794, US2009/0012068, US20090048241 and in PCT applications WO2006/005726, WO2006/128853, WO2006128851, WO2006/128852, WO2007065942, WO2007/116099, WO2007/116908, WO2008/119744 and in European patent application EP 1886695.
  • Preferred aldosterone synthase inhibitors suitable for use in the present invention include, without limitation 8-(4-Fluorophenyl)-5,6-dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1,4]oxazine; 4-(5,6-Dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1,4]oxazin-8-yl)-2-fluorobenzonitrile; 4-(5,6-Dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1,4]oxazin-8-yl)-2,6-difluorobenzonitrile; 4-(5,6-Dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1,4]oxazin-8-yl)-2-methoxybenzonitrile; 3-(5,6-Dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1,4]oxazin-8-yl)benzonitrile; 4-(5,6-Dihydro-8H
  • endothelin receptor blocker includes bosentan.
  • CETP inhibitor refers to a compound that inhibits the cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP) mediated transport of various cholesteryl esters and triglycerides from HDL to LDL and VLDL.
  • CETP inhibition activity is readily determined by those skilled in the art according to standard assays (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,140,343). Examples include compounds disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,140,343 and U.S. Pat. No.
  • 6,723,752 e.g., (2R)-3- ⁇ [3-(4-Chloro-3-ethyl-phenoxy)-phenyl]-[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl]-amino ⁇ -1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol
  • compounds disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/807,838 polypeptide derivatives disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,512,548; rosenonolactone derivatives and phosphate-containing analogs of cholesteryl ester disclosed in J. Antibiot., 49(8): 815-816 (1996), and Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett.; 6:1951-1954 (1996), respectively.
  • the CETP inhibitors also include those disclosed in WO2000/017165, WO2005/095409 and WO2005/097806.
  • a preferred PDE5 inhibitor is Sildenafil.
  • Second agent of particular interest include Endothelin antagonists, renin inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, calcium channel blockers, diuretics, antidiabetic agents such as DPPIV inhibitors, and aldosterone synthase inhibitors.
  • the relative stereochemistry was determined using two dimensional NMR. Under the reaction condition, it would be unexpected that the stereocenter bearing the bisphenyl-methyl group racemize. Therefore, the absolute stereochemistry was determined based on the relative stereochemistry and the absolute stereochemistry of the stereocenter bearing the bisphenyl-methyl group.
  • Example 5- 45 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.26 min. (A) 389.3
  • Example 5- 46 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.53 min. (D) 402.2
  • Example 5- 47 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.60 min. (D) 413.3
  • Example 5- 48 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.38 min. (D) 427.2
  • Example 5- 49 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.37 min. (D) 399.3
  • Example 5- 50 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.50 min. (D) 401.1
  • Example 5- 51 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.39 min. (D) 367.1
  • Example 5- 52 Aq.
  • Example 5- 53 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.37 min. (D) 401.3
  • Example 5- 54 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.44 min. (D) 400.2
  • Example 5- 55 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.37 min. (D) 415.1
  • Example 5- 56 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.52 min. (D) 400.2
  • Example 5- 57 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.77 min. (D) 368.2
  • Example 5- 58 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.63 min. (D) 401.1
  • Example 5- 59 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.46 min.
  • Example Hydrolysis HPLC-RT MS # Product Starting Material Condition (condition) (M + 1) Example 11-2 Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 0.79 min. (B) 404.1
  • Example 11-3 Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 0.65 min.
  • Example 11-4 Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 0.63 min.
  • Example 11-5 Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.40 min.
  • Example 11-6 Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.40 min. (A) 423.3
  • Example 11-7 Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.39 min. (A) 423.3
  • Example 11-9 Aq.
  • Example 11-10 Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.50 min. (B) 462.3
  • Example 11-10 Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, 50° C. 0.72 min. (B) 408.2
  • Example 11-11 Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 1.16 min. (C) 462.2
  • Example 11-12 Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 1.34 min. (C) 440.2
  • Example 11-13 Aq. NaOH, EtOH, 50° C. 1.09 min. (C) 428.2
  • Example 11-14 Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 1.17 min. (C) 401.0
  • Example 11-15 Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 1.12 min. (C) 385.2
  • Example 11-16 BCl 3 , DCM, rt 1.15 min.
  • Example 11-17 Aq. NaOH, EtOH, 50° C. 1.18 min. (C) 384.3
  • Example 11-18 Aq. NaOH, EtOH, 50° C. 1.08 min. (C) 428.2
  • Example 11-19 Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 1.04 min. (C) 439.3
  • Example 11-20 Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 1.03 min. (C) 439.2
  • Example 11-21 Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 0.89 min. (C) 440.1
  • Example 11-22 Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 1.09 min. (C) 427.3
  • Example 11-23 Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 0.9 min. (C) 362.1
  • Example 11-24 Aq.
  • Example 11-32 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.56 min. (D) 415.0
  • Example 11-33 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.56 min. (D) 410.1
  • Example 11-34 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.75 min. (D) 425.1
  • Example 11-35 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.63 min. (D) 399.1
  • Example 11-36 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.62 min. (D) 403.0
  • Example 11-37 Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.73 min. (D) 431.1
  • Example 11-38 Aq.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Pregnancy & Childbirth (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a compound of formula I′;
Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R5, B1, X and n are defined herein. The invention also relates a method for manufacturing the compounds of the invention, and its therapeutic uses. The present invention further provides a combination of pharmacologically active agents and a pharmaceutical composition.

Description

    BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Endogenous atrial natriuretic peptides (ANP), also called atrial natriuretic factors (ANF) have diuretic, natriuretic and vasorelaxant functions in mammals. The natural ANF peptides is metabolically inactivated, in particular by a degrading enzyme which has been recognized to correspond to the enzyme neutral endopeptidase (NEP) EC 3.4.24.11, also responsible for e.g. the metabolic inactivation of enkephalins.
  • Neutral endopeptidase (EC 3.4.24.11; enkephalinase; atriopeptidase; NEP) is a zinc-containing metalloprotease that cleaves a variety of peptide substrates on the amino side of hydrophobic residues [see Pharmacol Rev, Vol. 45, p. 87 (1993)]. Substrates for this enzyme include, but are not limited to, atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP, also known as ANF), brain natriuretic peptide (BNP), met- and leu-enkephalin, bradykinin, neurokinin A, endothelin-1 and substance P. ANP is a potent vasorelaxant and natriuretic agent [see J Hypertens, Vol. 19, p. 1923 (2001)]. Infusion of ANP in normal subjects resulted in a reproducible, marked enhancement of natriuresis and diuresis, including increases in fractional excretion of sodium, urinary flow rate and glomerular filtration rate [see J Clin Pharmacol, Vol. 27, p. 927 (1987)]. However, ANP has a short half-life in circulation, and NEP in kidney cortex membranes has been shown to be the major enzyme responsible for degrading this peptide [see Peptides, Vol. 9, p. 173 (1988)]. Thus, inhibitors of NEP (neutral endopeptidase inhibitors, NEPi) should increase plasma levels of ANP and, hence, are expected to induce natriuretic and diuretic effects.
  • This enzyme is involved in the breakdown of several bioactive oligopeptides, cleaving peptide bonds on the amino side of hydrophobic amino acid residues. The peptides metabolised include atrial natriuretic peptides (ANP), bombesin, bradykinin, calcitonin gene-related peptide, endothelins, enkephalins, neurotensin, substance P and vasoactive intestinal peptide. Some of these peptides have potent vasodilatory and neurohormone functions, diuretic and natriuretic activity or mediate behaviour effects.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The aim of the present invention is to provide novel compounds which are useful as neutral endopeptidase inhibitors, e.g. as inhibitors of the ANF-degrading enzyme in mammals, so as to prolong and potentiate the diuretic, natriuretic and vasodilator properties of ANF in mammals, by inhibiting the degradation thereof to less active metabolites. The compounds of this invention are thus particularly useful for the treatment of conditions and disorders responsive to the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase (NEP) EC 3.4.24.11.
  • Thus, the compounds of the invention, by inhibiting the neutral endopeptidase EC.3.4.24.11, can potentiate the biological effects of bioactive peptides. Thus, in particular the compounds have utility in the treatment of a number of disorders, including hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, resistant hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency (diabetic or non-diabetic), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation (AF), cardiac fibrosis, atrial flutter, detrimental vascular remodeling, plaque stabilization, myocardial infarction (MI), renal fibrosis, polycystic kidney disease (PKD), pulmonary arterial hypertension, renal failure (including edema and salt retension), cyclical oedema, Menières disease, hyperaldosteroneism (primary and secondary) and hypercalciuria, ascites. In addition, because of their ability to potentiate the effects of ANF the compounds have utility in the treatment of glaucoma. As a further result of their ability to inhibit the neutral endopeptidase E.C.3.4.24.11 the compounds of the invention may have activity in other therapeutic areas including for example the treatment of menstrual disorders, preterm labour, pre-eclampsia, endometriosis, and reproductive disorders (especially male and female infertility, polycystic ovarian syndrome, implantation failure). Also the compounds of the invention should treat asthma, obstructive sleep apnea, inflammation, leukemia, pain, epilepsy, affective disorders such as depression and psychotic condition such as dementia and geriatric confusion, obesity and gastrointestinal disorders (especially diarrhea and irritable bowel syndrome), wound healing (especially diabetic and venous ulcers and pressure sores), septic shock, the modulation of gastric acid secretion, the treatment of hyperreninaemia, cystic fibrosis, restenosis, type-2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications and athereosclerosis, male and female sexual dysfunction. In a preferred embodiment the compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment of cardiovascular disorders.
  • The invention pertains to the compounds, methods for using them, and uses thereof as described herein. Examples of compounds of the invention include the compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the compounds of the examples.
  • The invention therefore provides a compound of the formula (I′):
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00002
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
    R1 is H, C1-7alkyl, hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, halogen, —SH, —S—C1-7alkyl or NRaRb;
    R2 for each occurrence, is independently C1-7alkyl, halo, NO2, CN, C1-7alkanoylamino, C3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, haloC1-7alkyl, —NRaRb, C6-10aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl;
    wherein Ra and Rb for each occurrence are independently H or C1-7alkyl;
  • R3 is A1-C(O)X1 or A2-R4;
  • R4 is C6-10aryl or a heteroaryl, which can be monocyclic or bicyclic, and which can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, hydroxyC1-7alkyl, nitro, —NRaRb, —C(O)C1-7alkyl, C(O)—O—C1-7alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, halo, C1-7alkyl, halo-C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C6-10aryl, heteroaryl, —NHSO2—C1-7alkyl and benzyl; or R4 is a heterocyclyl which can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, hydroxy, hydroxyC1-7alkyl, amino, C(O)—O—C1-7alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, halo, C1-7alkyl, halo-C1-7alkyl, C6-10aryl, heteroaryl, —NHSO2—C1-7alkyl and benzyl;
    R5 is H, halo, hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, halo, C1-7alkyl or halo-C1-7alkyl; and
    X and X1 are independently OH, —O—C1-7alkyl, —NRaRb, —NHS(O)2—C1-7alkyl, —NHS(O)2-benzyl or —O—C6-10aryl; wherein alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C6-10aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C(O)NH2, C(O)NH—C1-6alkyl, and C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)2;
  • B1 is —C(O)NH— or —NHC(O)—;
  • A1 is a bond or a linear or branched C1-7alkylene; which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C3-7cycloalkyl, C1-7alkoxy, hydroxy and O-acetate; in which two geminal alkyl can optionally combine to form a C3-7cycloalkyl; or
    A1 is a linear or branched C1-7alkenylene; or
    A1 is a linear C1-4 alkylene wherein one or more carbon atom(s) is/are replaced with an heteroatom selected from O, NRc; and A1 is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo and C1-7alkyl; in which Rc for each occurrence, is independently H, C1-7alkyl, —C(O)—O—C1-7alkyl or —CH2C(O)OH; or A1 is a phenyl or a heteroaryl; each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-7alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, halo-C1-7alkyl, hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, halo, —NRaRb, —OCH2CO2H, and —OCH2C(O)NH2; or A1 is a C3-7cycloalkyl;
    A1 is —C1-4alkylene-C6-10-aryl-, —C1-4alkylene-heteroaryl- or —C1-4alkylene-heterocyclyl-, wherein A1 may be in either direction; and
    A2 is a bond or a linear or branched C1-7 alkylene; which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1-7alkoxy, hydroxy, O-Acetate and C3-7cycloalkyl;
    n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
  • wherein each heteroaryl is a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring comprising 5-10 ring atoms selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and
  • each heterocyclyl is a monocyclic saturated or partially saturated but non-aromatic moiety comprising 4-7 ring atoms selected from carbon atoms and 1-5 heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom of a heteroaryl or a heterocyclyl is independently selected from O, N and S.
  • The invention therefore provides a compound of the formula (I):
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00003
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
    R1 is H or C1-7alkyl;
    R2 for each occurrence, is independently C1-7alkyl, halo, NO2, CN, C1-7alkanoylamino, C3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, haloC1-7alkyl, —NRaRb, C6-10aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl;
    wherein Ra and Rb for each occurrence are independently H or C1-7alkyl;
  • R3 is A1-C(O)X1 or A2-R4;
  • R4 is C6-10aryl or a heteroaryl, which can be monocyclic or bicyclic, and which can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, hydroxyC1-7alkyl, amino, C(O)—O—C1-7alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, halo, C1-7alkyl, halo-C1-7alkyl, C6-10aryl, heteroaryl, —NHSO2—C1-7alkyl and benzyl; or R4 is a heterocyclyl which can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, hydroxy, hydroxyC1-7alkyl, amino, C(O)—O—C1-7alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, halo, C1-7alkyl, halo-C1-7alkyl, C6-10aryl, heteroaryl, —NHSO2—C1-7alkyl and benzyl;
    R5 is H, halo, hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, halo, C1-7alkyl or halo-C1-7alkyl; and
    X and X1 are independently OH, —O—C1-7alkyl, NRaRb, or —O—C6-10aryl; wherein alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C6-10aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C(O)NH2, C(O)NH—C1-6alkyl, and C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)2;
  • B1 is —C(O)NH— or —NHC(O)—;
  • A1 is a bond or a linear or branched C1-7alkylene; which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C3-7cycloalkyl, C1-7alkoxy, hydroxy and O-acetate; in which two geminal alkyl can optionally combine to form a C3-7cycloalkyl; or
    A1 is a phenyl or a heteroaryl; each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-7alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, halo-C1-7alkyl, hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, halo, —NRaRb, —OCH2CO2H, and —OCH2C(O)NH2; or A1 is a C3-7cycloalkyl;
    A1 is —C1-4alkylene-C6-10-aryl-, —C1-4alkylene-heteroaryl- or —C1-4alkylene-heterocyclyl-, wherein A1 may be in either direction; and
    A2 is a bond or a linear or branched C1-7 alkylene; which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1-7alkoxy, hydroxy, O-Acetate and C3-7cycloalkyl;
    n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
  • wherein each heteroaryl is a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring comprising 5-10 ring atoms selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and
  • each heterocyclyl is a monocyclic saturated or partially saturated but non-aromatic moiety comprising 4-7 ring atoms selected from carbon atoms and 1-5 heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom of a heteroaryl or a heterocyclyl is independently selected from O, N and S.
  • In another embodiment, the invention pertains to a method for treating a disorders or diseases responsive to the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 (NEP), in a subject, by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, such that the disorder or disease responsive to the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 (NEP) in the subject is treated.
  • In yet another embodiment, the invention pertains to a method for treating hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, resistant hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency (diabetic or non-diabetic), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathey, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation (AF), cardiac fibrosis, atrial flutter, detrimental vascular remodeling, plaque stabilization, myocardial infarction (MI), renal fibrosis, polycystic kidney disease (PKD), pulmonary arterial hypertension, renal failure (including edema and salt retension), cyclical oedema, Menières disease, hyperaldosteroneism (primary and secondary) and hypercalciuria, ascites, glaucoma, menstrual disorders, preterm labour, pre-eclampsia, endometriosis, and reproductive disorders (especially male and female infertility, polycystic ovarian syndrome, implantation failure), asthma, obstructive sleep apnea, inflammation, leukemia, pain, epilepsy, affective disorders such as depression and psychotic condition such as dementia and geriatric confusion, obesity and gastrointestinal disorders (especially diarrhea and irritable bowel syndrome), wound healing (especially diabetic and venous ulcers and pressure sores), septic shock, gastric acid secretion dysfunction, hyperreninaemia, cystic fibrosis, restenosis, type-2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications and atherosclerosis, male and female sexual dysfunction; comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, such that the subject is treated.
  • In yet another embodiment, the invention pertains to pharmaceutical compositions, comprising of a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • In still another embodiment, the invention pertains to combinations including a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′ and I-VIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and pharmaceutical combinations of one or more therapeutically active agents.
  • In another embodiment, the invention pertains to a method for inhibiting neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 in a subject by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, such that neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 is inhibited.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Compounds of the Invention
  • References hereinafter to compounds of Formula I or I′ apply equally to compounds according to anyone of Formulae IA to VIIC.
  • References hereinafter to embodiments of the invention apply equally to compounds of Formula I or I′ and compounds according to anyone of Formulae IA to VIIC, insofar as the embodiments are present.
  • Various embodiments of the invention are described herein. It will be recognized that features specified in each embodiment may be combined with other specified features to provide further embodiments.
  • In one embodiment the invention provides a compound of the Formula I or I′, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
  • R1 is H or C1-7alkyl;
    R2 for each occurrence, is independently C1-7alkyl, halo, C3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, haloC1-7alkyl, —NRaRb, C6-10aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; wherein Ra and Rb for each occurrence are independently H or C1-7alkyl;
  • R3 is A1-C(O)X1 or A2-R4;
  • R4 is C6-10aryl or a heteroaryl, which can be monocyclic or bicyclic and which can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, halo, C1-7alkyl, halo-C1-7alkyl C6-10aryl, heteroaryl, —NHSO2—C1-7alkyl and benzyl;
  • R5 is H; and
  • X and X1 are independently OH, —O—C1-7alkyl or NRaRb;
  • B1 is —C(O)NH— or —NHC(O)—;
  • A1 is a linear or branched C1-7alkylene; which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C3-7cycloalkyl, C1-7alkoxy, hydroxy and O-acetate; in which two geminal alkyl can optionally combine to form a C3-7cycloalkyl; or
    A1 is a phenyl or a heteroaryl; each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-7alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, halo-C1-7alkyl, hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, halo, —NRaRb, —OCH2CO2H, and —OCH2C(O)NH2; and
    A2 is a bond or a linear or branched C1-7 alkylene; which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1-7alkoxy, hydroxy, O-Acetate and C3-7cycloalkyl; and
    n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
  • wherein each heteroaryl is a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring comprising 5-10 ring atoms selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and
  • each heterocyclyl is a monocyclic saturated or partially saturated but non-aromatic moiety comprising 4-7 ring atoms selected from carbon atoms and 1-5 heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom of a heteroaryl or a heterocyclyl is independently selected from O, N and S.
  • Certain compounds of Formula I or I′ include compounds of Formula IA wherein the stereochemistry at the carbon bearing the biphenyl group is (R):
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00004
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, R1, R2, B1, R3 and n have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra.
  • In one embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds of Formula I or I′ or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; R2 is halo and is attached to the meta position and the other optional R2 groups are independently C1-7alkyl, NO2, CN, halo, C3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, halo-C1-7alkyl, NRbRc, C6-10aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl. This embodiment is illustrated by compounds of Formulae IB and IC:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00005
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, R1, R2, B1, R3 have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra; p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 and R2a is halo.
  • Certain compounds of Formula I or I′ include compounds of Formula II:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00006
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, X1, A1, R1, R2 and n have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra.
  • In a further embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds of Formula II wherein the stereochemistry of the carbon bearing the biphenyl groups is (R). This embodiment is illustrated by compounds of Formula IIA:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00007
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, X1, A1, R1, R2 and n have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra.
  • Certain compounds of Formula I, I′ or II include compounds of Formula IIB or IIC:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00008
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, X1, A1, R1, R2 have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra; p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 and R2a is halo.
  • Certain compounds of Formula I or I′ include compounds of Formula III:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00009
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, X1, A1, R1, R2 and n have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra.
  • In a further embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds of Formula III wherein the stereochemistry of the carbon bearing the biphenyl groups is (R). This embodiment is illustrated by compounds of Formula IIA:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00010
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, X1, A1, R1, R2 and n have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra.
  • Certain compounds of Formula III include compounds of Formula IIIB or IIIC:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00011
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, X1, A1, R1, R2 have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra; p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 and R2a is halo.
  • In another embodiment the invention provides a compound according to anyone of formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC or of any classes and subclasses described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein A1 is a linear C1-7alkylene, which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C1-7alkoxy, hydroxy, O-acetate and C3-7cycloalkyl; in which two geminal alkyl can optionally combine to form a C3-7cycloalkyl.
  • A further embodiment include compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC or of any classes and subclasses described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A1 is —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2— or A1 has the following formulae:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00012
  • in which Rc1, Rc2, Rd1, Rd2, Re1, Re2, Re3 and Re4 are independently H, halo, C3-7cycloalkyl, or C1-7alkyl; and alternatively Rc1 and Rc2 or Rd1 and Rd2 can form together with the atoms to which they are attached a C3-7cycloalkyl. In one aspect of this embodiment, A1 is one of the following:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00013
  • Yet another further embodiment includes compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC or of any classes and subclasses described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A1 has the following formulae:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00014
  • in which Rf1, Rf2, Rf3 and Rf4 are independently H, halo, O-acetate or C7-7alkyl. In a further embodiment, A1 is one of the following:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00015
  • In yet another embodiment, the invention provides a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC or of any classes and subclasses described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein A1 is a C3-7cycloalkyl. Examples of this embodiment are compounds of anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC, wherein A1 is selected from the following:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00016
  • In yet another embodiment, the invention provides a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC or of any classes and subclasses described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein A1 is a linear or branched C2-7alkenylene. An example of C2-7alkenylene is trans CH═CH.
  • In yet another embodiment, the invention provides a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC or of any classes and subclasses described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein A1 is a linear C1-4 alkylene wherein one or more carbon atom(s) is/are replaced with an heteroatom selected from O, NRc; and A1 is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo and C1-7alkyl; in which Rc for each occurrence is independently H, C1-7alkyl, —C(O)O C1-7alkyl or CH2C(O)OH. One further embodiment includes compounds of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC wherein A1 is one of the following:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00017
  • In yet another embodiment, the invention provides a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC or of any classes and subclasses described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein A1 is optionally substituted phenyl or heteroaryl, wherein optional substituents are defined as in Formula I or Certain compounds of the above embodiment include compounds according to anyone of Formula I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A1 is a 5-membered ring heteroaryl. This embodiment is illustrated by compounds of Formula IV:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00018
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, X1, B1, R1, R2 and n have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra and Y1, Y2 and Y3 are independently N, NH, S, O or CH and form together with the ring atoms to which they are attached a 5-membered heteroaryl ring.
  • In one aspect of this embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds of Formula IVA:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00019
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, X1, B1, R1, R2, Y1, Y2, Y3 and n have the definitions of Formulae I, I′ or IV, supra.
  • In one aspect of this embodiment, Y1, Y2 and Y3 form together with the ring atoms to which they are attached a 5-membered heteroaryl ring selected from furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, and triazole. One further embodiment includes compounds of Formula IV or VIA, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl is one of the following:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00020
  • In a further embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds of Formula IV or IVA wherein n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; R2 is halo in the meta position and the other optional R2 groups are independently C1-7alkyl, NO2, CN, halo, C3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, halo-C1-7alkyl, NRbRc, C6-10aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl.
  • In yet another aspect of the above embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds of Formula I′, I to IC, II to IIC or III to IIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A1 is a 5-membered ring heteroaryl attached to the amide B1 at a nitrogen atom. This embodiment is illustrated by compounds of Formulae V or VA:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00021
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, X1, B1, R1, R2 and n have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra and each Y4 are independently N, S, O or CH. In a further embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds of Formula V or VA wherein n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; R2 is halo in the meta position and the other optional R2 groups are independently C1-7alkyl, NO2, CN, halo, C3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, halo-C1-7alkyl, NRbRc, C6-10aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl.
  • In yet another aspect of the above embodiment the invention provides a compound according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC or of any classes and subclasses described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein A1 is a phenyl or a 6-membered ring heteroaryl in which phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with C1-7alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, halo-C1-7alkyl, hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, halo, NRaRb, —OCH2CO2H, or —OCH2C(O)NH2. One aspect of this embodiment include compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A1 is connected to the amide B1 and to the C(O)X1 moieties in a para arrangement. Another aspect of this embodiment include compounds according to anyone of Formula I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC wherein A1 is connected to the amide B1 and to the C(O)X1 moieties in a meta arrangement. Compounds of this embodiment include compounds of Formula VI:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00022
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, X1, B1, R1, R2 and n have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra and W1, W2, W3 and W4 are independently N or CRe, in which each Re is independently H, C1-7alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, halo-C1-7alkyl, hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, halo, —NRaRb, —OCH2CO2H or —OCH2C(O)NH2. In one aspect of this embodiment A1 is phenyl, pyridine or pyrimidine.
  • In a further embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds of Formula VIA:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00023
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, X1, B1, R1, R2, W1, W2, W3 and W4 and n have the definitions of Formulae I, I′ or VI, supra.
  • One further embodiment includes compounds of Formula VI or VIA, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A1 is one of the following:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00024
  • In a further embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds of Formula VI or VIA, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; R2 is halo in the meta position and the other optional R2 groups are independently C1-7alkyl, NO2, CN, halo, C3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, halo-C1-7alkyl, NRbRc, C6-10aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl.
  • In one aspect of the previous embodiment, the invention pertains to compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, IV to IV, V to VC and VI to VIC, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein B1 is —C(O)NH—. In another embodiment, B1 is —NHC(O)—.
  • Certain compounds of the above embodiment include compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC and III to IIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A1 is —C1-4alkylene-C6-10-aryl-, —C1-4alkylene-heteroaryl- or —C1-4alkylene-heterocyclyl-, —C6-10aryl-C1-4-alkylene-, -heteroaryl-C1-4alkylene or -heterocyclyl-C1-4alkylene-. In one aspect of this embodiment, A1 is —C1-4alkylene-C6-10-aryl-, —C1-4alkylene-heteroaryl- or —C1-4alkylene-heterocyclyl-, wherein the alkylene portion is attached to B1 amide group and the aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl moities are attached to C(O)X1. In another aspect of this embodiment, A1 is —CH2-phenyl- or -phenyl-CH2—. In another aspect of this embodiment, A1 is —CH2-heteroaryl or -heteroaryl-CH2—. In a further embodiment, A1 is —CH2-heterocyclyl or -heterocyclyl-CH2—. Representative examples of A1 are the following:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00025
  • Certain compounds of Formula I or I′ include compounds of Formula VII:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00026
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, A2, R1, R2, R4 and n have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra. A further embodiment includes compounds of Formula VIIA:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00027
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, A2, R1, R2, R4 and n have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra.
  • Certain compounds of Formula VII or VIIA have the formula VIIB or VIIC:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00028
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, A2, R1, R2, R4 have the definitions of Formula I or I′, supra; p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 and R2a is halo.
  • A further aspect of this embodiment include compounds according to anyone of Formulae VII to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A2 is (CH2)p and p is 0, 1, 2, 3. In one aspect of this embodiment p is 0, therefore A2 is a bond. In another aspect of this embodiment A2 is CH2 or CH2—CH2.
  • In another aspect of this embodiment the invention provide compounds according to anyone of Formulae VII to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R4 is optionally substituted C6-10aryl. Representative examples of aryl are benzoimidazolone, benzoisothiazolone or phenyl. In one further aspect of this embodiment, R4 is phenyl. Substituents on the phenyl ring include for example, halo (e.g. F, Cl), hydroxy, halo-C1-7alkyl (e.g. CF3), —NHS(O)2—C1-7alkyl, heteroaryl, C1-7alkoxy or C1-7alkyl.
  • In yet another aspect of this embodiment the invention provides compounds according to anyone of Formula VII to VIIC or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R4 is an optionally substituted bicyclic heteroaryl.
  • In yet another aspect of this embodiment the invention provide compounds according to anyone of Formulae VII to VIIC or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein R4 is optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl. In one aspect of this embodiment, R4 is a 6-membered ring heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyrazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, oxo-pyranyl (e.g. pyranone, optionally substituted pyran-4-one, pyran-2-one such as 3-hydroxy-pyran-4-one, 3-hydroxy-pyran-2-one), and oxo-pyridinyl (e.g. pyridinone, optionally substituted pyridin-4-one or pyridin-2-one such as for example 3-hydroxy-1-methyl-pyridin-4-one or 1-benzyl-pyridin-2-one), or pyrimidinone (i.e oxo-pyrimidinyl). In another aspect of this embodiment R4 is a 5-membered ring heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of oxazole, pyrrole, pyrazole, isooxazole, triazole, tetrazole, oxadiazole (e.g. 1-oxa-3,4-diazole, 1-oxa-2,4-diazole), oxadiazolone (e.g. oxadiazol-2-one), thiazole, isothiazole, thiophene, imidazole and thiadiazole. Other representative examples of R4 are oxazolone, thiazolone, oxadiazolone, triazolone, oxazolone, imidazolone, pyrazolone. In a further embodiment, the optional substituents on C6-10aryl and heteroaryl are selected from hydroxy, C1-7alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, halo, halo-C1-7alkyl or benzyl.
  • In yet another aspect of the above embodiment the invention provide compounds according to anyone of Formulae VII to VIIC or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R4 is a bicyclic heteroaryl. A further embodiment includes compounds according to anyone of Formulae VII to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R4 is indole, benzothiazole or benzimidazole. Representative examples of R4 are the following:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00029
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00030
  • In yet another aspect of the above embodiment the invention provide compounds according to anyone of Formulae VII to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R4 is a monocyclic saturated or partially saturated heterocyclyl, which heterocyclyl contains at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, and which heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, hydroxy, C1-7alkoxy, halo, C1-7alkyl, halo-C1-7alkyl, C6-10aryl, heteroaryl, —NHSO2—C1-7alkyl and benzyl. In one particular aspect of this embodiment, R4 is pyrrolidine or imidazolidine, wherein the heterocyclyl may be linked to the carbonyl (C(O)-A2) moiety via a carbon or a nitrogen and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with oxo.
  • In one embodiment the invention provide compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC, III to IIIC, IV, IVA, V, VA, VI, VIA and VII to VIIC or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is H.
  • In another embodiment the invention provide compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC, III to IIIC, 1V, IVA, V, VA, VI, VIA and VII to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R2 is independently halo, C1-7alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, hydroxy, halo-C1-7alkyl and n is 0, 1 or 2. In a further embodiment n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, R2 is halo in the meta position and the other optional R2 groups are independently halo, C1-7alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, hydroxy or haloalkyl. In yet a further embodiment, the invention provide compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC, III to IIIC, 1V, IVA, V, VA, VI, VIA and VII to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein n is 1 or 2, R2 is meta-chloro or meta-fluoro and the other optional R2 group is halo, C1-7alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, hydroxy or haloalkyl.
  • In yet another embodiment the invention provide compounds according to anyone of Formulae I′, I to IC, II to IIC, III to IIIC, I, IVA, V, VA, VI, VIA and VII to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X and X1 are independently OH or —O—C1-7alkyl (e.g. —O-ethyl, —O-methyl or —O-nbutyl). In one particular aspect of this embodiment X and X1 are OH. In another aspect of this embodiment, X and X1 are independently —O—C1-7alkyl in which alkyl is substituted with C6-10aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C(O)NH2, C(O)NH—C1-6alkyl, or C(O)N(C1-6alkyl)2. Representative examples of X or X1 are —O—CH2—C(O)N(CH3)2, —O—CH2—CH2-morpholine, —O—CH2-dioxolone or —O-benzyl. In yet another aspect of this embodiment, X and X1 are —O—C6-10aryl. A representative examples of —O—C6-10aryl is —O-(2,3-dihydro-1H-indene).
  • In another embodiment X, X1, B1, A1, A2, R2, R1 and R4 groups are those defined by the X, X1, A1, A2, B1, R2, R1 and R4 groups in the Examples section below.
  • In another embodiment individual compounds according to the invention are those listed in the Examples section below, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • DEFINITION
  • For purposes of interpreting this specification, the following definitions will apply unless specified otherwise and whenever appropriate, terms used in the singular will also include the plural and vice versa.
  • As used herein, the term “alkyl” refers to a fully saturated branched or unbranched (or straight chain or linear) hydrocarbon moiety, comprising 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Preferably the alkyl comprises 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Representative examples of alkyl include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 2,2-dimethylpentyl, 2,3-dimethylpentyl, n-heptyl. The term “C1-7alkyl” refers to a hydrocarbon having one to seven carbon atoms. Moreover, the term alkenyl includes both “unsubstituted alkyls” and “substituted alkyls”. The term “alkylene” refers to a divalent alkyl radical, wherein alkyl is as previously defined.
  • The term “alkenyl” refers to a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon having at least one carbon-carbon double bond. The term “C2-7alkenyl” refers to a hydrocarbon having two to seven carbon atoms and comprising at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Representative examples of alkenyl are vinyl, prop-1-enyl, allyl, butenyl, isopropenyl or isobutenyl. The term “alkeylene” refers to a divalent alkenyl radical, wherein alkenyl is as previously defined.
  • As used herein, the term “haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl as defined herein, that is substituted by one or more halo groups as defined herein. Preferably the haloalkyl can be monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl or polyhaloalkyl including perhaloalkyl. A monohaloalkyl can have one iodo, bromo, chloro or fluoro within the alkyl group. Dihaloalky and polyhaloalkyl groups can have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo groups within the alkyl. Preferably, the polyhaloalkyl contains up to 12, or 10, or 8, or 6, or 4, or 3, or 2 halo groups. Representative examples of haloalkyl are fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, difluoroethyl, difluoropropyl, dichloroethyl and dichloropropyl. A perhaloalkyl refers to an alkyl having all hydrogen atoms replaced with halo atoms. The term “halo-C1-7alkyl” refers to a hydrocarbon having one to seven carbon atoms and being substituted by one or more halo groups.
  • As used herein, the term “alkoxy” refers to alkyl-O—, wherein alkyl is defined herein above. Representative examples of alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 2-propoxy, butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, cyclopropyloxy-, cyclohexyloxy- and the like. Preferably, alkoxy groups have about 1-7, more preferably about 1-4 carbons.
  • As used herein, the term “cycloalkyl” refers to saturated or unsaturated but non-aromatic monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic hydrocarbon groups of 3-12 carbon atoms, preferably 3-8, or 3-7 carbon atoms. For bicyclic, and tricyclic cycloalkyl system, all rings are non-aromatic. Exemplary monocyclic hydrocarbon groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl and cyclohexenyl. Exemplary bicyclic hydrocarbon groups include bornyl, decahydronaphthyl, bicyclo[2.1.1]hexyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptenyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl. Exemplary tricyclic hydrocarbon groups include adamantyl. The term “C3-7cycloakyl” refers to a cyclic hydrocarbon groups having 3 to 7 carbon atoms. The term “cycloalkylalkyl” refers to an alkyl substituted with cycloalkyl.
  • The term “aryl” refers to monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6-10 carbon atoms in the ring portion. The term “aryl” also refer to a group in which the aromatic ring is fused to a cycloalkyl ring, where the radical of attachment is on the aromatic ring or on the fused cycloalkyl ring. Representative examples of aryl are phenyl, naphthyl, hexahydroindyl, indanyl or tetrahydronaphthyl. The term “C6-10 aryl” refers to an aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms in the ring portion.
  • The term “arylalkyl” is an alkyl substituted with aryl. Representative examples of arylalkyl are benzyl or Phenyl-CH2CH2—. The term also includes substituted arylalkyl moiety.
  • The term “Heteroaryl” includes monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, containing from 5-10 ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and each heteroatoms is independently selected from O, N or S wherein S and N may be oxidized to various oxidation states. For bicyclic heteroaryl system, the system is fully aromatic (i.e. all rings are aromatic).
  • Typical monocyclic heteroaryl groups include thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxa-2,3-diazolyl, oxa-2,4-diazolyl, oxa-2,5-diazolyl, oxa-3,4-diazolyl, thia-2,3-diazolyl, thia-2,4-diazolyl, thia-2,5-diazolyl, thia-3,4-diazolyl, 3-, 4-, or 5-isothiazolyl, 2-, 4-, or 5-oxazolyl, 3-, 4-, or 5-isoxazolyl, 3- or 5-1,2,4-triazolyl, 4- or 5-1,2,3-triazolyl, tetrazolyl, 2-, 3-, or 4-pyridyl, 3- or 4-pyridazinyl, 3-, 4-, or 5-pyrazinyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 2-4-, or 5-pyrimidinyl.
  • The term “heteroaryl” also refers to a group in which a heteroaromatic ring is fused to one or more aryl, cycloaliphatic, or heterocyclyl rings, where the radical or point of attachment is on the heteroaromatic ring or on the fused aryl ring. Representative examples of bicyclic heteroaryl are indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, quinolizinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinazolinyl, quinaxalinyl, thieno[2,3-b]furanyl, furo[3,2-b]-pyranyl, 5H-pyrido[2,3-d]-o-oxazinyl, 1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]-oxazolyl, 4H-imidazo[4,5-d]thiazolyl, pyrazino[2,3-d]pyridazinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, imidazo[1,2-b][1,2,4]triazinyl, 7-benzo[b]thienyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxapinyl, benzoxazinyl, 1H-pyrrolo[1,2-b][2]benzazapinyl, benzofuryl, benzothiophenyl, benzotriazolyl, pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridinyl, pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridinyl, pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridinyl, pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridinyl, imidazo[4,5-b]pyridinyl, imidazo[4,5-c]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl, pyrrolo[1,2-b]pyridazinyl, imidazo[1,2-c]pyrimidinyl, pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazinyl, pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazinyl, pyrimido[5,4-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrazino[2,3-b]pyrazinyl, or pyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidinyl.
  • When a heteroaryl moiety is substituted with hydroxy, the invention also pertains to its oxo tautomeric. For example, an oxadiazole substituted with hydroxy also includes oxo-oxadiazole or also known as oxadiazolone. The tautomerisation is represented as follow:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00031
  • As used herein, the term “heterocyclyl” or “heterocyclo” refers to an optionally substituted, saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic (partially unsaturated) ring which is a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered monocyclic, and contains at least one heteroatom selected from O, S and N, where the N and S can also optionally be oxidized to various oxidation states. For bicyclic and tricyclic heterocyclyl ring system, a non-aromatic ring system is defined as being a non-fully or partially unsaturated ring system. Therefore bicyclic and tricyclic heterocyclyl ring systems includes heterocyclyl ring systems wherein one of the fused rings is aromatic but the other(s) is (are) non-aromatic. In one embodiment, heterocyclyl moiety represents a saturated monocyclic ring containing from 5-7 ring atoms and optionally containing a further heteroatom, selected from O, S or N. The heterocyclic group can be attached at a heteroatom or a carbon atom. The heterocyclyl can include fused or bridged rings as well as spirocyclic rings. Examples of heterocycles include dihydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, dioxanyl, dithianyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidine, dihydropyranyl, oxathiolanyl, dithiolane, oxathianyl, thiomorpholino, oxiranyl, aziridinyl, oxetanyl, oxepanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholino, piperazinyl, azepinyl, oxapinyl, oxaazepanyl, oxathianyl, thiepanyl, azepanyl, dioxepanyl, and diazepanyl.
  • The term “hydroxyalkyl” refers to alkyl groups, as described above, in which the alkyl group is substituted with one or more hydroxy.
  • The term “halogen” includes fluorine, bromine, chlorine and iodine. The term “perhalogenated” generally refers to a moiety wherein all hydrogens are replaced by halogen atoms.
  • The term “heteroatom” includes atoms of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred heteroatoms are nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and phosphorus. In another embodiment, the heteroatom is nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur.
  • It will be noted that the structure of some of the compounds of this invention includes asymmetric carbon atoms. It is to be understood accordingly that the isomers arising from such asymmetry (e.g., all enantiomers and diastereomers) are included within the scope of this invention, unless indicated otherwise. Such isomers can be obtained in substantially pure form by classical separation techniques and by stereochemically controlled synthesis. Furthermore, the structures and other compounds and moieties discussed in this application also include all tautomers thereof.
  • As used herein, the term “isomers” refers to different compounds that have the same molecular formula but differ in arrangement and configuration of the atoms. Also as used herein, the term “an optical isomer” or “a stereoisomer” refers to any of the various stereo isomeric configurations which may exist for a given compound of the present invention and includes geometric isomers. It is understood that a substituent may be attached at a chiral center of a carbon atom. Therefore, the invention includes enantiomers, diastereomers or racemates of the compound. “Enantiomers” are a pair of stereoisomers that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other. A 1:1 mixture of a pair of enantiomers is a “racemic” mixture. The term is used to designate a racemic mixture where appropriate. “Diastereoisomers” are stereoisomers that have at least two asymmetric atoms, but which are not mirror-images of each other. The absolute stereochemistry is specified according to the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog R-S system. When a compound is a pure enantiomer the stereochemistry at each chiral carbon may be specified by either R or S. Resolved compounds whose absolute configuration is unknown can be designated (+) or (−) depending on the direction (dextro- or levorotatory) which they rotate plane polarized light at the wavelength of the sodium D line. Certain of the compounds described herein contain one or more asymmetric centers or axes and may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)-. The present invention is meant to include all such possible isomers, including racemic mixtures, optically pure forms and intermediate mixtures. Optically active (R)- and (S)-isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques. If the compound contains a double bond, the substituent may be E or Z configuration. If the compound contains a disubstituted cycloalkyl, the cycloalkyl substituent may have a cis- or trans-configuration. All tautomeric forms are also intended to be included.
  • Any asymmetric atom (e.g., carbon or the like) of the compound(s) of the present invention can be present in racemic or enantiomerically enriched, for example the (R)-, (S)- or (R,S)-configuration. In certain embodiments, each asymmetric atom has at least 50% enantiomeric excess, at least 60% enantiomeric excess, at least 70% enantiomeric excess, at least 80% enantiomeric excess, at least 90% enantiomeric excess, at least 95% enantiomeric excess, or at least 99% enantiomeric excess in the (R)- or (S)-configuration. Substituents at atoms with unsaturated bonds may, if possible, be present in cis-(Z)- or trans-(E)-form.
  • Accordingly, as used herein a compound of the present invention can be in the form of one of the possible isomers, rotamers, atropisomers, tautomers or mixtures thereof, for example, as substantially pure geometric (cis or trans) isomers, diastereomers, optical isomers (antipodes), racemates or mixtures thereof.
  • Any resulting mixtures of isomers can be separated on the basis of the physicochemical differences of the constituents, into the pure or substantially pure geometric or optical isomers, diastereomers, racemates, for example, by chromatography and/or fractional crystallization.
  • Any resulting racemates of final products or intermediates can be resolved into the optical antipodes by known methods, e.g., by separation of the diastereomeric salts thereof, obtained with an optically active acid or base, and liberating the optically active acidic or basic compound. In particular, a basic moiety may thus be employed to resolve the compounds of the present invention into their optical antipodes, e.g., by fractional crystallization of a salt formed with an optically active acid, e.g., tartaric acid, dibenzoyl tartaric acid, diacetyl tartaric acid, di-O,O′-p-toluoyl tartaric acid, mandelic acid, malic acid or camphor-10-sulfonic acid. Racemic products can also be resolved by chiral chromatography, e.g., high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) using a chiral adsorbent.
  • As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to salts that retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the compounds of this invention and, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. In many cases, the compounds of the present invention are capable of forming acid and/or base salts by virtue of the presence of amino and/or carboxyl groups or groups similar thereto. Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts can be formed with inorganic acids and organic acids, e.g., acetate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bicarbonate/carbonate, bisulphate/sulphate, borate, camsylate, citrate, edisylate, esylate, formate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glucuronate, hexafluorophosphate, hibenzate, hydrochloride/chloride, hydrobromide/bromide, hydroiodide/iodide, isethionate, lactate, malate, maleate, malonate, mesylate, methylsulphate, naphthylate, 2-napsylate, nicotinate, nitrate, orotate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, phosphate/hydrogen phosphate/dihydrogen phosphate, saccharate, stearate, succinate, tartrate, tosylate and trifluoroacetate salts. Inorganic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. Organic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be formed with inorganic and organic bases. Inorganic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum, and the like; particularly preferred are the ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium and magnesium salts. Organic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, basic ion exchange resins, and the like, specifically such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and ethanolamine. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from a parent compound, a basic or acidic moiety, by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting free acid forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base (such as Na, Ca, Mg, or K hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, or the like), or by reacting free base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate acid. Such reactions are typically carried out in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two. Generally, non-aqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred, where practicable. Lists of additional suitable salts can be found, e.g., in “Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences”, 20th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., (1985); and in “Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use” by Stahl and Wermuth (Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, Germany, 2002).
  • Any formula given herein is also intended to represent unlabeled forms as well as isotopically labeled forms of the compounds. For example, any hydrogen represented by “H” in any of the formulae herein is intended to represent all isotopic forms of hydrogen (e.g. 1H, 2H or D, 3H); any carbon represented by “C” in any of the formulae herein is intended to represent all isotopic forms of carbon (e.g. 11C, 13C, 14C); any nitrogen represented by “N” is intended to represent all isotopic forms of nitrogen (e.g. 14N, 15N). Other examples of isotopes that are included in the invention include isotopes of oxygen, sulfur, phosphorous, fluorine, iodine and chlorine, such as 18F 31P, 32P, 35S, 36Cl, 125I. The invention includes various isotopically labeled compounds as defined herein, for example those into which radioactive isotopes, such as 3H, 13C, and 14C are present. In one embodiment, the atoms in the formulae herein occur in their natural abundance. In another embodiment, one or more hydrogen atom may be enriched in 2H; or/and one or more carbon atom may be enriched in 11C, 13C or 14C; or/and one or more nitrogen may be enriched in 14N. Such isotopically labelled compounds are useful in metabolic studies (with 14C), reaction kinetic studies (with, for example 2H or 3H), detection or imaging techniques, such as positron emission tomography (PET) or single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) including drug or substrate tissue distribution assays, or in radioactive treatment of patients. In particular, an 18F or labeled compound may be particularly desirable for PET or SPECT studies. Isotopically labeled compounds of this invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the schemes or in the examples and preparations described below by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.
  • Further, enrichment with heavier isotopes, particularly deuterium (i.e., 2H or D) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements or an improvement in therapeutic index. It is understood that deuterium in this context is regarded as a substituent of a compound according to anyone of the formulae I′ and I to VIIC. The concentration of such a heavier isotope, specifically deuterium, may be defined by the isotopic enrichment factor. The term “isotopic enrichment factor” as used herein means the ratio between the isotopic abundance and the natural abundance of a specified isotope. If a substituent in a compound of this invention is denoted deuterium, such compound has an isotopic enrichment factor for each designated deuterium atom of at least 3500 (52.5% deuterium incorporation at each designated deuterium atom), at least 4000 (60% deuterium incorporation), at least 4500 (67.5% deuterium incorporation), at least 5000 (75% deuterium incorporation), at least 5500 (82.5% deuterium incorporation), at least 6000 (90% deuterium incorporation), at least 6333.3 (95% deuterium incorporation), at least 6466.7 (97% deuterium incorporation), at least 6600 (99% deuterium incorporation), or at least 6633.3 (99.5% deuterium incorporation).
  • Isotopically-enriched compounds of formulae I′ or I to VIIC can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the accompanying Examples and Preparations using an appropriate isotopically-enriched reagent in place of the non-enriched reagent previously employed
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable solvates in accordance with the invention include those wherein the solvent of crystallization may be isotopically substituted, e.g. D2O, d6-acetone, d6-DMSO.
  • Compounds of the invention, i.e. compounds according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, that contain groups capable of acting as donors and/or acceptors for hydrogen bonds may be capable of forming co-crystals with suitable co-crystal formers. These co-crystals may be prepared from compounds according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC by known co-crystal forming procedures. Such procedures include grinding, heating, co-subliming, co-melting, or contacting in solution compounds according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC with the co-crystal former under crystallization conditions and isolating co-crystals thereby formed. Suitable co-crystal formers include those described in WO 2004/078163. Hence the invention further provides co-crystals comprising a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC.
  • As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, surfactants, antioxidants, preservatives (e.g., antibacterial agents, antifungal agents), isotonic agents, absorption delaying agents, salts, preservatives, drugs, drug stabilizers, binders, excipients, disintegration agents, lubricants, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, dyes, such like materials and combinations thereof, as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed. Mack Printing Company, 1990, pp. 1289-1329). Except insofar as any conventional carrier is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic or pharmaceutical compositions is contemplated.
  • The term “a therapeutically effective amount” of a compound of the present invention refers to an amount of the compound of the present invention that will elicit the biological or medical response of a subject, for example, reduction or inhibition of an enzyme or a protein activity, or ameliorate symptoms, alleviate conditions, slow or delay disease progression, or prevent a disease, etc. In one non-limiting embodiment, the term “a therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of the compound of the present invention that, when administered to a subject, is effective to (1) at least partially alleviating, inhibiting, preventing and/or ameliorating a condition, or a disorder or a disease (i) mediated by neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 or (ii) associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, or (iii) characterized by abnormal activity of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11; or (2) reducing or inhibiting the activity of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11; or (3) reducing or inhibiting the expression of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11. In another non-limiting embodiment, the term “a therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of the compound of the present invention that, when administered to a cell, or a tissue, or a non-cellular biological material, or a medium, is effective to at least partially reducing or inhibiting the activity of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11; or at least partially reducing or inhibiting the expression of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11.
  • As used herein, the term “subject” refers to an animal. Preferably, the animal is a mammal. A subject also refers to for example, primates (e.g., humans), cows, sheep, goats, horses, dogs, cats, rabbits, rats, mice, fish, birds and the like. In a preferred embodiment, the subject is a human.
  • As used herein, the term “inhibition” or “inhibiting” refers to the reduction or suppression of a given condition, symptom, or disorder, or disease, or a significant decrease in the baseline activity of a biological activity or process.
  • As used herein, the term “treating” or “treatment” of any disease or disorder refers in one embodiment, to ameliorating the disease or disorder (i.e., slowing or arresting or reducing the development of the disease or at least one of the clinical symptoms thereof). In another embodiment “treating” or “treatment” refers to alleviating or ameliorating at least one physical parameter including those which may not be discernible by the patient. In yet another embodiment, “treating” or “treatment” refers to modulating the disease or disorder, either physically, (e.g., stabilization of a discernible symptom), physiologically, (e.g., stabilization of a physical parameter), or both. In yet another embodiment, “treating” or “treatment” refers to preventing or delaying the onset or development or progression of the disease or disorder.
  • As used herein, the term “a,” “an,” “the” and similar terms used in the context of the present invention (especially in the context of the claims) are to be construed to cover both the singular and plural unless otherwise indicated herein or clearly contradicted by the context.
  • The term “hypertension” refers to a condition where the pressure of blood within the blood vessels is higher than normal as it circulates through the body. When the systolic pressure exceeds 150 mmHg or the diastolic pressure exceeds 90 mmHg for a sustained period of time, damage is done to the body. For example, excessive systolic pressure can rupture blood vessels anywhere, and when it occurs within the brain, a stroke results. Hypertension may also cause thickening and narrowing of the blood vessels which ultimately could lead to atherosclerosis.
  • The term “type 2 diabetes” including type 2 diabetes associated with hypertension refers to a disease in which the pancreas does not secrete sufficient insulin due to an impairment of pancreatic beta-cell function and/or in which there is to insensitivity to produced insulin (insulin resistance). Typically, the fasting plasma glucose is less than 126 mg/dL, while pre-diabetes is, e.g., a condition which is characterized by one of following conditions: impaired fasting glucose (110-125 mg/dL) and impaired glucose tolerance (fasting glucose levels less than 126 mg/dL and post-prandial glucose level between 140 mg/dL and 199 mg/dL). Type 2 diabetes mellitus can be associated with or without hypertension. Diabetes mellitus occurs frequently, e.g., in African American, Latino/Hispanic American, Native American, Native American, Asian American and Pacific Islanders. Markers of insulin resistance include HbA1C, HOMA IR, measuring collagen fragments, TGF-β in urine, PAI-1 and prorenin.
  • All methods described herein can be performed in any suitable order unless otherwise indicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context. The use of any and all examples, or exemplary language (e.g. “such as”) provided herein is intended merely to better illuminate the invention and does not pose a limitation on the scope of the invention otherwise claimed.
  • Compounds of the present invention are either obtained in the free form, as a salt thereof, or as prodrug derivatives thereof.
  • When both a basic group and an acid group are present in the same molecule, the compounds of the present invention may also form internal salts, e.g., zwitterionic molecules.
  • The present invention also provides pro-drugs of the compounds of the present invention that converts in vivo to the compounds of the present invention. A pro-drug is an active or inactive compound that is modified chemically through in vivo physiological action, such as hydrolysis, metabolism and the like, into a compound of this invention following administration of the prodrug to a subject. The suitability and techniques involved in making and using pro-drugs are well known by those skilled in the art. Prodrugs can be conceptually divided into two non-exclusive categories, bioprecursor prodrugs and carrier prodrugs. See The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry, Ch. 31-32 (Ed. Wermuth, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif., 2001). Generally, bioprecursor prodrugs are compounds, which are inactive or have low activity compared to the corresponding active drug compound that contain one or more protective groups and are converted to an active form by metabolism or solvolysis. Both the active drug form and any released metabolic products should have acceptably low toxicity. Carrier prodrugs are drug compounds that contain a transport moiety, e.g., that improve uptake and/or localized delivery to a site(s) of action. Desirably for such a carrier prodrug, the linkage between the drug moiety and the transport moiety is a covalent bond, the prodrug is inactive or less active than the drug compound, and any released transport moiety is acceptably non-toxic. For prodrugs where the transport moiety is intended to enhance uptake, typically the release of the transport moiety should be rapid. In other cases, it is desirable to utilize a moiety that provides slow release, e.g., certain polymers or other moieties, such as cyclodextrins. Carrier prodrugs can, for example, be used to improve one or more of the following properties: increased lipophilicity, increased duration of pharmacological effects, increased site-specificity, decreased toxicity and adverse reactions, and/or improvement in drug formulation (e.g., stability, water solubility, suppression of an undesirable organoleptic or physiochemical property). For example, lipophilicity can be increased by esterification of (a) hydroxyl groups with lipophilic carboxylic acids (e.g., a carboxylic acid having at least one lipophilic moiety), or (b) carboxylic acid groups with lipophilic alcohols (e.g., an alcohol having at least one lipophilic moiety, for example aliphatic alcohols).
  • Exemplary prodrugs are, e.g., esters of free carboxylic acids and S-acyl derivatives of thiols and O-acyl derivatives of alcohols or phenols, wherein acyl has a meaning as defined herein. Preferred are pharmaceutically acceptable ester derivatives convertible by solvolysis under physiological conditions to the parent carboxylic acid, e.g., lower alkyl esters, cycloalkyl esters, lower alkenyl esters, benzyl esters, mono- or di-substituted lower alkyl esters, such as the ω-(amino, mono- or di-lower alkylamino, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl)-lower alkyl esters, the α-(lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl or di-lower alkylaminocarbonyl)-lower alkyl esters, such as the pivaloyloxymethyl ester and the like conventionally used in the art. In addition, amines have been masked as arylcarbonyloxymethyl substituted derivatives which are cleaved by esterases in vivo releasing the free drug and formaldehyde (Bundgaard, J. Med. Chem. 2503 (1989)). Moreover, drugs containing an acidic NH group, such as imidazole, imide, indole and the like, have been masked with N-acyloxymethyl groups (Bundgaard, Design of Prodrugs, Elsevier (1985)). Hydroxy groups have been masked as esters and ethers. EP 039,051 (Sloan and Little) discloses Mannich-base hydroxamic acid prodrugs, their preparation and use.
  • Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention, including their salts, can also be obtained in the form of their hydrates, or include other solvents used for their crystallization.
  • General Synthetic Aspects
  • The compounds of the invention can be synthesized using the methods described in the following schemes, examples, and by using art recognized techniques. All compounds described herein are included in the invention as compounds. Compounds of the invention may be synthesized according to at least one of the methods described in schemes 1-4.
  • Within the scope of this text, only a readily removable group that is not a constituent of the particular desired end product of the compounds of the present invention is designated a “protecting group”, unless the context indicates otherwise. The protection of functional groups by such protecting groups, the protecting groups themselves, and their cleavage reactions are described for example in standard reference works, such as J. F. W. McOmie, “Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry”, Plenum Press, London and New York 1973, in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, Third edition, Wiley, New York 1999.
  • Salts of compounds of the present invention having at least one salt-forming group may be prepared in a manner known per se. For example, salts of compounds of the present invention having acid groups may be formed, for example, by treating the compounds with metal compounds, such as alkali metal salts of suitable organic carboxylic acids, e.g. the sodium salt of 2-ethylhexanoic acid, with organic alkali metal or alkaline earth metal compounds, such as the corresponding hydroxides, carbonates or hydrogen carbonates, such as sodium or potassium hydroxide, carbonate or hydrogen carbonate, with corresponding calcium compounds or with ammonia or a suitable organic amine, stoichiometric amounts or only a small excess of the salt-forming agent preferably being used. Acid addition salts of compounds of the present invention are obtained in customary manner, e.g. by treating the compounds with an acid or a suitable anion exchange reagent. Internal salts of compounds of the present invention containing acid and basic salt-forming groups, e.g. a free carboxy group and a free amino group, may be formed, e.g. by the neutralisation of salts, such as acid addition salts, to the isoelectric point, e.g. with weak bases, or by treatment with ion exchangers.
  • Salts can be converted in customary manner into the free compounds; metal and ammonium salts can be converted, for example, by treatment with suitable acids, and acid addition salts, for example, by treatment with a suitable basic agent.
  • Mixtures of isomers obtainable according to the invention can be separated in a manner known per se into the individual isomers; diastereoisomers can be separated, for example, by partitioning between polyphasic solvent mixtures, recrystallisation and/or chromatographic separation, for example over silica gel or by e.g. medium pressure liquid chromatography over a reversed phase column, and racemates can be separated, for example, by the formation of salts with optically pure salt-forming reagents and separation of the mixture of diastereoisomers so obtainable, for example by means of fractional crystallisation, or by chromatography over optically active column materials.
  • Intermediates and final products can be worked up and/or purified according to standard methods, e.g. using chromatographic methods, distribution methods, (re-) crystallization, and the like.
  • The following applies in general to all processes mentioned herein before and hereinafter.
  • All the above-mentioned process steps can be carried out under reaction conditions that are known per se, including those mentioned specifically, in the absence or, customarily, in the presence of solvents or diluents, including, for example, solvents or diluents that are inert towards the reagents used and dissolve them, in the absence or presence of catalysts, condensation or neutralizing agents, for example ion exchangers, such as cation exchangers, e.g. in the H+ form, depending on the nature of the reaction and/or of the reactants at reduced, normal or elevated temperature, for example in a temperature range of from about −100° C. to about 190° C., including, for example, from approximately −80° C. to approximately 150° C., for example at from −80 to −60° C., at room temperature, at from −20 to 40° C. or at reflux temperature, under atmospheric pressure or in a closed vessel, where appropriate under pressure, and/or in an inert atmosphere, for example under an argon or nitrogen atmosphere.
  • At all stages of the reactions, mixtures of isomers that are formed can be separated into the individual isomers, for example diastereoisomers or enantiomers, or into any desired mixtures of isomers, for example racemates or mixtures of diastereoisomers, for example analogously to the methods described under “Additional process steps”.
  • The solvents from which those solvents that are suitable for any particular reaction may be selected include those mentioned specifically or, for example, water, esters, such as lower alkyl-lower alkanoates, for example ethyl acetate, ethers, such as aliphatic ethers, for example diethyl ether, or cyclic ethers, for example tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, liquid aromatic hydrocarbons, such as benzene or toluene, alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol or 1- or 2-propanol, nitriles, such as acetonitrile, halogenated hydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride or chloroform, acid amides, such as dimethylformamide or dimethyl acetamide, bases, such as heterocyclic nitrogen bases, for example pyridine or N-methylpyrrolidin-2-one, carboxylic acid anhydrides, such as lower alkanoic acid anhydrides, for example acetic anhydride, cyclic, linear or branched hydrocarbons, such as cyclohexane, hexane or isopentane, methycyclohexane, or mixtures of those solvents, for example aqueous solutions, unless otherwise indicated in the description of the processes. Such solvent mixtures may also be used in working up, for example by chromatography or partitioning.
  • The compounds, including their salts, may also be obtained in the form of hydrates, or their crystals may, for example, include the solvent used for crystallization. Different crystalline forms may be present.
  • The invention relates also to those forms of the process in which a compound obtainable as an intermediate at any stage of the process is used as starting material and the remaining process steps are carried out, or in which a starting material is formed under the reaction conditions or is used in the form of a derivative, for example in a protected form or in the form of a salt, or a compound obtainable by the process according to the invention is produced under the process conditions and processed further in situ.
  • All starting materials, building blocks, reagents, acids, bases, dehydrating agents, solvents and catalysts utilized to synthesize the compounds of the present invention are either commercially available or can be produced by organic synthesis methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art (Houben-Weyl 4th Ed. 1952, Methods of Organic Synthesis, Thieme, Volume 21).
  • The compounds of the invention according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC can be prepared by the procedure described in the following sections.
  • ABBREVIATIONS
  • ATP: adenosine 5′-triphosphate AS: Aldosterone Synthase
    Alloc: allyloxycarbonyl BOC: tertiary butyl carboxy
    BOP: benzotriazole1-yloxy)tris(dimethylamino) BINAP: racemic 2,2′-bis(diphenyl
    phosphonium hexafluorophosphate phosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl
    br: broad bs: broad singlet
    Ac: Acetyl Atm: atmosphere
    Aq: aqueous calcd: calculated
    Bn: benzyl Cbz: benzyloxycarbonyl
    Bu, i-bu and t-Bu: butyl, isobutyl and t-butyl Pr and i-Pr: propyl and isopropyl
    CDI: 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole COD: 1,5-cyclooctadiene
    DBU: 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene DCC: 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
    DIAD: diisopropyl azodicarboxylate DAST: (diethylamino)sulfur trifluoride
    d: doublet dd: doublet of doublets DCM: dichloromethane
    DIEA: diethylisopropylamine DME: 1,4-dimethoxyethane
    DMF: N,N-dimethylformamide DMSO: dimethylsulfoxide
    DIPEA: N,N-diisopropylethylamine DMAP: N,N-dimethylaminopyridine
    Dppb: 1,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)butane Dppe: 1,2-bis(diphenylphosphino) ethane
    DAD: diode array detector DTT: dithiothreitol
    DPPA: diphenylphosphorylazide EDCI, EDIC: N-Ethyl-N′-(3-dimethyl-
    aminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride
    EDTA: ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid ESI: electrospray ionization
    Et and EtOAc: ethyl and ethyl acetate EDC: N-Ethyl-N′-(3-dimethyl-
    aminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride
    HATU: O-(7-azobenzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3- HOBt: 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole
    tetramethyluroniumhexafluorophosphate
    HPLC: high pressure liquid chromatography LC and LCMS: liquid chromatography and
    liquid chromatography and mass spectrometry
    H: Hour(s) HOAt: 1-hydroxy-7-azabezotriazole
    IR: infrared LDA: lithium diisopropylamide
    KHMDS: potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide LHMDS: lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
    LTA: lead tetraacetate NHMDS: sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
    MeOD: methanol-d4 MeOH: methanol
    MS: mass spectrometry m: multiplet
    min: minutes m/z: mass to charge ratio
    Ms: mesyl Me: methyl
    M and mM: Molar and millimolar Mg: milligram
    n.d.: not determined NMR: nuclear magnetic resonance
    ppm: parts per million Pr and iPr: propyl and isopropyl
    Ph: Phenyl Pd/C: Palladium on Carbom
    PyBOP: benzotriazol-1-yloxy RT: room temperature
    Tripyrrolidinophosphoniumhexafluorophosphate
    PIDA: iodobenzene bis(trifluoroacetate) PIFA: iodobenzene diacetate
    PS: polymer supported RP: reverse phase
    s: singlet adn t: triplet Ts tosyl
    TFA: trifluoroacetic acid THF: tetrahydrofuran
    Tf: triflate tBu: tert-butyl
    TLC: thin layer chromatography Tris-HCl: aminotris(hydroxymethyl)
    methane hydrochloride
    μL, mL and L: microlitre, millilitre and litre TMS: Trimethylsilyl
    WSC: water soluble carbodiimide (N-Ethyl-N′- UV: ultraviolet
    (3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide
  • The compounds of the invention of formula II can be prepared by hydrolysis of intermediates A to C wherein X, X1, A1, R1, R2 and n have the definition of Formula I or I′, supra; and P1 and P2 are appropriate protecting groups selected from, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, methoxybenzyl or benzyl.
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00032
  • The compounds of the invention of formula III can be prepared by hydrolysis of intermediate D, E or F wherein X, X1, A1, R1, R2 and n have the definition of Formula I or I′, supra; and P1 and P2 can be appropriate protecting groups selected from, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, methoxybenzyl or benzyl.
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00033
  • The compounds of the invention of formula VII can be prepared by hydrolysis of intermediate G wherein A2, R1, R2, R4 and n have the definition of Formula I or I′, supra; and P1 can be appropriate protecting group selected from, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, methoxybenzyl or benzyl.
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00034
  • Standard methods can be applied for the hydrolysis of Intermediates A to G using a base selected from, but not limited to, NaOH, KOH or LiOH, or an acid selected from, but not limited to, TFA or HCl. When P1 or P2 is benzyl or methoxybenzyl, preferable method of deprotection is hydrogenation in the presence of a catalyst such as, but not limited to, palladium-on-carbon under hydrogen.
  • The intermediate A, B, C or G can be prepared using the following process comprising: condensing an intermediate H or I wherein X, P1, R1, R2 and n are as previously described:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00035
  • with an intermediate J, K or L wherein X1, A1, A2, R4 and P2 are previously described.
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00036
  • Known condensation methods may be applied including, but not limited to, conversion of the intermediate J, K or L to their corresponding acid halide, using reagents such as thionyl chloride or oxalyl chloride, or conversion of intermediate J, K or L to mixed anhydride using reagents such as CIC(O)O-isobutyl or 2,4,6-trichlorobenzoyl chloride followed by reaction of the acid halide or mixed anhydride with the intermediate H or I in a presence or absence of a base such as tertiary amine (e.g. triethylamine, DIPEA, or N-methylmorpholine) or pyridine derivative (e.g. pyridine, 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine, or 4-pyrrolidinopyridine). Alternatively, the intermediate J, K, or L can be coupled with H or I using coupling reagents such as DCC, EDCI, PyBOP or BOP in presence or absence of a reagent such as 1-hydroxybenazotriazole, 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole or pentafluorophenol.
  • Intermediate G wherein R4 is a tetrazole can be synthesized according to Scheme 1:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00037
  • wherein A2, R1, R2, R4, P1, P2 and n are as previously defined above.
  • In step 1a, intermediate I is reacted with an appropriate carboxylic acid using standard coupling reagents selected from, but not limited to, DCC, EDCI, PyBOP or BOP in presence or absence of a reagent such as 1-hydroxybenazotriazole, 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole or pentafluorophenol; followed by removal of P2 protecting group in step 1c using a base selected from, but not limited to, NaOH, KOH or LiOH, or an acid selected from, but not limited to, TFA or HCl, or hydrogenation with a catalyst such as, but not limited to, palladium-on-carbon under hydrogen. Alternatively, intermediate I is reacted with an appropriate anhydride in the presence of a base selected from, but not limited to, pyridine, triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine (step 1 b); followed by conversion of the carboxylic acid into a tetrazole (step 1b) using similar method as described in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 1998, 41, 1513.
  • The intermediate D, E or F can be prepared using the following process comprising: condensing an intermediate M wherein X, P1, R1, R2 and n are as defined above;
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00038
  • with an intermediate Q or S wherein X1, A1 and P2 have the meaning as defined above.
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00039
  • Known condensation methods may be applied including, but not limited to, conversion of the intermediate M or N to acid halide, using reagents such as thionyl chloride or oxalyl chloride, or conversion of intermediate M or N to mixed anhydride using reagents such as CIC(O)O-isobutyl or 2,4,6-trichlorobenzoyl chloride followed by reaction of the acid chloride or mixed anhydride with the intermediate Q or S in a presence or absence of a base such as tertiary amine (e.g. triethylamine, DIPEA, or N-methylmorpholine) or pyridine derivative (e.g. pyridine, 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine, or 4-pyrrolidinopyridine); Alternatively, the intermediate M or N can be coupled with the intermediate Q or S using a reagent such as DCC, EDCI, PyBOP or BOP in presence or absence of a reagent such as 1-hydroxybenazotriazole, 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole or pentafluorophenol.
  • The intermediate M or N can be prepared according to the following general procedures described in Scheme 2:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00040
  • wherein R1, R2, X and n are as defined above and wherein m=0 or 1; P1 is a protecting group selected from, but not limited to, hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, tert-butyl, methoxymethyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, benzyl, allyl or phenyl; R5 is for example hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, benzyl or phenyl; R6 and R7 are independently hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, benzyl or phenyl. Y is selected from, but not limited to, chloro, bromo, iodo, benzotriazoloxy, pyridinium, N,N-dimethylaminopyridinium, pentafluorophenoxy, phenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, —OCO2Me, —OCO2Et, tert-butoxycarbonyl or —OCC(O)O-isobutyl.
  • In step (2a), standard methods can be applied to prepare the corresponding acid halide, such as the use of thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride; or standard methods to prepare the mixed anhydride or the acyl pyridinium cation can be applied, such as the use of pivaloyl chloride with a tertiary amine (e.g. triethylamine, DIPEA, N-methylmorpholine) in the presence or absence of a pyridine derivative (e.g. pyridine, 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine, 4-pyrrolidinopyridine), 2,4,6-trichlorobenzoyl chloride with a tertiary amine (e.g. triethylamine, DIPEA, N-methylmorpholine) in the presence or absence of a pyridine derivative (e.g. pyridine, 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine, 4-pyrrolidinopyridine), or CIC(O)O-1-Bu with a tertiary amine (e.g. triethylamine, DIPEA, N-methylmorpholine) in the presence or absence of a pyridine derivative (e.g. pyridine, 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine, 4-pyrrolidinopyridine); or standard methods to prepare the activated ester can be applied, such as the use of 1-hydroxybenazotriazole, 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole or pentafluorophenol in the presence of a coupling reagent (e.g. DCC, EDCI) or BOP.
  • In step (2b), standard methods to prepare the N-acyloxazolidinones (m=0) can be employed. Illustrative examples of this chemistry are outlined in Aldrichchimica Acta 1997, Vol. 30, pp. 3-12 and the references therein; or standard methods to prepare the N-acyloxazinanone (m=1) can be employed. An illustrative example of this chemistry is outlined in Organic and Biomolecular Chemistry 2006, Vol. 4, No. 14, pp. 2753-2768. In step (2c), standard methods for alkylation can be employed. An illustrative example is outlined in Chemical Reviews 1996, 96(2), 835-876 and the references therein. In step (2d), standard methods for cleavage of N-acyloxazolidinone or N-acyloxazinanone can be employed. Illustrative examples of this chemistry are outlined in Aldrichchimica Acta 1997, Vo. 30, pp. 3-12 and the references therein.
  • The intermediate H or I can be prepared according to the following general procedures described in Schemes 3 and 4:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00041
  • wherein R1, R2, X and n are as defined above and wherein P3 is a protecting group selected from, but not limited to, tert-butyl, benzyl, triphenylphosphynyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, acetyl or trifluoroacetyl.
  • In step (3a), standard methods for introduction of the amine part can be employed, such as using: either simultaneous treatment with or stepwise treatment via the corresponding acyl azide formation by using thionyl chloride (or ClCO2R8), NaN3 (or TMSN3) and R9OH (wherein R6 and R9 are hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, tert-butyl, allyl, benzyl or 4-methoxybenzyl); or either simultaneous treatment with or stepwise treatment via the corresponding acyl azide formation with DPPA and R9OH (wherein R9 is defined as above); or standard methods for conversion to the corresponding carboxamide followed by treatment with NH3 equivalent and either simultaneous treatment with or stepwise treatment with LTA or hypervalent iodine reagents (e.g. PIDA, PIFA, Phl(OH)OTs, PhlO) and R9OH (wherein R9 is defined as above); or standard methods for conversion to the corresponding carboxamide either simultaneous treatment with or stepwise treatment with Br2 and MOH (wherein M is defined herein e.g. Na, K, Ba or Ca); or standard methods for conversion to the corresponding carboxamide and treatment with MOZ or NaBrO2 (wherein Z is defined herein e.g. Cl or Br); or standard methods for conversion to the corresponding carboxamide and treatment with Pb(OAc)4 and R9OH (wherein R9 is defined as above); or standard methods for conversion to the corresponding hydroxamic acid followed by treatment with H2NOH or H2NOTMS and treatment with Ac2O, Boc2O, R10COCl, R10SO2Cl, R10PO2Cl (wherein R10 is defined herein e.g. Me, Et, tBu or phenyl), thionyl chloride, EDCI, DCC, or 1-chloro-2,4-dinitrobenzene in the presence or absence of a base (e.g. pyridine, Na2CO3aq, triethylamine, DIPEA) and treatment with R9OH in the presence of a base (e.g. DBU, ZOH, DIPEA) (wherein R9 and Z are defined as above).
  • In step (3b), standard methods for removing P3 protecting groups can be applied, such as base hydrolysis using NaOH, KOH, or LiOH, acid hydrolysis using TFA or HCl, or hydrogenation using palladium-on-carbon under hydrogen.
  • Scheme 4 describes an alternative synthesis of Intermediate H or I:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00042
  • wherein LG is a leaving group selected from, but not limited to, Cl, Br, I, OMs, OTs or OTf. In step (4a), standard methods for Arndt-Eistert homologation can be employed. An illustrative example of this chemistry is outlined in “Enantioselective synthesis of β-amino acids, 2nd Edition”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., NJ (2005), either directly or analogously.
    In step (4b), standard methods for alkylation can be employed, such as using R1LG in the presence of a base such as LDA, NHMDS, LHMDS or KHMDS.
    In step (4c), standard methods to protect the carboxylic acid can be employed, such as using TMSCHN2 (for methyl ester), P1LG/base (e.g. K2CO3, NaHCO3, Cs2CO3 or K3PO4), thionyl chloride (or oxalyl chloride)/R9OH, DCC (or EDCI)/DMAP/R9OH, BOP/R9OK (or R9ONa), (R9O)2CHNMe2, CDI/DBU/R9OH wherein R9 has the same meaning as defined above, or isobutylene/H2SO4 (for tert-butyl ester).
    In step (4d), standard methods for Suzuki coupling reaction can be applied, such as using a palladium (or nickel) species [e.g. Pd(PPh3)4, PdCl2(dppf), Pd(OAc)2/a phosphine (e.g. PPh3, dppf, PCy3, P(tBu)3, XPhos), Pd/C, Pd2(dba)3/a phosphine (e.g. PPh3, dppf, PCy3, P(tBu)3, XPhos), Ni(COD)2/a phosphine (or dppe, dppb, PCy3), Ni(dppf)Cl2], a base (e.g. KF, CsF, K3PO4, Na2CO3, K2CO3, Cs2CO3, NaOH, KOH, NaO-t-Bu, KO-t-Bu), and (R2)n-PhB(OH)2 [or (R2)n-PhBF3K].
    In step (4e), standard methods for removing P3 protecting groups can be applied, such as base hydrolysis using NaOH, KOH, or LiOH, acid hydrolysis using TFA or HCl, or hydrogenation using palladium-on-carbon under hydrogen.
    Alternatively, the intermediate H or I may be prepared be following the synthetic routes outlined in Tetrahedron Letters, 2008, Vol. 49, No. 33, pp. 4977-4980 either directly or analogously and converting the obtained boronic acid into a substituted biphenyl by methods outlined in Organic Letters, 2002, Vol. 4, No. 22, pp. 3803-3805.
  • Alternatively, the intermediate H or I may be prepared be following the synthetic routes outlined in Tetrahedron: Asymmetry, 2006, Vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 205-209 either directly or analogously.
  • Alternatively, the intermediate H or I may be prepared by methods of Mannich reaction. Illustrative examples of this chemistry are outlined in “Enantioselective synthesis of β-amino acids, 2nd Edition”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., NJ (2005), either directly or analogously.
  • Alternatively, the intermediate H or I may be prepared by enolate addition. Illustrative examples of this chemistry are outlined in “Enantioselective synthesis of β-amino acids, 2nd Edition”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., NJ (2005), either directly or analogously.
  • Alternatively, the intermediate H or I may be prepared by methods of aza-Michael reaction. Illustrative examples of this chemistry are outlined in “Enantioselective synthesis of β-amino acids, 2nd Edition”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., NJ (2005), either directly or analogously.
  • Alternatively, the intermediate H or I may be prepared following the synthetic route outlined in Synlett, 2006, No. 4, pp. 539-542, either directly or analogously.
  • The synthesis of intermediates J, K and L is also described in US patent application of applicant docket number PAT053600-US-USP3 which was filed on Apr. 16, 2010, which application is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Scheme 5 illustrate the synthesis of a compound of Formula I or I′, or a salt thereof, wherein B1 is NHC(O), X is OH and R3 is A1C(O)X1 wherein X1 is an —O—C1-7alkyl.
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00043
  • A compound of Formula 5a is converted into a compound of Formula I or I′ wherein B1 is NHC(O), X is OH and R3 is A1C(O)X1 wherein X1 is an —O—C1-7alkyl or a salt thereof, wherein R1, A1, R2 and n are as defined in Formula I or I′, according to the method described in Scheme 5. Compound of Formula 5a undergoes Suzuki coupling reaction with a boronic acid 5b, or an ester thereof, in the presence of a catalyst and a base to generate a compound of Formula 5c or a salt thereof. The Suzuki coupling reaction is well known in the art and is carried out using standard procedures. Examples of Suzuki coupling reaction are described in the exemplification section of the description. Example of palladium catalyst which can be used for the coupling are PdCl2(dppf)2.CH2Cl2, Pd(PPh3)4, PdCl2(PPh3)2, or other catalyst as described in step (4d) of scheme 4. Example of a base which can be used for the coupling are Na2CO3, K2CO3, K3PO4 or other base described in step (4d) of Scheme 4. The Suzuki coupling reaction can be carried out in a solvent. Examples of a solvent are DME, DMF, CH2Cl2, ethanol, methanol, dioxane, water or toluene, or a mixture thereof. One example of Suzuki conditions is Pd(PPh3)2Cl2 and Na2CO3. In one embodiment the solvent is water or THF or a mixture thereof.
  • Compound 5b or salt thereof, wherein R1, R2 and n are as defined in Formula I or I′, is then hydrolyzed to generate the amine 5d or salt thereof. The hydrolysis can be carried out under acidic condition. An example of hydrolysis condition is HCl hydrolysis which generates the hydrochloric salt of compound 5d. The HCl hydrolysis can be carried out in a solvent. Example of a solvent is dioxane, water or THF or a mixture thereof. For example, the HCl hydrolysis can be carried out using an HCl aqueous solution in THF.
  • The amine 5d, or salt thereof, is then converted into a compound of Formula I or I′ wherein B1 is NHC(O), X is OH and R3 is A1C(O)X1 wherein X1 is —O—C1-7alkyl or a salt thereof, wherein R1, A1, R2 and n are as defined in Formula I or I′, by reaction with an acyl chloride of Formula 5, in the presence or absence of a base. Examples of a base are NaOH, Na2CO3, K2CO3, KOH, LiOH or other base described supra for reaction of an Intermediate H or I with an acid halide. The amide formation can be carried out in a solvent. Examples of a solvent are water, acetonitrile, THF or a mixture thereof.
  • For example, a HCl salt of compound 5d can be reacted with an acyl chloride of Formula 5e in the presence of NaOH and Na2CO3. An example of solvent is a mixture of acetonitrile and water. Compounds of the invention of Examples 1-1
  • Compound of Formula 5e can be prepared from a compound of Formula 6a, according to the method described in Scheme 6.
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00044
  • Compound of Formula 6a is reacted with X1H wherein X1 is —O—C1-7alkyl to generate the acid 6b or salt thereof. The reaction can be carried out in a solvent. Examples of a solvent are toluene, benzene or a mixture thereof. In one embodiment the solvent is toluene. Examples of a reagent X1H are methanol, ethanol, propanol or butanol. Compound of Formula 6b is then converted to an acyl chloride 5e by reacting with thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride or sulfonyl chloride.
  • A compound of Formula I or I′, or a salt thereof, wherein B1 is NHC(O), X is —O—C1-7alkyl, and R3 is A1C(O)X1 wherein X1 is an —OH and wherein R1, A1, R2 and n are as defined in Formula I or I′, can be synthesized as outlined in Scheme 7:
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00045
  • Compound of Formula 5c, or a salt thereof, wherein R1, R2 and n are as defined in Formula I or I′, is converted to compound of Formula 7a, or a salt thereof; wherein R1, R2 and n are as defined in Formula I or I′, and X is —O—C1-7alkyl; by reaction with XH under acidic condition. Examples of XH are methanol, ethanol, propanol or butanol.
  • Compound of Formula 5c, or salt thereof, is prepared as described in Scheme 5.
  • Compound 7a is then converted to a compound of Formula I or I′, or salt thereof, wherein B1 is NHC(O), X is —O—C1-7alkyl, and R3 is A1C(O)X1 wherein X1 is an —OH, by reaction with anhydride reagent 6a. Optionally a base can be used in the last step of Scheme 7. Example of a base is NaOH, Na2CO3, K2CO3, KOH, LiOH or other base described supra for reaction of an Intermediate H or I with a mixed anhydride. In one particular example the reaction of compound of Formula 7a with an anhydride of Formula 6a is carried out in the presence of isopropyl acetate. Compounds of the invention of Examples 1-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-6, 1-7, 1-9, 1-11, 1-12, 1-13, 1-17, 2-22, 2-23, 2-24, 3-25, 3-26, 3-28 and the like can be prepared according to Schemes 5, 6 and 7.
  • The invention further includes any variant of the present processes, in which an intermediate product obtainable at any stage thereof is used as starting material and the remaining steps are carried out, or in which the starting materials are formed in situ under the reaction conditions, or in which the reaction components are used in the form of their salts or optically pure antipodes.
  • Compounds of the invention and intermediates can also be converted into each other according to methods generally known per se.
  • In another aspect, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. The pharmaceutical composition can be formulated for particular routes of administration such as oral administration, parenteral administration, and rectal administration, etc. In addition, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be made up in a solid form including capsules, tablets, pills, granules, powders or suppositories, or in a liquid form including solutions, suspensions or emulsions. The pharmaceutical compositions can be subjected to conventional pharmaceutical operations such as sterilization and/or can contain conventional inert diluents, lubricating agents, or buffering agents, as well as adjuvants, such as preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifers and buffers etc.
  • Typically, the pharmaceutical compositions are tablets and gelatin capsules comprising the active ingredient together with
      • a) diluents, e.g., lactose, dextrose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, cellulose and/or glycine;
      • b) lubricants, e.g., silica, talcum, stearic acid, its magnesium or calcium salt and/or polyethyleneglycol; for tablets also
      • c) binders, e.g., magnesium aluminum silicate, starch paste, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone; if desired
      • d) disintegrants, e.g., starches, agar, alginic acid or its sodium salt, or effervescent mixtures; and/or
      • e) absorbents, colorants, flavors and sweeteners.
  • Tablets may be either film coated or enteric coated according to methods known in the art.
  • Suitable compositions for oral administration include an effective amount of a compound of the invention in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsion, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs. Compositions intended for oral use are prepared according to any method known in the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions can contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients are, for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example, starch, gelatin or acacia; and lubricating agents, for example magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. The tablets are uncoated or coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate can be employed. Formulations for oral use can be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • Certain injectable compositions are aqueous isotonic solutions or suspensions, and suppositories are advantageously prepared from fatty emulsions or suspensions. Said compositions may be sterilized and/or contain adjuvants, such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure and/or buffers. In addition, they may also contain other therapeutically valuable substances. Said compositions are prepared according to conventional mixing, granulating or coating methods, respectively, and contain about 0.1-75%, or contain about 1-50%, of the active ingredient.
  • Suitable compositions for transdermal application include an effective amount of a compound of the invention with carrier. Carriers include absorbable pharmacologically acceptable solvents to assist passage through the skin of the host. For example, transdermal devices are in the form of a bandage comprising a backing member, a reservoir containing the compound optionally with carriers, optionally a rate controlling barrier to deliver the compound of the skin of the host at a controlled and predetermined rate over a prolonged period of time, and means to secure the device to the skin.
  • Suitable compositions for topical application, e.g., to the skin and eyes, include aqueous solutions, suspensions, ointments, creams, gels or sprayable formulations, e.g., for delivery by aerosol or the like. Such topical delivery systems will in particular be appropriate for dermal application. They are thus particularly suited for use in topical, including cosmetic, formulations well-known in the art. Such may contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
  • As used herein a topical application may also pertain to an inhalation or to an intranasal application. They are conveniently delivered in the form of a dry powder (either alone, as a mixture, for example a dry blend with lactose, or a mixed component particle, for example with phospholipids) from a dry powder inhaler or an aerosol spray presentation from a pressurised container, pump, spray, atomizer or nebuliser, with or without the use of a suitable propellant.
  • The present invention further provides anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprising the compounds of the present invention as active ingredients, since water may facilitate the degradation of certain compounds.
  • Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms of the invention can be prepared using anhydrous or low moisture containing ingredients and low moisture or low humidity conditions. An anhydrous pharmaceutical composition may be prepared and stored such that its anhydrous nature is maintained. Accordingly, anhydrous compositions are preferably packaged using materials known to prevent exposure to water such that they can be included in suitable formulary kits. Examples of suitable packaging include, but are not limited to, hermetically sealed foils, plastics, unit dose containers (e.g., vials), blister packs, and strip packs.
  • The invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms that comprise one or more agents that reduce the rate by which the compound of the present invention as an active ingredient will decompose. Such agents, which are referred to herein as “stabilizers,” include, but are not limited to, antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, pH buffers, or salt buffers, etc.
  • The compounds according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC in free form or in pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, exhibit valuable pharmacological properties, e.g. neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 modulating properties, e.g. as indicated in in vitro and in vivo tests as provided in the next sections and are therefore indicated for therapy.
  • Compounds of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, may be useful in the treatment of an indication selected from: cardiovascular disorders, such hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, resistant hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency, renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, cyclical oedema, Menières disease, hyperaldosteroneism (primary and secondary) and hypercalciuria, ascites, glaucoma, menstrual disorders, preterm labour, pre-eclampsia, endometriosis, and reproductive disorders (especially male and female infertility, polycystic ovarian syndrome, implantation failure), asthma, obstructive sleep apnea, inflammation, leukemia, pain, epilepsy, affective disorders such as depression and psychotic condition such as dementia and geriatric confusion, obesity and gastrointestinal disorders (especially diarrhea and irritable bowel syndrome), wound healing (especially diabetic and venous ulcers and pressure sores), septic shock, the modulation of gastric acid secretion, the treatment of hyperreninaemia, cystic fibrosis, restenosis, type-2 diabetes, diabetic complications and atherosclerosis, male and female sexual dysfunction.
  • Thus, as a further embodiment, the present invention provides the use of a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In a further embodiment, the therapy is selected from a disease which is ameliorated by inhibition of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11. In another embodiment, the disease is selected from the afore-mentioned list, suitably hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, resistant hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency, renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, type-2 diabetes, and diabetic complications and most suitably cardiovascular disorders, such as hypertension, renal insufficiency including edema and congestive heart failure.
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a disease which is ameliorated by the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 comprising administration of a therapeutically acceptable amount of a compound according to anyone of formulae I′, I, IA, II, IIA, III, IIIA, IV, IVA, V, VA, VI, VIA and VII to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In a further embodiment, the disease is selected from the afore-mentioned list, suitably hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, resistant hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency, renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, type-2 diabetes, and diabetic complications and most suitably cardiovascular disorders, such as hypertension, renal insufficiency including edema and congestive heart failure.
  • The pharmaceutical composition or combination of the present invention can be in unit dosage of about 1-1000 mg of active ingredient(s) for a subject of about 50-70 kg, or about 1-500 mg or about 1-250 mg or about 1-150 mg or about 0.5-100 mg, or about 1-50 mg of active ingredients. The therapeutically effective dosage of a compound, the pharmaceutical composition, or the combinations thereof, is dependent on the species of the subject, the body weight, age and individual condition, the disorder or disease or the severity thereof being treated. A physician, clinician or veterinarian of ordinary skill can readily determine the effective amount of each of the active ingredients necessary to prevent, treat or inhibit the progress of the disorder or disease.
  • The above-cited dosage properties are demonstrable in vitro and in vivo tests using advantageously mammals, e.g., mice, rats, dogs, monkeys or isolated organs, tissues and preparations thereof. The compounds of the present invention can be applied in vitro in the form of solutions, e.g., preferably aqueous solutions, and in vivo either enterally, parenterally, advantageously intravenously, e.g., as a suspension or in aqueous solution. The dosage in vitro may range between about 10−3 molar and 10−9 molar concentrations. A therapeutically effective amount in vivo may range depending on the route of administration, between about 0.1-500 mg/kg, or between about 1-100 mg/kg.
  • The activity of a compound according to the present invention can be assessed by the following in vitro & in vivo methods and/or by the following in vitro & in vivo methods well-described in the art. See A fluorescence lifetime-based assay for protease inhibitor profiling on human kallikrein 7 Doering K, Meder G, Hinnenberger M, Woelcke J, Mayr L M, Hassiepen U Biomol Screen. 2009 January; 14(1):1-9.
  • In particular, the in vitro inhibition of recombinant human neutral endopeptidase (NEP, EC 3.4.24.11) can be determined as follows:
  • Recombinant human neutral endopeptidase (expressed in insect cells and purified using standard methods, final concentration 7 pM) is pre-incubated with test compounds at various concentrations for 1 hour at room temperature in 10 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4, containing 150 mM NaCl and 0.05% (w/v) CHAPS. The enzymatic reaction is started by the addition of a synthetic peptide substrate Cys(PT14)-Arg-Arg-Leu-Trp-OH to a final concentration of 0.7 μM. Substrate hydrolysis leads to an increase fluorescence lifetime (FLT) of PT14 measured by the means of a FLT reader as described by Doering et al. (2009). The effect of the compound on the enzymatic activity was determined after 1 hour (t=60 min) incubation at room temperature. The IC50 values, corresponding to the inhibitor concentration showing 50% reduction of the FLT values measured in absence of inhibitor, are calculated from the plot of percentage of inhibition vs. inhibitor concentration using non-linear regression analysis software.
  • Using the test assay (as described above) compounds of the invention exhibited inhibitory efficacy in accordance to Table 1, provided infra.
  • TABLE 1
    Inhibitory Activity of Compounds
    Example # Human NEP IC50 (nM)
    Example 3-25 18
    Example 3-26 15
    Example 3-27 15
    Example 5-1 38
    Example 5-4 7
    Example 5-7 4
    Example 5-11 3
    Example 5-12 67
    Example 5-36 42
    Example 5-37 2.3
    Example 5-39 0.7
    Example 5-46 0.5
    Example 5-47 2.7
    Example 5-55 0.7
    Example 6-1 75
    Example 9-1 56
    Example 11-1 1.1
    Example 11-11 0.5
    Example 11-14 0.07
    Example 12-1 0.2
    Example 14-1 0.8
    Example 15-1 1.2
  • The compound of the present invention may be administered either simultaneously with, or before or after, at least one other therapeutic agent. The compound of the present invention may be administered separately, by the same or different route of administration, or together in the same pharmaceutical composition.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a product comprising a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one other therapeutic agent as a combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in therapy. In one embodiment, the therapy is the treatment of a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity. Products provided as a combined preparation include a composition comprising the compound of formulae I′ and I to VIIC and the other therapeutic agent(s) together in the same pharmaceutical composition, or the compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the other therapeutic agent(s) in separate form, e.g. in the form of a kit.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and another therapeutic agent(s). Optionally, the pharmaceutical composition may comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, as described above.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a kit comprising two or more separate pharmaceutical compositions, at least one of which contains a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In one embodiment, the kit comprises means for separately retaining said compositions, such as a container, divided bottle, or divided foil packet. An example of such a kit is a blister pack, as typically used for the packaging of tablets, capsules and the like.
  • The kit of the invention may be used for administering different dosage forms, for example, oral and parenteral, for administering the separate compositions at different dosage intervals, or for titrating the separate compositions against one another. To assist compliance, the kit of the invention typically comprises directions for administration.
  • In the combination therapies of the invention, the compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and the other therapeutic agent may be manufactured and/or formulated by the same or different manufacturers. Moreover, the compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the other therapeutic may be brought together into a combination therapy: (i) prior to release of the combination product to physicians (e.g. in the case of a kit comprising the compound of the invention and the other therapeutic agent); (ii) by the physician themselves (or under the guidance of the physician) shortly before administration; (iii) in the patient themselves, e.g. during sequential administration of the compound of the invention and the other therapeutic agent.
  • Accordingly, the invention provides the use of a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11. activity, wherein the medicament is prepared for administration with another therapeutic agent. The invention also provides the use of another therapeutic agent in the manufacture of medicament for treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11. activity, wherein the medicament is prepared for administration with a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • The invention also provides a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in a method of treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is prepared for administration with another therapeutic agent. The invention also provides another therapeutic agent for use in a method of treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the other therapeutic agent is prepared for administration with a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The invention also provides a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in a method of treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is administered with another therapeutic agent. The invention also provides another therapeutic agent for use in a method of treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the other therapeutic agent is administered with a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • The invention also provides the use of a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the patient has previously (e.g. within 24 hours) been treated with another therapeutic agent. The invention also provides the use of another therapeutic agent in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disease or condition associated with neutral endopeptidase EC 3.4. 24.11 activity, wherein the patient has previously (e.g. within 24 hours) been treated with a compound according to anyone of formulae I′ and I to VIIC, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • In one embodiment, the other therapeutic agent is selected from: HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitor, an anigiotensin receptor blocker (ARBs, angiotensin II receptor antagonist), angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) Inhibitor, a calcium channel blocker (CCB), an endothelin antagonist, a renin inhibitor, a diuretic, an ApoA-I mimic, an anti-diabetic agent, an obesity-reducing agent, an aldosterone receptor blocker, an endothelin receptor blocker, an aldosterone synthase inhibitors (ASI), a CETP inhibitor or a phophodiesterase type 5 (PDE5) inhibitor.
  • The term “in combination with” a second agent or treatment includes co-administration of the compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of Formulae I′ or I-VIIC or a compound otherwise described herein) with the second agent or treatment, administration of the compound of the invention first, followed by the second agent or treatment and administration of the second agent or treatment first, followed by the compound of the invention.
  • The term “second agent” includes any agent which is known in the art to treat, prevent, or reduce the symptoms of a disease or disorder described herein, e.g. a disorder or disease responsive to the inhibition of neutral endopeptidase, such as for example, hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, resistant hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency (diabetic or non-diabetic), renal failure (including edema and salt retension), diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation (AF), cardiac fibrosis, atrial flutter, detrimental vascular remodeling, plaque stabilization, myocardial infarction (MI), renal fibrosis, polycystic kidney disease (PKD), pulmonary arterial hypertension, renal failure (including edema and salt retension), cyclical oedema, Menières disease, hyperaldosteroneism (primary and secondary) and hypercalciuria, ascites, glaucoma, menstrual disorders, preterm labour, pre-eclampsia, endometriosis, and reproductive disorders (especially male and female infertility, polycystic ovarian syndrome, implantation failure), asthma, obstructive sleep apnea, inflammation, leukemia, pain, epilepsy, affective disorders such as depression and psychotic condition such as dementia and geriatric confusion, obesity and gastrointestinal disorders (especially diarrhea and irritable bowel syndrome), wound healing (especially diabetic and venous ulcers and pressure sores), septic shock, gastric acid secretion dysfunction, hyperreninaemia, cystic fibrosis, restenosis, type-2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications and atherosclerosis, male and female sexual dysfunction.
  • Examples of second agents include HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) Inhibitors, calcium channel blockers (CCB), endothelin antagonists, renin inhibitors, diuretics, ApoA-I mimics, anti-diabetic agents, obesity-reducing agents, aldosterone receptor blockers, endothelin receptor blockers, aldosterone synthase inhibitors (ASI) and CETP inhibitors.
  • The term “HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitor” (also called beta-hydroxy-beta-methylglutaryl-co-enzyme-A reductase inhibitors) includes active agents that may be used to lower the lipid levels including cholesterol in blood. Examples include atorvastatin, cerivastatin, compactin, dalvastatin, dihydrocompactin, fluindostatin, fluvastatin, lovastatin, pitavastatin, mevastatin, pravastatin, rivastatin, simvastatin, and velostatin, or, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • The term “ACE-inhibitor” (also called angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors) includes molecules that interrupt the enzymatic degradation of angiotensin I to angiotensin II. Such compounds may be used for the regulation of blood pressure and for the treatment of congestive heart failure. Examples include alacepril, benazepril, benazeprilat, captopril, ceronapril, cilazapril, delapril, enalapril, enaprilat, fosinopril, imidapril, lisinopril, moveltopril, perindopril, quinapril, ramipril, spirapril, temocapril, and trandolapril, or, pharmaceutically acceptables salt thereof.
  • The term “endothelin antagonist” includes bosentan (cf. EP 526708 A), tezosentan (cf. WO 96/19459), or, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • The term “renin inhibitor” includes ditekiren (chemical name: [1S-[1R*,2R*,4R*(1R*,2R*)]]-1-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-proly 1-L-phenylalanyl-N-[2-hydroxy-5-methyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-4-[[[2-methyl-1-[[(2-pyridinylmrthyl)amino]carbonyl]butyl]amino]carbonyl]hexyl]-N-alfa-methyl-L-histidinamide); terlakiren (chemical name: [R—(R*,S*)]-N-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)-L-phenylalanyl-N-[1-(cyclohexylmethyl)-2-hydroxy-3-(1-methylethoxy)-3-oxopropyl]-S-methyl-L-cysteineamide); Aliskiren (chemical name: (2S,4S,5S,7S)-5-amino-N-(2-carbamoyl-2,2-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxy-7-{[4-methoxy-3-(3-methoxypropoxy)phenyl]methyl}-8-methyl-2-(propan-2-yl)nonanamide) and zankiren (chemical name: [1S-[1R*[R*(R*)],2S*,3R*]]-N-[1-(cyclohexylmethyl)-2,3-dihydroxy-5-methyl hexyl]-alfa-[[2-[[(4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)sulfonyl]methyl]-1-oxo-3-phenylpropyl]-amino]-4-thiazolepropanamide), or, hydrochloride salts thereof, or, SPP630, SPP635 and SPP800 as developed by Speedel, or RO 66-1132 and RO 66-1168 of Formula (A) and (B):
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00046
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • The term “aliskiren”, if not defined specifically, is to be understood both as the free base and as a salt thereof, especially a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, most preferably a hemi-fumarate salt thereof.
  • An angiotensin II receptor antagonist or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is understood to be an active ingredient which bind to the AT1-receptor subtype of angiotensin II receptor but do not result in activation of the receptor. As a consequence of the inhibition of the AT1 receptor, these antagonists can, for example, be employed as antihypertensives or for treating congestive heart failure.
  • The class of AT1 receptor antagonists comprises compounds having differing structural features, essentially preferred are the non-peptidic ones. For example, mention may be made of the compounds which are selected from the group consisting of valsartan, losartan, candesartan, eprosartan, irbesartan, saprisartan, tasosartan, telmisartan, the compound with the designation E-1477 of the following formula
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00047
  • the compound with the designation SC-52458 of the following formula
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00048
  • and the compound with the designation ZD-8731 of the following formula
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00049
  • or, in each case, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Preferred AT1-receptor antagonist are those agents which have been marketed, most preferred is valsartan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • The term “calcium channel blocker (CCB)” includes dihydropyridines (DHPs) and non-DHPs (e.g., diltiazem-type and verapamil-type CCBs). Examples include amlodipine, felodipine, ryosidine, isradipine, lacidipine, nicardipine, nifedipine, niguldipine, niludipine, nimodipine, nisoldipine, nitrendipine, and nivaldipine, and is preferably a non-DHP representative selected from the group consisting of flunarizine, prenylamine, diltiazem, fendiline, gallopamil, mibefradil, anipamil, tiapamil and verapamil, or, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. CCBs may be used as anti-hypertensive, anti-angina pectoris, or anti-arrhythmic drugs.
  • The term “diuretic” includes thiazide derivatives (e.g., chlorothiazide, hydrochlorothiazide, methylclothiazide, and chlorothalidon).
  • The term “ApoA-I mimic” includes D4F peptides (e.g., formula D-W-F-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-F-K-E-A-F)
  • The term “anti-diabetic agent” includes insulin secretion enhancers that promote the secretion of insulin from pancreatic β-cells. Examples include biguanide derivatives (e.g., metformin), sulfonylureas (SU) (e.g., tolbutamide, chlorpropamide, tolazamide, acetohexamide, 4-chloro-N-[(1-pyrrolidinylamino)carbonyl]-benzensulfonamide (glycopyramide), glibenclamide (glyburide), gliclazide, 1-butyl-3-metanilylurea, carbutamide, glibonuride, glipizide, gliquidone, glisoxepid, glybuthiazole, glibuzole, glyhexamide, glymidine, glypinamide, phenbutamide, and tolylcyclamide), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Further examples include phenylalanine derivatives (e.g., nateglinide[N-(trans-4-isopropylcyclohexylcarbonyl)-D-phenylalanine](cf. EP 196222 and EP 526171) of the formula
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00050
  • repaglinide[(S)-2-ethoxy-4-{2-[[3-methyl-1-[2-(1-piperidinyl)phenyl]butyl]amino]-2-oxoethyl}benzoic acid](cf. EP 589874, EP 147850 A2, in particular Example 11 on page 61, and EP 207331 A1); calcium (2S)-2-benzyl-3-(cis-hexahydro-2-isoindolinlycarbonyl)-propionate dihydrate (e.g., mitiglinide (cf. EP 507534)); and glimepiride (cf. EP 31058). Further examples include DPP-IV inhibitors, GLP-1 and GLP-1 agonists.
  • DPP-IV is responsible for inactivating GLP-1. More particularly, DPP-IV generates a GLP-1 receptor antagonist and thereby shortens the physiological response to GLP-1. GLP-1 is a major stimulator of pancreatic insulin secretion and has direct beneficial effects on glucose disposal.
  • The DPP-IV inhibitor can be peptidic or, preferably, non-peptidic. DPP-IV inhibitors are in each case generically and specifically disclosed e.g. in WO 98/19998, DE 196 16 486 A1, WO 00/34241 and WO 95/15309, in each case in particular in the compound claims and the final products of the working examples, the subject-matter of the final products, the pharmaceutical preparations and the claims are hereby incorporated into the present application by reference to these publications. Preferred are those compounds that are specifically disclosed in Example 3 of WO 98/19998 and Example 1 of WO 00/34241, respectively.
  • GLP-1 is an insulinotropic protein which is described, e.g., by W. E. Schmidt et al. in Diabetologia, 28, 1985, 704-707 and in U.S. Pat. No. 5,705,483.
  • The term “GLP-1 agonists” includes variants and analogs of GLP-1 (7-36)NH2 which are disclosed in particular in U.S. Pat. No. 5,120,712, U.S. Pat. No. 5,118,666, U.S. Pat. No. 5,512,549, WO 91/11457 and by C. Orskov et al in J. Biol. Chem. 264 (1989) 12826. Further examples include GLP-1(7-37), in which compound the carboxy-terminal amide functionality of Arg36 is displaced with Gly at the 37th position of the GLP-1(7-36)NH2 molecule and variants and analogs thereof including GLN9-GLP-1(7-37), D-GLN9-GLP-1 (7-37), acetyl LYS9-GLP-1(7-37), LYS18-GLP-1(7-37) and, in particular, GLP-1(7-37)OH, VAL8-GLP-1(7-37), GLY8-GLP-1(7-37), THR8-GLP-1(7-37), MET8-GLP-1(7-37) and 4-imidazopropionyl-GLP-1. Special preference is also given to the GLP agonist analog exendin-4, described by Greig et al in Diabetologia 1999, 42, 45-50.
  • Also included in the definition “anti-diabetic agent” are insulin sensitivity enhancers which restore impaired insulin receptor function to reduce insulin resistance and consequently enhance the insulin sensitivity. Examples include hypoglycemic thiazolidinedione derivatives (e.g., glitazone, (S)-((3,4-dihydro-2-(phenyl-methyl)-2H-1-benzopyran-6-yl)methyl-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (englitazone), 5-{[4-(3-(5-methyl-2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl)-1-oxopropyl)-phenyl]-methyl}-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (darglitazone), 5-{[4-(1-methyl-cyclohexyl)methoxy)-phenyl]methyl}-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (ciglitazone), 5-{[4-(2-(1-indolyl)ethoxy)phenyl]methyl}-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (DRF2189), 5-{4-[2-(5-methyl-2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl)-ethoxy)]benzyl}-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (BM-13.1246), 5-(2-naphthylsulfonyl)-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (AY-31637), bis{4-[(2,4-dioxo-5-thiazolidinyl)methyl]phenyl}methane (YM268), 5-{4-[2-(5-methyl-2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl)-2-hydroxyethoxy]benzyl}-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (AD-5075), 5-[4-(1-phenyl-1-cyclopropanecarbonylamino)-benzyl]-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (DN-108) 5-{[4-(2-(2,3-dihydroindol-1-yl)ethoxy)phenyl]methyl}-thiazolidine-2,4-dione, 5-[3-(4-chloro-phenyl])-2-propynyl]-5-phenylsulfonyl)thiazolidine-2,4-dione, 5-[3-(4-chlorophenyl])-2-propynyl]-5-(4-fluorophenyl-sulfonyl)thiazolidine-2,4-dione, 5-{[4-(2-(methyl-2-pyridinyl-amino)-ethoxy)phenyl]methyl}-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (rosiglitazone), 5-{[4-(2-(5-ethyl-2-pyridyl)ethoxy)phenyl]-methyl}thiazolidine-2,4-dione (pioglitazone), 5-{[4-((3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2H-1-benzopyran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenyl]-methyl}-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (troglitazone), 5-[6-(2-fluoro-benzyloxy)naphthalen-2-ylmethyl]-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (MCC555), 5-{[2-(2-naphthyl)-benzoxazol-5-yl]-methyl}thiazolidine-2,4-dione (T-174) and 5-(2,4-dioxothiazolidin-5-ylmethyl)-2-methoxy-N-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)benzamide (KRP297)).
  • Further anti-diabetic agents include, insulin signalling pathway modulators, like inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatases (PTPases), antidiabetic non-small molecule mimetic compounds and inhibitors of glutamine-fructose-6-phosphate amidotransferase (GFAT); compounds influencing a dysregulated hepatic glucose production, like inhibitors of glucose-6-phosphatase (G6Pase), inhibitors of fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase (F-1,6-Bpase), inhibitors of glycogen phosphorylase (GP), glucagon receptor antagonists and inhibitors of phosphoenolpyruvate carboxykinase (PEPCK); pyruvate dehydrogenase kinase (PDHK) inhibitors; inhibitors of gastric emptying; insulin; inhibitors of GSK-3; retinoid X receptor (RXR) agonists; agonists of Beta-3 AR; agonists of uncoupling proteins (UCPs); non-glitazone type PPARγ agonists; dual PPARα/PPARγ agonists; antidiabetic vanadium containing compounds; incretin hormones, like glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) and GLP-1 agonists; beta-cell imidazoline receptor antagonists; miglitol; α2-adrenergic antagonists; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • The term “obesity-reducing agent” includes lipase inhibitors (e.g., orlistat) and appetite suppressants (e.g., sibutramine and phentermine).
  • An aldosterone synthase inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is understood to be an active ingredient that has the property to inhibit the production of aldosterone. Aldosterone synthase (CYP11B2) is a mitochondrial cytochrome P450 enzyme catalyzing the last step of aldosterone production in the adrenal cortex, i.e., the conversion of 11-deoxycorticosterone to aldosterone. The inhibition of the aldosterone production with so-called aldosterone synthase inhibitors is known to be a successful variant to treatment of hypokalemia, hypertension, congestive heart failure, atrial fibrillation or renal failure. Such aldosterone synthase inhibition activity is readily determined by those skilled in the art according to standard assays (e.g., US 2007/0049616).
  • The class of aldosterone synthase inhibitors comprises both steroidal and non-steroidal aldosterone synthase inhibitors, the later being most preferred.
  • Preference is given to commercially available aldosterone synthase inhibitors or those aldosterone synthase inhibitors that have been approved by the health authorities.
  • The class of aldosterone synthase inhibitors comprises compounds having differing structural features. For example, mention may be made of the compounds which are selected from the group consisting of the non-steroidal aromatase inhibitors anastrozole, fadrozole (including the (+)-enantiomer thereof), as well as the steroidal aromatase inhibitor exemestane, or, in each case where applicable, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • The most preferred non-steroidal aldosterone synthase inhibitor is the (+)-enantiomer of the hydrochloride of fadrozole (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,617,307 and 4,889,861) of formula
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00051
  • or, if appropriable, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • A preferred steroidal aldosterone antagonist is eplerenone (cf. EP 122232 A) of the formula
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00052
  • or Spironolactone; or, in each case, if appropriable, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Aldosterone synthase inhibitors useful in said combination are compounds and analogs generically and specifically disclosed e.g. in US2007/0049616, in particular in the compound claims and the final products of the working examples, the subject-matter of the final products, the pharmaceutical preparations and the claims are hereby incorporated into the present application by reference to this publication. Preferred aldosterone synthase inhibitors suitable for use in the present invention include, without limitation 4-(6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-5-yl)-3-methylbenzonitrile; 5-(2-chloro-4-cyanophenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazole-5-carboxylic acid (4-methoxybenzyl)methylamide; 4′-fluoro-6-(6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-imidazo[1,5-a]azepin-5-yl)biphenyl-3-carbonitrile; 5-(4-Cyano-2-methoxyphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazole-5-carboxylic acid butyl ester; 4-(6,7-Dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-5-yl)-2-methoxybenzonitrile; 5-(2-Chloro-4-cyanophenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazole-5-carboxylic acid 4-fluorobenzyl ester; 5-(4-Cyano-2-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester; 5-(4-Cyano-2-methoxyphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazole-5-carboxylic acid 2-isopropoxyethyl ester; 4-(6,7-Dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-5-yl)-2-methylbenzonitrile; 4-(6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-5-yl)-3-fluorobenzonitrile; 4-(6,7-Dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-5-yl)-2-methoxybenzonitrile; 3-Fluoro-4-(7-methylene-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-5-yl)benzonitrile; cis-3-Fluoro-4-[7-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-imidazo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]benzonitrile; 4′-Fluoro-6-(9-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-imidazo[1,5-a]azepin-5-yl)biphenyl-3-carbonitrile; 4′-Fluoro-6-(9-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-imidazo[1,5-a]azepin-5-yl)biphenyl-3-carbonitrile or in each case, the (R) or (S) enantiomer thereof; or if appropriable, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • The term aldosterone synthase inhibitors also include compounds and analogs disclosed in WO2008/076860, WO2008/076336, WO2008/076862, WO2008/027284, WO2004/046145, WO2004/014914, WO2001/076574.
  • Furthermore Aldosterone synthase inhibitors also include compounds and analogs disclosed in U.S. patent applications US2007/0225232, US2007/0208035, US2008/0318978, US2008/0076794, US2009/0012068, US20090048241 and in PCT applications WO2006/005726, WO2006/128853, WO2006128851, WO2006/128852, WO2007065942, WO2007/116099, WO2007/116908, WO2008/119744 and in European patent application EP 1886695. Preferred aldosterone synthase inhibitors suitable for use in the present invention include, without limitation 8-(4-Fluorophenyl)-5,6-dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1,4]oxazine; 4-(5,6-Dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1,4]oxazin-8-yl)-2-fluorobenzonitrile; 4-(5,6-Dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1,4]oxazin-8-yl)-2,6-difluorobenzonitrile; 4-(5,6-Dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1,4]oxazin-8-yl)-2-methoxybenzonitrile; 3-(5,6-Dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1,4]oxazin-8-yl)benzonitrile; 4-(5,6-Dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1,4]oxazin-8-yl)phthalonitrile; 4-(8-(4-Cyanophenyl)-5,6-dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1,4]oxazin-8-yl)benzonitrile; 4-(5,6-Dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1,4]oxazin-8-yl)benzonitrile; 4-(5,6-Dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1,4]oxazin-8-yl)naphthalene-1-carbonitrile; 8-[4-(1H-Tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]-5,6-dihydro-8H-imidazo[5,1-c][1,4]oxazine as developed by Speedel or in each case, the (R) or (S) enantiomer thereof; or if appropriable, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • The term “endothelin receptor blocker” includes bosentan.
  • The term “CETP inhibitor” refers to a compound that inhibits the cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP) mediated transport of various cholesteryl esters and triglycerides from HDL to LDL and VLDL. Such CETP inhibition activity is readily determined by those skilled in the art according to standard assays (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,140,343). Examples include compounds disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,140,343 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,197,786 (e.g., [2R,4S]-4-[(3,5-bis-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-methoxycarbonyl-amino]-2-ethyl-6-trifluoromethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (torcetrapib); compounds disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,723,752 (e.g., (2R)-3-{[3-(4-Chloro-3-ethyl-phenoxy)-phenyl]-[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl]-amino}-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol); compounds disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/807,838; polypeptide derivatives disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,512,548; rosenonolactone derivatives and phosphate-containing analogs of cholesteryl ester disclosed in J. Antibiot., 49(8): 815-816 (1996), and Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett.; 6:1951-1954 (1996), respectively. Furthermore, the CETP inhibitors also include those disclosed in WO2000/017165, WO2005/095409 and WO2005/097806.
  • A preferred PDE5 inhibitor is Sildenafil.
  • Second agent of particular interest include Endothelin antagonists, renin inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, calcium channel blockers, diuretics, antidiabetic agents such as DPPIV inhibitors, and aldosterone synthase inhibitors.
  • EXEMPLIFICATION OF THE INVENTION
  • All starting materials, building blocks, reagents, acids, bases, dehydrating agents, solvents, and catalysts utilized to synthesis the compounds of the present invention are either commercially available or can be produced by organic synthesis methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art (Houben-Weyl 4th Ed. 1952, Methods of Organic Synthesis, Thieme, Volume 21). Further, the compounds of the present invention can be produced by organic synthesis methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art as shown in the following examples.
  • The following examples are intended to illustrate the invention and are not to be construed as being limitations thereon. Temperatures are given in degrees centigrade. If not mentioned otherwise, all evaporations are performed under reduced pressure, preferably between about 15 mm Hg and 100 mm Hg (=20-133 mbar). The structure of final products, intermediates and starting materials is confirmed by standard analytical methods, e.g., microanalysis and spectroscopic characteristics, e.g., MS, IR, NMR. Abbreviations used are those conventional in the art. The compounds in the example 5-1 to 15-3 have been found to have IC50 values in the range of about 0.01 nM to about 10,000 nM for NEP.
  • The conditions for measuring the retention times are as follows:
  • HPLC condition A:
  • Column: INERTSIL C8-3, 3 μm×33 mm×3.0 mm at 40° C.
  • Flow rate: 2 ml/min
  • Mobile phase: A) 5 mM aqueous HCOONH4, B) MeOH/CH3CN (1/1, v/v)
  • Gradient: linear gradient from 5% A to 95% B in 2 min
  • Detection: DAD-UV at 200-400 nm
  • HPLC condition B:
  • Column: INERTSIL C8-3, 3 μm×33 mm×3.0 mm at 40° C.
  • Flow rate: 2 ml/min
  • Mobile phase: A) 5 mM aqueous HCOONH4, B) MeOH/CH3CN (1/1, v/v)
  • Gradient: linear gradient from 40% A to 95% B in 2 min
  • Detection: DAD-UV at 200-400 nm
  • HPLC condition C:
  • Column: INERTSIL C8-3, 3 μm×33 mm×3.0 mm at 40° C.
  • Flow rate: 2 ml/min
  • Mobile phase: A) (5 mM NH4 +HCOO)/water, B) MeOH/CH3CN (1/1, v/v)
  • Gradient: linear gradient from 5 to 95% B in 2 min
  • Detection: DAD-UV at 200-400 nm
  • HPLC condition D:
  • Column: INERTSIL C8-3, 3 μm×33 mm×3.0 mm at 40° C.
  • Flow rate: 2 ml/min
  • Mobile phase: A) 0.1% aqueous Formic acid, B) MeOH/CH3CN (1/1, v/v)
  • Gradient: linear gradient from 5% B to 95% B in 2 min
  • Detection: DAD-UV at 200-400 nm
  • HPLC condition E:
  • Column: Inertsil C8-3, 3 μm×33 mm×3.0 mm at 40° C.
  • Flow rate: 2 ml/min
  • Mobile phase: A) methanol/acetonitrile (1/1, v/v), B) 5 mM aquesous HCOONH4
  • Gradient: linear gradient from 40% B to 95% A in 2 min
  • Detection: UV at 214 nm
  • The relative stereochemistry was determined using two dimensional NMR. Under the reaction condition, it would be unexpected that the stereocenter bearing the bisphenyl-methyl group racemize. Therefore, the absolute stereochemistry was determined based on the relative stereochemistry and the absolute stereochemistry of the stereocenter bearing the bisphenyl-methyl group.
  • Example 1-1 Synthesis of (R)-4-(1-(biphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00053
  • To (R)-ethyl-4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate (230.1 mg, 0.600 mmol) is added a solution of HCl in 1,4-dioxane (3.00 mL, 12.00 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring for 1 hour, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give (R)-3-amino-4-biphenyl-4-yl-butyric acid ethyl ester hydrochloride. A solution of (R)-3-amino-4-biphenyl-4-yl-butyric acid ethyl ester hydrochloride, succinic anhydride (72.1 mg, 0.720 mmol) and DIPEA (0.126 mL, 0.720 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) is allowed to stir for 1 hour. The reaction is quenched with 10% aqueous citric acid and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer is separated and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by flash column chromatography on CN-modified silica gel (eluent: heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 0:100) and by RP-HPLC (SunFire C18, H2O (0.1% TFA)/CH3CN) to give (R)-4-(1-(biphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (148.2 mg). HPLC retention time=1.64 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=384.1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, ACETONITRILE-d3) δ ppm 1.21 (t, J=7.07 Hz, 3H) 2.31-2.39 (m, 2H) 2.40-2.56 (m, 4H) 2.77-2.92 (m, 2H) 4.08 (q, J=7.24 Hz, 2H) 4.33-4.48 (m, 1H) 6.62 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 1H) 7.30 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 2H) 7.32-7.39 (m, 1H) 7.41-7.49 (m, 2H) 7.54-7.60 (m, 2H) 7.60-7.67 (m, 2H) 10.02 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 1-2 Synthesis of (R)-4-(1-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00054
  • A solution of (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride (400 mg, 1.13 mmol), succinic anhydride (136 mg, 1.36 mmol) and DIPEA (0.237 mL, 1.36 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) is allowed to stir for 2.5 hours. The reaction is quenched with 1 M aqueous HCl and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer is separated and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue is purified by preparative HPLC using a gradient of 20% MeCN/water (0.1% TFA) to 100% MeCN to give (R)-4-(1-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (255 mg). HPLC retention time=1.15 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=418.0; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.08 Hz, 3H) 2.46-2.58 (m, 4H) 2.64-2.67 (m, 2H) 2.87 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.8 Hz, 1H) 2.99 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.6 Hz, 1H) 4.12-4.24 (m, 2H) 4.47-4.55 (m, 1H) 6.50 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 7.24-7.37 (m, 4H) 7.43-7.46 (m, 1H) 7.48-7.52 (m, 2H) 7.55-7.56 (m, 1H).
  • Chiral HPLC retention time=3.59 min. Column: Daicel CHIRALPAK AD-H (4.6×100 mm); flow rate=1 ml/min.; eluent: EtOH (containing 0.1% TFA)/heptane=4/6.
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 1-2:
  • HPLC-RT MS
    Example # Product Starting Material Condition (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 1-3
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00055
      (R)-5-(1-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan- 2-ylamino)-5-oxopentanoic acid
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00056
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00057
      DIPEA, DCM, RT
    1.57 min. (A) 432.1
    Example 1-4
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00058
      (R)-5-(4-ethoxy-1-(5′-fluoro-2′-methoxybiphenyl-4-yl)-4- oxobutan-2-ylamino)-5-oxopentanoic acid
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00059
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00060
      DIPEA, DCM, RT
    0.93 min. (B) 446.3
    Example 1-5
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00061
      (R)-5-(1-(5′-chloro-2′-methoxybiphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4- oxobutan-2-ylamino)-5-oxopentanoic acid
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00062
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00063
      DIPEA, DCM, RT
    1.14 min. (B) 462.5
    Example 1-6
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00064
      (R)-4-(1-(2′-chloro-5′-fluorobiphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4- oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00065
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00066
      DIPEA, DCM, RT
    0.97 min. (B) 436.2
    Example 1-7
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00067
      (R)-4-(4-ethoxy-1-(3′-fluorobiphenyl-4-yl)-4-oxobutan- 2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00068
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00069
      DIPEA, DCM, RT
    1.23 min. (B) 402.0
    Example 1-8
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00070
      (R)-4-(4-(benzyloxy)-1-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-4-oxobutan-2- ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00071
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00072
      DIPEA, DCM, RT
    1.37 min. (B) 480.2
    Example 1-9
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00073
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00074
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00075
    Pyridine, RT
    1.32 min. (C) 490.2
    Example 1-10
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00076
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00077
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00078
      DIPEA, DCM, RT
    1.52 min. (B) 506.4
  • Example 1-3
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 1.86-1.97 (m, 2H) 2.25-2.28 (m, 2H) 2.34 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H) 2.50 (A of ABX, Jab=16.2 Hz, Jax=5.6 Hz, 1H) 2.56 (B of ABX, Jab=16.2 Hz, Jbx=5.1 Hz, 1H) 2.88 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.8 Hz, 1H) 2.98 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=7.1 Hz, 1H) 4.12-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.50-4.58 (m, 1H) 6.32 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 7.25-7.37 (m, 4H) 7.43-7.46 (m, 1H) 7.49-7.52 (m, 2H) 7.55-7.56 (m, 1H).
  • Example 1-4
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 1.86-1.97 (m, 2H) 2.25-2.28 (m, 2H) 2.34 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H) 2.54 (A of ABX, Jab=16.1 Hz, Jax=5.6 Hz, 1H) 2.58 (B of ABX, Jab=16.1 Hz, Jbx=5.2 Hz, 1H) 2.88 (A of ABX, Jab=13.5 Hz, Jax=7.6 Hz, 1H) 2.97 (B of ABX, Jab=13.5 Hz, Jbx=7.0 Hz, 1H) 3.78 (s, 3H) 4.12-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.50-4.59 (m, 1H) 6.34 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 6.88-6.91 (m, 1H) 6.96-7.04 (m, 2H) 7.23 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.44-7.47 (m, 2H).
  • Example 1-5
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 1.86-1.97 (m, 2H) 2.25-2.36 (m, 4H) 2.49-2.61 (m, 2H) 2.88 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.6 Hz, 1H) 2.97 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.8 Hz, 1H) 3.79 (s, 3H) 4.12-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.50-4.59 (m, 1H) 6.34-6.36 (m, 1H) 6.89 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.21-7.28 (m, 3H) 7.43 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H).
  • Example 1-6
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.47-2.67 (m, 6H) 2.89 (A of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jax=7.8 Hz, 1H) 3.00 (B of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jbx=6.7 Hz, 1H) 4.12-4.24 (m, 2H) 4.49-4.57 (m, 1H) 6.51 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 6.97-7.07 (m, 2H) 7.24-7.26 (m, 2H) 7.36-7.43 (m, 3H).
  • Example 1-7
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.16 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.23-2.27 (m, 2H) 2.34-2.38 (m, 2H) 2.40-2.47 (m, 2H) 2.77 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H) 3.99-4.06 (m, 2H) 4.21-4.30 (m, 1H) 7.14-7.19 (m, 1H) 7.29 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H) 7.46-7.52 (m, 3H) 7.63 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H) 7.91 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H) 12.04 (s, 1H).
  • Example 1-8
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.41-2.45 (m, 2H) 2.50-2.64 (m, 4H) 2.81-2.87 (m, 1H) 2.95-3.00 (m, 1H) 4.49-4.56 (m, 1H) 5.12 (A of AB, J=12.1 Hz, 1H) 5.18 (B of AB, J=12.1 Hz, 1H) 6.39 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H) 7.18-7.54 (m, 13H).
  • Example 1-9
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ ppm 1.22-1.25 (t, J=7.07 Hz, 3H), 2.61-2.63 (m, 2H), 2.91 (d, J=7.07 Hz, 2H), 4.09 (q, J=7.07 Hz, 2H), 4.52-4.59 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.34 (m, 3H), 7.04 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.56 (m, 3H), 7.59 (t, J=2.02 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 1-10
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.03-2.13 (m, 2H), 2.44 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.64 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.70 (dd, J=16.2, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 2.78 (dd, J=16.2, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 2.83-2.98 (m, 5H), 3.04 (dd, J=13.9, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.57-4.69 (m, 1H), 6.51 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (dd, J=8.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.31 (m, 3H), 7.34 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (dt, J=7.3, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 9.34 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 1-11 Synthesis of (R)-4-(1-(2′,5′-dichlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00079
  • To (R)-ethyl 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-(2′,5′-dichlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate (1.09 g, 2.33 mmol) is added a solution of 4 M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (5.81 mL, 23.3 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring for 2 hours, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4-(2′,5′-dichlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride. Next, a solution of the product, succinic anhydride (280 mg, 2.80 mmol) and DIPEA (0.489 mL, 2.80 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 mL) is allowed to stir for 2 hours. The reaction is quenched with 1 M aqueous HCl and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer is separated and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue is purified by preparative HPLC using a gradient of 20% MeCN/water (0.1% TFA) to 100% MeCN to give (R)-4-(1-(2′,5′-dichlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (553 mg) as a white solid; HPLC retention time=1.02 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=452.14; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 2.47-2.67 (m, 6H) 2.89 (A of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jax=7.8 Hz, 1H) 3.00 (B of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jbx=6.7 Hz, 1H) 4.12-4.24 (m, 2H) 4.49-4.57 (m, 1H) 6.53 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 7.23-7.26 (m, 3H) 7.32-7.40 (m, 4H).
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 1-11:
  • HPLC-RT MS
    Example Product Srating Material (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 1-12
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00080
      (R)-3-(3-Carboxy-propionylamino)-4-(3′-chloro- biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid propyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00081
    1.24 min. (B) 432.3
    Example 1-13
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00082
      (R)-3-(3-Carboxy-propionylamino)-4-(3′-chloro- biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid butyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00083
    1.34 min. (B) 446.2
    Example 1-14
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00084
      (R)-3-(3-Carboxy-propionylamino)-4-(3′-chloro- biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid 5-methyl-2- oxo-[1,3]dioxol-4-yl methyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00085
    1.12 min. (B) 502.2
    Example 1-15
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00086
      (R)-3-(3-Carboxy-propionylamino)-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl- 4-yl)-butyric acid dimethylcarbamoylmethyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00087
    0.89 min. (B) 475.3
    Example 1-16
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00088
      (R)-3-(3-Carboxy-propionylamino)-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl- 4-yl)-butyric acid 2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00089
    0.99 min. (B) 503.5
  • Example 1-12
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.87 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.49-1.61 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.45 (dd, J=6.9, 3.4 Hz, 2H), 2.78 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.21-4.33 (m, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.37-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.47 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.58-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.69 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 1-13
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.94 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.32-1.44 (m, 2H), 1.56-1.67 (m, 2H), 2.43-2.59 (m, 4H), 2.65 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.85 (dd, J=13.6, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 2.99 (dd, J=13.6, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.03-4.18 (m, 2H), 4.43-4.56 (m, 1H), 6.57 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.35 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 1-14
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.44 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.48-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.73 (m, 3H), 2.87 (dd, J=13.6, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 2.98 (dd, J=13.9, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 4.47-4.58 (m, 1H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 6.32 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (d, 1H), 7.35 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (s, 1H).
  • Example 1-15
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.48-2.59 (m, 3H), 2.61-2.71 (m, 3H), 2.91-3.06 (m, 8H), 4.53-4.63 (m, 1H), 4.67 (d, J=14.7 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (d, J=14.7 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (dt, J=7.8, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.45 (dt, J=7.6, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 1-16
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.20-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.42-2.50 (m, 1H), 2.57 (dd, J=15.4, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (d, J=36.1 Hz, 2H), 3.15 (br. s., 2H), 3.31-3.50 (m, 4H), 3.52-4.05 (m, 4H), 4.25-4.40 (m, 3H), 7.31 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.48 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.60-7.67 (m, 3H), 7.70 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 10.06 (br. s., 1H), 12.17 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 1-17 Synthesis of (R)-4-(1-(5′-chloro-2′-fluorobiphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00090
  • A solution of (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4-(5′-chloro-2′-fluorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride (293 mg, 0.777 mmol), succinic anhydride (93 mg, 0.932 mmol) and DIPEA (0.204 mL, 1.165 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) is allowed to stir for 1.5 hours. The reaction is quenched with 1 M aqueous HCl and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer is separated and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue is purified by preparative HPLC using a gradient of 20% MeCN/water (0.1% TFA) to 100% MeCN to give (R)-4-(1-(5′-chloro-2′-fluorobiphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (294 mg). HPLC retention time=1.03 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=436.2; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.28 (t, J=7.07 Hz, 3H) 2.46-2.58 (m, 4H) 2.64-2.68 (m, 2H) 2.87 (A of ABX, Jab=13.64 Hz, Jax=7.83 Hz, 1H) 2.99 (B of ABX, Jab=13.64 Hz, Jbx=6.57 Hz, 1H) 4.11-4.22 (m, 2H) 4.47-4.56 (m, 1H) 6.60 (br d, J=8.59 Hz, 1H) 7.05-7.10 (m, 1H) 7.23-7.27 (m, 3H) 7.39-7.41 (m, 1H) 7.44-7.46 (m, 2H).
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 1-17:
  • Example HPLC-RT MS
    # Product Starting Material Condition (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 1-18
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00091
      (2S,3R)-3-(3- Carboxy- propionylamino)-4- (3′-chloro-biphenyl- 4-yl)-2-hydroxy- butyric acid methyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00092
      Intermediate 50
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00093
      Et3N, DCM
    1.29 min. (A) 420.0
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00094
      (2R,3R)-3-(3-Carboxy- propionylamino)-4-(3′- chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)- 2-hydroxy-butyric acid methyl ester
    Example 1-19
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00095
      (2S,3R)-3-(3- Carboxy- propionylamino)-4-(3′- chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)- 2-methoxy-butyric acid methyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00096
    Intermediate 51
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00097
      DIPEA, DCM
    1.21 min. (A) 434.2
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00098
      (2R,3R)-3-(3-Carboxy- propionylamino)-4-(3′- chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)- 2-methoxy-butyric acid methyl ester
    Example 1-20
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00099
      (2S,3R)-3-(3- Carboxy- propionylamino)-4-(3′- chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)- 2-methoxy-butyric acid ethyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00100
    Intermediate 52
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00101
      DIPEA, DCM
    1.57 min. (A) 448.3
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00102
      (2R,3R)-3-(3-Carboxy- propionylamino)-4-(3′- chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)- 2-methoxy-butyric acid ethyl ester
    Example 1-21
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00103
      (2S,3R)-3-(3- Carboxy- propionylamino)-4-(3′- chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)- 2-fluoro-butyric acid methy lester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00104
      Intermediate 53
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00105
      Et3N, DCM
    0.83 min. (B) 422.1
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00106
      (2R,3R)-3-(3-Carboxy- propionylamino)-4-(3′- chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)- 2-fluoro-butyric acid methyl ester
    Example 1-22
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00107
      (R)-3-(3-Carboxy- propionylamino)-4-(3′- chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)- 2-methyl-butyric acid ethyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00108
      Intermediate 54
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00109
      Et3N, DCM
    0.98 min. (B) 432
    Example 1-23
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00110
      (R)-3-(2-Carboxymethoxy- acetylamino)-4-(3′- chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)- butyric acid ethyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00111
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00112
      Et3N, DCM
    0.75 min. (B) 434
  • Example 1-20
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 1.15 (t, J=7.07 Hz, 3H), 2.24-2.34 (m, 4H), 2.74 (dd, J=8.59, 13.39 Hz), 2.88 (dd, J=6.32, 13.39 Hz), 3.34 (s, 3H), 3.75 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (dd, J=7.07, 13.89 Hz, 2H), 4.33-4.43 (m, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.48 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=3.34 Hz), 7.71 (t, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J=9.35 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 2-1 Synthesis of (R)-3-(3-carboxy-propionylamino)-4-(4′-fluoro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00113
  • A mixture of (R)-4-(1-(4-bromophenyl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (50 mg, 0.129 mmol), 4-fluorophenylboronic acid (27.2 mg, 0.194 mmol), Pd(Ph3P)4 (14.96 mg, 0.013 mmol) and aqueous Na2CO3 (0.129 mL, 0.259 mmol) in toluene (1 mL) is allowed to stir at 95° C. under nitrogen. After stirring for 13 hours, the solution is cooled to ambient temperature and then quenched with aqueous 1 M HCl. The products are extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by RP-HPLC (SunFire C18, H2O (0.1% TFA)/CH3CN), and then lyophilized to give (R)-3-(3-carboxy-propionylamino)-4-(4′-fluoro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid ethyl ester (29.2 mg). HPLC retention time=1.26 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=402.2; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H) 2.47-2.67 (m, 6H) 2.87 (A of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jax=7.9 Hz, 1H) 2.99 (B of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jbx=6.6 Hz, 1H) 4.12-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.47-4.55 (m, 1H) 6.52 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.08-7.14 (m, 2H) 7.24 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H) 7.46-7.55 (m, 4H).
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 2-1:
  • HPLC-RT MS
    Example Product Reagent (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 2-2
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00114
    Pd(PPh3)4, p-chlorophenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-4-(1-(4- bromophenyl)-4- ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2- ylamino)-4- oxobutanoic acid 1.49 min. (B) 418.1
    Example 2-3
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00115
    Pd(PPh3)4, m-fluorophenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-ethyl 4-(4- bromophenyl)-3-(4- methoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butan- oate. 1.24 min. (B) 416.1
    Example 2-4
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00116
    Pd(PPh3)4, o-fluorophenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-ethyl 4-(4- bromophenyl)-3-(4- methoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butan- oate. 1.25 min. (B) 416.1
    Example 2-5
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00117
    Pd(PPh3)4, o-chlorophenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-ethyl 4-(4- bromophenyl)-3-(4- methoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butan- oate. 1.33 min. (B) 432.1
    Example 2-6
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00118
    Pd(PPh3)4, o-methoxyphenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-ethyl 4-(4- bromophenyl)-3-(4- methoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butan- oate. 1.22 min. (B) 428.2
    Example 2-7
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00119
    Pd(PPh3)4, o-tolylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-ethyl 4-(4-bromophenyl)-3- (4-methoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butan- oate. 1.35 min. (B) 412.2
    Example 2-8
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00120
    Pd(PPh3)4, 2-chloro-5- fluorophenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-ethyl 4-(4- bromophenyl)-3-(4- methoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butan- oate. 1.28 min. (B) 450.3
    Example 2-9
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00121
    Pd(PPh3)4, m-tolylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)- ethyl 4-(4- bromophenyl)-3-(4- methoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butan- oate. 1.28 min. (B) 412.2
    Example 2-10
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00122
    Pd(PPh3)4, 3,5- difluorophenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-ethyl 4-(4- bromophenyl)-3-(4- methoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butan- oate. 1.23 min. (B) 434.2
    Example 2-11
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00123
    Pd(PPh3)4, 3-ethylphenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-ethyl 4-(4- bromophenyl)-3-(4- methoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butan- oate. 1.40 min. (B) 426.3
    Example 2-12
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00124
    Pd(PPh3)4, 3-nitrophenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-ethyl 4-(4- bromophenyl)-3-(4- methoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butan- oate. 1.16 min. (B) 443.2
    Example 2-13
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00125
    Pd(PPh3)4, 3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl- boronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-ethyl 4- (4-bromophenyl)-3-(4- methoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butan- oate. 1.39 min. (G) 466.1
    Example 2-14
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00126
    Pd(PPh3)4, 3- methoxyphenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-ethyl 4-(4- bromophenyl)-3-(4- methoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butan- oate. 1.19 min. (G) 428.2
    Example 2-15
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00127
    Pd(PPh3)4, 3- cyanobenzeneboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-ethyl 4-(4- bromophenyl)-3-(4- methoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butan- oate. 0.98 min. (B) 423.2
    Example 2-16
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00128
    Pd(PPh3)4, 3-chloro-5- fluorophenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-ethyl 4-(4- bromophenyl)-3-(4- methoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butan- oate. 1.45 min. (B) 450.1
    Example 2-17
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00129
    Pd(PPh3)4, 2- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl- boronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-ethyl 4- (4-bromophenyl)-3-(4- methoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butan- oate. 1.37 min. (B) 466.1
    Example 2-18
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00130
    Pd(PPh3)4, 2- cyanophenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-ethyl 4-(4- bromophenyl)-3-(4- methoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butan- oate. 1.01 min. (B) 423.2
    Example 2-19
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00131
    Pd(PPh3)4, 2- ethoxyphenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-ethyl 4-(4- bromophenyl)-3-(4- methoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butan- oate. 1.29 min. (B) 442.2
    Example 2-20
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00132
    PdCl2(dppf)•CH2Cl2 complex, phenyl-d5- boronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-tert-butyl 4-(1-(4-bromophenyl)- 4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2- ylamino)-4- oxobutanoate 1.42 min. (B) 445.2
  • Example 2-2
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H) 2.47-2.67 (m, 6H) 2.84-3.02 (m, 2H) 4.12-4.24 (m, 2H) 4.47-4.55 (m, 1H) 6.52 (br d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H) 7.24-7.26 (m, 2H) 7.39-7.41 (m, 2H) 7.48-7.51 (m, 4H).
  • Example 2-3
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H) 2.43-2.65 (m, 6H) 2.84-3.02 (m, 2H) 3.67 (s, 3H) 4.12-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.47-4.55 (m, 1H) 6.30 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.00-7.05 (m, 1H) 7.26-7.29 (m, 3H) 7.34-7.41 (m, 2H) 7.51 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H).
  • Example 2-4
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.28 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H) 2.44-2.65 (m, 6H) 2.85-3.02 (m, 2H) 3.67 (s, 3H) 4.11-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.48-4.56 (m, 1H) 6.30 (br d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H) 7.11-7.22 (m, 2H) 7.25-7.33 (m, 3H) 7.40-7.45 (m, 1H) 7.48-7.50 (m, 2H).
  • Example 2-5
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 2.44-2.65 (m, 6H) 2.86-3.02 (m, 2H) 3.68 (s, 3H) 4.12-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.49-4.57 (m, 1H) 6.31 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 7.24-7.34 (m, 5H) 7.37-7.39 (m, 2H) 7.45-7.47 (m, 1H).
  • Example 2-6
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.28 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H) 2.44-2.66 (m, 6H) 2.84-3.01 (m, 2H) 3.68 (s, 3H) 3.81 (s, 3H) 4.11-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.48-4.56 (m, 1H) 6.26 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 6.97-7.04 (m, 2H) 7.22 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.29-7.33 (m, 2H) 7.46-7.48 (m, 2H).
  • Example 2-7
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.26 (s, 3H) 2.44-2.69 (m, 6H) 2.85-3.01 (m, 2H) 3.68 (s, 3H) 4.12-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.48-4.57 (m, 1H) 6.30 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.21-7.26 (m, 8H).
  • Example 2-8
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 2.44-2.69 (m, 6H) 2.86-3.03 (m, 2H) 3.68 (s, 3H) 4.12-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.48-4.57 (m, 1H) 6.31 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 6.90-7.01 (m, 1H) 7.05-7.08 (m, 1H) 7.25-7.27 (m, 2H) 7.36-7.43 (m, 3H).
  • Example 2-9
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.28 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 2.41-2.65 (m, 9H) 2.84-3.00 (m, 2H) 3.67 (s, 3H) 4.11-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.47-4.55 (m, 1H) 6.29 (br d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H) 7.16-7.39 (m, 6H) 7.50-7.53 (m, 2H).
  • Example 2-10
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 2.43-2.65 (m, 6H) 2.84-3.02 (m, 2H) 3.67 (s, 3H) 4.12-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.46-4.55 (m, 1H) 6.33 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 6.76-6.80 (m, 1H) 7.06-7.12 (m, 2H) 7.26-7.27 (m, 2H) 7.48 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H).
  • Example 2-11
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.27-1.30 (m, 6H) 2.44-2.57 (m, 4H) 2.62-2.74 (m, 4H) 2.84-3.00 (m, 2H) 3.67 (s, 3H) 4.13-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.47-4.55 (m, 1H) 6.30 (br d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H) 7.17-7.26 (m, 3H) 7.33-7.41 (m, 3H) 7.52 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H).
  • Example 2-12
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.30 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.41-2.65 (m, 6H) 2.67-2.92 (m, 1H) 3.00-3.05 (m, 1H) 3.68 (s, 3H) 4.14-4.22 (m, 2H) 4.48-4.56 (m, 1H) 6.33 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.32 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.56-7.62 (m, 3H) 7.89-7.91 (m, 1H) 8.18-8.20 (m, 1H) 8.44 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 2-13
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 2.44-2.65 (m, 6H) 2.86-2.91 (m, 1H) 2.98-3.03 (m, 1H) 3.67 (s, 3H) 4.13-4.22 (m, 2H) 4.47-4.56 (m, 1H) 6.33 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 7.29 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H) 7.53 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H) 7.56-7.60 (m, 2H) 7.75 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H) 7.81 (s, 1H).
  • Example 2-14
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.28 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 2.43-2.65 (m, 6H) 2.84-2.89 (m, 1H) 2.96-3.01 (m, 1H) 3.67 (s, 3H) 3.86 (s, 3H) 4.11-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.47-4.55 (m, 1H) 6.30 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 6.87-6.90 (m, 1H) 7.10-7.11 (m, 1H) 7.15-7.17 (m, 1H) 7.24-7.26 (m, 2H) 7.34 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2H) 7.51-7.53 (m, 2H).
  • Example 2-15
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.43-2.58 (m, 4H) 2.61-2.65 (m, 2H) 2.84-2.91 (m, 1H) 2.98-3.03 (m, 1H) 3.68 (s, 3H) 4.12-4.24 (m, 2H) 4.47-4.55 (m, 1H) 6.34 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 7.30 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.50 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.51-7.63 (m, 2H) 7.78-7.81 (m, 1H) 7.85 (br s, 1H).
  • Example 2-16
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.43-2.57 (m, 4H) 2.61-2.64 (m, 2H) 2.87 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.8 Hz, 1H) 2.99 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.6 Hz, 1H) 3.68 (s, 3H) 4.12-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.46-4.55 (m, 1H) 6.34 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.05 (dt, J=8.3 and 2.0 Hz, 1H) 7.15-7.19 (m, 1H) 7.26-7.28 (m, 3H) 7.35-7.36 (m, 1H) 7.45 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H).
  • Example 2-17
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.43-2.69 (m, 6H) 2.90 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.8 Hz, 1H) 2.99 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.8 Hz, 1H) 3.68 (s, 3H) 4.12-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.49-4.57 (m, 1H) 6.31 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.20-7.26 (m, 4H) 7.32 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H) 7.44-7.47 (m, 1H) 7.53-7.57 (m, 1H) 7.73 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H).
  • Example 2-18
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 2.44-2.65 (m, 6H) 2.91 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.8 Hz, 1H) 3.01 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.6 Hz, 1H) 3.68 (s, 3H) 4.12-4.24 (m, 2H) 4.48-4.57 (m, 1H) 6.34 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.32 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.41-7.56 (m, 2H) 7.62-7.66 (m, 1H) 7.75-7.77 (m, 1H) 7.81-7.84 (m, 2H).
  • Example 2-19
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.28 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 1.35 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H) 2.44-2.53 (m, 4H) 2.44-2.53 (m, 4H) 2.86 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=8.1 Hz, 1H) 2.98 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.1 Hz, 1H) 3.67 (s, 3H) 3.99-4.23 (m, 4H) 4.48-4.56 (m, 1H) 6.27 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 6.94-7.04 (m, 2H) 7.20-7.22 (m, 2H) 7.27-7.33 (m, 2H) 7.41-7.52 (m, 2H).
  • Example 2-20
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.28 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 1.43 (s, 9H) 2.36-2.56 (m, 6H) 2.84-3.01 (m, 4H) 4.11-4.22 (m, 2H) 4.47-4.56 (m, 1H) 6.30-6.35 (m, 1H) 7.25-7.27 (m, 2H) 7.51-7.54 (m, 2H).
  • Example 2-21 Synthesis of (R)-4-(4-ethoxy-1-(5′-fluoro-2′-methoxybiphenyl-4-yl)-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00133
  • To a solution of (R)-tert-butyl 4-(1-(4-bromophenyl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoate, intermediate 9, (100 mg, 0.23 mmol) and 5-fluoro-2-methoxyphenylboronic acid (57.6 mg, 0.34 mmol) in toluene (1 mL) and EtOH (0.1 mL) is added Pd(PPh3)4 (26.1 mg, 0.023 mmol) and Na2CO3 (47.9 mg, 0.45 mmol). After stirring at 95° C. under nitrogen for 18 hours, the solution is cooled to ambient temperature and then quenched with aqueous 1 M HCl. The crude is diluted with ethyl acetate, the organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 30:70) to give (R)-tert-butyl 4-(4-ethoxy-1-(5′-fluoro-2′-methoxybiphenyl-4-yl)-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoate (65 mg). HPLC retention time=1.44 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=488.3; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.32 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 1.48 (s, 9H) 2.41-2.48 (m, 2H) 2.51-2.63 (m, 4H) 2.90 (dd, J=13.6, 6 Hz, 1H) 3.02 (dd, J=13.6, 6 Hz, 1H) 3.81 (s, 3H) 4.14-4.29 (m, 2H) 4.49-4.63 (m, 1H) 6.44 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 6.89-6.97 (m, 1H) 6.98-7.05 (m, 1H) 7.05-7.11 (m, 1H) 7.27 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.49 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H).
  • A solution of (R)-tert-butyl 4-(4-ethoxy-1-(5′-fluoro-2′-methoxybiphenyl-4-yl)-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoate, (65 mg, 0.13 mmol) in 4M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (671 μL, 2.68 mmol) is stirred at room temperature. After stirring for 1 hour, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by RP-HPLC (SunFire C18, H2O (0.1% TFA)/CH3CN), and then lyophilized to give (R)-4-(4-ethoxy-1-(5′-fluoro-2′-methoxybiphenyl-4-yl)-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (23 mg). HPLC retention time=1.66 minutes (condition D); MS (m+1)=432.3; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.17 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.21-2.32 (m, 2H) 2.32-2.40 (m, 2H) 2.40-2.48 (m, 2H) 2.77 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H) 3.74 (s, 3H) 4.03 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.19-4.33 (m, 1H) 7.04-7.20 (m, 3H) 7.23 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.43 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.93 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H)
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 2-21:
  • LCMS-RT MS
    Example Product Reagent (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 2-22
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00134
      (R)-4-(1-(5′-chloro-2′-methoxybiphenyl-4-yl)- 4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid
    Pd(PPh3)4, 5-chloro-2- methoxyphenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-tert-butyl 4-(1-(4- bromophenyl)-4- ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2- ylamino)-4- oxobutanoate. 1.63 min. (D) 448.2
    Example 2-23
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00135
      (R)-4-(4-ethoxy-1-(5′-fluoro-2′-hydroxybiphenyl-4- yl)-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid
    Pd(PPh3)4, 5-fluoro-2- hydroxyphenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-tert-butyl 4-(1-(4- bromophenyl)-4- ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2- ylamino)-4- oxobutanoate. 1.29 min (A) 418.3
    Example 2-24
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00136
      (R)-4-(4-ethoxy-1-(2′-hydroxybiphenyl-4- yl)-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid
    Pd(PPh3)4, 2- hydroxyphenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, (R)-tert-butyl 4-(1-(4- bromophenyl)-4- ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2- ylamino)-4- oxobutanoate. 1.65 min (D) 400.3
  • Example 2-22
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.23 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.36-2.58 (m, 6H) 2.85 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 3.76 (s, 3H) 4.10 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.40-4.57 (m, 1H) 7.01 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.17-7.30 (m, 4H) 7.39 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H)
  • Example 2-23
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.16 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H) 2.23-2.30 (m, 2H) 2.34-2.40 (m, 2H) 2.40-2.45 (m, 2H) 2.75 (dd, J=6.6, 3.3 Hz, 2H) 4.02 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H) 4.19-4.30 (m, 1H) 6.87-6.94 (m, 1H) 6.93-7.02 (m, 1H) 7.07 (dd, J=9.7, 3.2 Hz, 1H) 7.22 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.49 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.94 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H) 9.52 (s, 1H)
  • Example 2-24
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.16 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.22-2.32 (m, 2H) 2.34-2.41 (m, 2H) 2.43 (dd, J=6.8, 3.3 Hz, 2H) 2.68-2.82 (m, 2H) 4.02 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.17-4.35 (m, 1H) 6.80-6.89 (m, 1H) 6.93 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H) 7.09-7.17 (m, 1H) 7.17-7.29 (m, 3H) 7.46 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.93 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H) 9.46 (br. s., 1H)
  • Example 3-1 Synthesis of (R)-6-(1-(biphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamoyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00137
  • To (R)-ethyl-4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate (300 mg, 0.782 mmol) is added a solution of 4M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (3.92 mL, 15.65 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring for 1 hour, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give (R)-3-amino-4-biphenyl-4-yl-butyric acid ethyl ester hydrochloride.
  • Next, to a suspension of pyrimidine-4,6-dicarboxylic acid (325 mg, 1.935 mmol), (R)-3-amino-4-biphenyl-4-yl-butyric acid ethyl ester hydrochloride (250 mg, 0.774 mmol), WSC hydrochloride (148 mg, 0.774 mmol) and HOAt (105 mg, 0.774 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) and H2O (1 mL) is added DIPEA (0.135 mL, 0.774 mmol). After stirring for 14 hours, the reaction is quenched with H2O, and the products are extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • The obtained residue is purified by RP-HPLC (SunFire C18, H2O (0.1% TFA)/CH3CN), and then lyophilized to give (R)-6-(1-(biphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamoyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid (84.8 mg). HPLC retention time=1.32 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=434.1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.12 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H) 2.65 (A of ABX, Jab=15.4 Hz, Jax=5.8 Hz, 1H) 2.73 (B of ABX, Jab=15.4 Hz, Jbx=7.9 Hz) 2.91 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=6.1 Hz, 1H) 3.01 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=8.2 Hz, 1H) 4.01 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H) 4.59-4.68 (m, 1H) 7.29-7.35 (m, 3H) 7.41-7.45 (m, 2H) 7.55-7.63 (m, 4H) 8.32 (d, J=1.35 Hz, 1H) 9.19 (d. J=9.1 Hz, 1H) 9.50 (d, J=1.35 Hz, 1H) 14.11 (br s, 1H).
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 3-1:
  • HPLC-RT MS
    Example # Product Reagent (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 3-2
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00138
      (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-[(2-hydroxy-pyrimidine-5- carbonyl)-amino]-butyric acid ethyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00139
    1.56 min. (A) 406.2
    Example 3-3
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00140
      (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-[(pyrimidine-4-carbonyl)- amino]-butyric acid ethyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00141
    1.73 min. (A) 390
    Example 3-4
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00142
      (R)-ethyl 4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(5-chloro-6- hydroxynicotinamido)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00143
      PyBOP instead of WSC•HCl and HOAt
    1.69 min. (D) 439.0
    Example 3-5
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00144
      (R)-ethyl 4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(6- hydroxynicotinamido)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00145
      PyBOP instead of WSC•HCl, HOAt
    1.55 min. (B) 405.2
    Example 3-6
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00146
      (R)-ethyl 4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H- pyran-2-carboxamido)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00147
    1.65 min. (A) 422.2
    Example 3-7
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00148
      (R)-ethyl 3-(2-aminopyrimidine-5-carboxamido)-4- (biphenyl-4-yl)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00149
      PyBOP instead of WSC•HCl and HOAt
    1.58 min. (A) 405.8
    Example 3-8
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00150
      (R)-ethyl 3-(6-aminonicotinamido)-4-(biphenyl-4- yl)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00151
      PyBOP instead of WSC•HCl and HOAt
    1.65 min. (A) 404.3
  • Example 3-2
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.14 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.57 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 2.83-2.92 (m, 2H) 4.03 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.43-4.52 (m, 1H) 7.29-7.36 (m, 3H) 7.42-7.46 (m, 2H) 7.58-7.65 (m, 4H) 8.30 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H) 8.64 (br s, 1H).
  • Example 3-4
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.13 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.55 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H) 2.82-2.92 (m, 2H) 4.00 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.43-4.52 (m, 1H) 7.29-7.35 (m, 3H) 7.42-7.46 (m, 2H) 7.58-7.65 (m, 4H) 7.93-7.96 (m, 1H) 8.10 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H) 8.25 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H) 12.53 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 3-5
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.13 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.55 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H) 2.81-2.92 (m, 2H) 4.02 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.43-4.52 (m, 1H) 7.29-7.36 (m, 3H) 7.42-7.46 (m, 2H) 7.57-7.65 (m, 4H) 7.78-7.81 (m, 1H) 7.92 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H) 8.16 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H) 11.92 (s, 1H).
  • Example 3-6
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.13 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H) 2.55-2.67 (m, 2H) 2.83-2.94 (m, 2H) 4.02 (q, J=7 Hz, 2H) 4.46-4.55 (m, 1H) 6.82 (s, 1H) 7.28-7.35 (m, 3H) 7.42-7.46 (m, 2H) 7.59 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.63 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H) 8.13 (s, 1H) 8.89 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 9.56 (s, 1H).
  • Example 3-7
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.13 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H) 2.56-2.58 (m, 2H) 2.83-2.94 (m, 2H) 4.02 (q, J=7 Hz, 2H) 4.46-4.55 (m, 1H) 7.19 (s, 2H) 7.30-7.35 (m, 3H) 7.42-7.46 (m, 2H) 7.58-7.65 (m, 4H) 8.22 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H) 8.60 (s, 1H).
  • Example 3-9 Synthesis of (R)-benzyl 3-(4-butoxy-4-oxobutanamido)-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00152
  • A mixture of (R)-benzyl 3-amino-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride (150 mg, 0.360 mmol), 4-butoxy-4-oxobutanoic acid (107 mg, 0.540 mmol, 88% purity), EDCI (104 mg, 0.540 mmol), DIPEA (0.094 ml, 0.540 mmol) and HOAt (73.6 mg, 0.540 mmol) in DMF (2 ml) is allowed to stir at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture is diluted with water, and then the precipitated solid is collected on a funnel, washed with H2O, and dried under reduced pressure to give crude. The obtained residue is purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 0:100) to give (R)-benzyl 3-(4-butoxy-4-oxobutanamido)-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate (178.9 mg); HPLC retention time=1.47 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=536.42; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.90-0.94 (m, 3H) 1.31-1.40 (m, 2H) 1.56-1.63 (m, 2H) 2.39-2.42 (m, 2H) 2.48-2.62 (m, 4H) 2.84 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=8.1 Hz, 1H) 2.97 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.6 Hz, 1H) 4.07 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H) 4.48-4.56 (m, 1H) 5.12 (A of AB, J=12.1 Hz, 1H) 5.18 (B of AB, J=12.1 Hz, 1H) 6.27 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H) 7.20 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H) 7.29-7.39 (m, 7H) 7.42-7.47 (m, 3H) 7.54-7.55 (m, 1H).
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 3-8:
  • HPLC-RT MS
    Example # Product Starting Material Condition (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 3-10
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00153
      (R)-methyl 6-(1-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2- ylamino)-6-oxohexanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00154
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00155
      EDCl, HOAt, DIPEA, DMF, RT
    1.40 min. (B) 460.5
    Example 3-11
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00156
      (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(3(pyridin-3- yl)propanamido)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00157
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00158
      EDCl, HOAt, DMF, RT
    1.56 min. (A) 451.3
    Example 3-12
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00159
      (1S,4s)-methyl 4-((R)-1-(biphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan- 2-ylcarbamoyl)cyclohexanecarboxylate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00160
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00161
      EDCl, HOAt, DIPEA, DMF, RT
    1.42 min. (B) 452.2
    Example 3-13
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00162
      (1R,4r)-methyl 4-((R)-1-(biphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan- 2-ylcarbamoyl)cyclohexanecarboxylate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00163
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00164
      EDCl, HOAt, DIPEA, DMF, RT
    1.42 min. (B) 452.3
    Example 3-14
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00165
      (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(3-(pyridin-2- yl)propanamido)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00166
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00167
      EDCl, HOAt, DIPEA, DMF, RT
    1.61 min. (A) 451.3
    Example 3-16
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00168
      (R)-benzyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(4-ethoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00169
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00170
      EDCl, HOAt, DIPEA, DMF, RT
    1.56 min. (B) 508.3
    Example 3-17
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00171
      (R)-ethyl 5-(4-(benzyloxy)-1-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)- 5-oxopentanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00172
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00173
      EDCl, HOAt, DIPEA, DMF, RT
    1.57 min. (B) 522.4
    Example 3-18
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00174
      (R)-tert-butyl 2-(3-(1-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4- oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-oxopropyl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-1- carboxylate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00175
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00176
      EDCl, HOAt, DIPEA, THF, RT
    0.80 min. (B) 590.3
    Example 3-19
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00177
      tert-butyl 4-(1-(3′-chloro-3-fluorobiphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4- oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00178
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00179
      EDCl, HOAt, DMF, RT
    1.46 min. (B) 492.5
  • Example 3-10
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 1.58-1.64 (m, 4H) 2.14-2.18 (m, 2H) 2.28-2.32 (m, 2H) 2.49 (A of ABX, Jab=16.2 Hz, Jax=5.3 Hz, 1H) 2.53 (B of ABX, Jab=16.2 Hz, Jbx=5.3 Hz, 1H) 2.87 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=8.1 Hz, 1H) 2.99 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.8 Hz, 1H) 3.65 (s, 3H) 4.11-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.48-4.56 (m, 1H) 6.18 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 7.26-7.37 (m, 4H) 7.43-7.52 (m, 3H) 7.56 (br t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 3-11
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.27 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.40-2.51 (m, 4H) 2.77-2.83 (m, 1H) 2.91-2.97 (m, 3H) 4.08-4.20 (m, 2H) 4.46-4.54 (m, 1H) 6.22-6.24 (m, 1H) 7.18-7.23 (m, 3H) 7.29-7.37 (m, 2H) 7.43-7.49 (m, 3H) 7.55-7.57 (m, 2H) 8.44 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H) 8.48 (s, 1H).
  • Example 3-12
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 1.53-2.20 (m, 9H) 2.46-2.57 (m, 3H) 2.86 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.8 Hz, 1H) 2.98 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.6 Hz, 1H) 3.65 (s, 3H) 4.11-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.47-4.55 (m, 1H) 6.23 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.24-7.26 (m, 2H) 7.31-7.35 (m, 1H) 7.41-7.45 (m, 2H) 7.51-7.59 (m, 4H).
  • Example 3-13
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 1.36-1.51 (m, 4H) 1.84-1.94 (m, 2H) 1.98-2.06 (m, 3H) 2.24-2.32 (m, 1H) 2.50 (A of ABX, Jab=16.2 Hz, Jax=5.3 Hz, 1H) 2.53 (B of ABX, Jab=16.2 Hz, Jbx=5.1 Hz, 1H) 2.86 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.8 Hz, 1H) 2.98 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.6 Hz, 1H) 3.66 (s, 3H) 4.11-4.23 (m, 2H) 4.46-4.55 (m, 1H) 6.19 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 7.24-7.26 (m, 2H) 7.31-7.36 (m, 1H) 7.41-7.45 (m, 2H) 7.51-7.58 (m, 4H).
  • Example 3-14
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.26 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 2.41-2.51 (m, 4H) 2.62-2.66 (m, 2H) 2.84 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.6 Hz, 1H) 2.92 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.6 Hz, 1H) 3.06-3.10 (m, 2H) 4.08-4.19 (m, 2H) 4.46-4.55 (m, 1H) 6.78 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H) 7.10-7.12 (m, 1H) 7.16 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.20-7.22 (m, 2H) 7.29-7.31 (m, 1H) 7.35 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H) 7.42-7.47 (m, 3H) 7.54-7.59 (m, 2H) 8.48 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 3-16
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.24 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.38-2.42 (m, 2H) 2.49-2.61 (m, 4H) 2.82-3.00 (m, 2H) 4.12 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.47-4.56 (m, 1H) 5.12 (A of AB, J=12.3 Hz, 1H) 5.18 (B of AB, J=12.3 Hz, 1H) 6.26 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.20 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.29-7.46 (m, 10H) 7.54-7.54 (m, 1H).
  • Example 3-17
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.23 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 1.86-1.92 (m, 2H) 2.14-2.18 (m, 2H) 2.24-2.28 (m, 2H) 2.50-2.63 (m, 2H) 2.82-2.99 (m, 2H) 4.11 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H) 4.53-4.54 (m, 1H) 5.12 (A of AB, J=12.1 Hz, 1H) 5.18 (B of AB, J=12.1 Hz, 1H) 6.12-6.14 (m, 1H) 7.19-7.54 (m, 13H).
  • Example 3-18
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.26 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 1.67 (s, 9H) 2.46-2.57 (m, 2H) 2.74-2.96 (m, 4H) 3.41-3.45 (m, 2H) 4.09-4.17 (m, 2H) 4.50-4.59 (m, 1H) 6.95 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.18 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.27-7.42 (m, 7H) 7.51 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H) 7.61-7.65 (m, 1H) 7.86-7.93 (m, 1H).
  • Example 3-19
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.28 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 1.43 (s, 9H) 2.37-2.40 (m, 2H) 2.50-2.59 (m, 4H) 2.98 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H) 4.13-4.21 (m, 2H) 4.48-4.56 (m, 1H) 6.35 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 7.22-7.44 (m, 6H) 7.54-7.54 (m, 1H).
  • Example 3-20 Synthesis of (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-aminobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(4-methoxy-4-oxobutanamido)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00180
  • A suspension of (R)-ethyl 3-(4-methoxy-4-oxobutanamido)-4-(3′-nitrobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate (123 mg, 0.278 mmol) and Pd/C (59.2 mg, 0.028 mmol) in EtOH (2 ml) is allowed to stir under hydrogen at room temperature for 5.5 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered, and the solution is concentrated to give (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-aminobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(4-methoxy-4-oxobutanamido)butanoate (105 mg); HPLC retention time=0.84 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=413.1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.28 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 2.41-2.65 (m, 6H) 2.85-3.00 (m, 2H) 3.67 (s, 3H) 4.11-4.22 (m, 2H) 4.46-4.54 (m, 1H) 6.31 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 6.71-6.74 (m, 1H) 6.95-7.02 (m, 2H) 7.21-7.25 (m, 3H) 7.48-7.50 (m, 2H).
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 3-20:
  • Example HPLC-RT MS
    # Product Condition (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 3-22
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00181
      (R)-benzyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(4-(2,3-dihydro- 1H-inden-5-yloxy)-4-oxobutanamido)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00182
      Example BB-13, PyBOP, indanol, DCM, RT
    1.73 min. (B) 596.5
  • Example 3-22
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.03-2.11 (m, 2H) 2.48-2.62 (m, 4H) 2.81-2.90 (m, 7H) 2.95-3.00 (m, 1H) 4.49-4.58 (m, 1H) 5.07-5.18 (m, 2H) 6.23 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 6.79-6.82 (m, 1H) 6.92 (s, 1H) 7.15-7.20 (m, 3H) 7.29-7.45 (m, 10H) 7.52-7.53 (m, 1H)
  • Example 3-23 Synthesis of (S)-benzyl 1-(2-((R)-1-(biphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-2-oxoethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate trifluoroacetic acid salt
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00183
  • To a solution of (S)-benzyl 1-(2-tert-butoxy-2-oxoethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate (200 mg, 0.626 mmol) and triethylsilane (0.250 ml, 1.565 mmol) in DCM (3 ml), TFA (0.965 ml, 12.52 mmol) is added at room temperature. After stirring for 24 hours, the reaction is concentrated to give crude.
  • To a suspension of the crude, (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4-(biphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride (266 mg, 0.832 mmol), WSC.HCl (0.180 g, 0.939 mmol) and HOAt (128 mg, 0.939 mmol) in DMF (4 ml), DIPEA (0.328 ml, 1.878 mmol) is added. After stirring for 4 hours, the reaction is diluted with H2O and EtOAc. The products are extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude is subjected twice to column chromatography (heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 0:100). Then, the obtained product is purified by preparative HPLC using a gradient of 20% MeCN/water (0.1% TFA) to 100% MeCN to give (S)-benzyl 1-(2-((R)-1-(biphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-2-oxoethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate trifluoroacetic acid salt (28.5 mg) as a pale yellow solid; HPLC retention time=1.84 minutes (condition D); MS (m+1)=529.3; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.25-1.28 (m, 3H) 1.74-1.85 (m, 2H) 1.91-1.98 (m, 1H) 2.09-2.19 (m, 1H) 2.35-2.41 (m, 1H) 2.46 (A of ABX, Jab=15.7 Hz, Jax=6.6 Hz, 1H) 2.59 (B of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jbx=5.7 Hz, 1H) 2.78-2.83 (m, 1H) 2.86 (A of ABX, Jab=13.8 Hz, Jax=8.1 Hz, 1H) 2.99 (B of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jbx=6.4 Hz, 1H) 3.08 (A of AB, J=16.5 Hz, 1H) 3.35 (B of AB, J=16.5 Hz, 1H) 3.41 (dd, J=9.1 and 5.1 Hz, 1H) 4.11-4.20 (m, 2H) 4.46-4.55 (m, 1H) 5.10 (A of AB, J=12.4 Hz, 1H) 5.13 (B of AB, J=12.4 Hz, 1H) 7.26-7.27 (m, 2H) 7.31-7.38 (m, 6H) 7.40-7.44 (m, 2H) 7.49-7.56 (m, 4H) 7.74 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 3-24 Synthesis of (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-acetamidobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(4-methoxy-4-oxobutanamido)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00184
  • A solution of (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-aminobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(4-methoxy-4-oxobutanamido)butanoate (70.5 mg, 0.171 mmol), Et3N (0.027 ml, 0.205 mmol) and Ac2O (0.019 ml, 0.205 mmol) in DCM (1.7 ml) is allowed to stir at room temperature for 65 hours. The reaction mixture is diluted with water. The products are extracted with DCM in a phase separator and concentrated to give crude (98 mg). The crude is purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (eluent: DCM/MeOH=10:1) to give (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-acetamidobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(4-methoxy-4-oxobutanamido)butanoate (71.5 mg); HPLC retention time=1.45 minutes (condition D); MS (m+1)=455.4; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3CN, mixture of rotamers, data for major rotamer) δ ppm 1.21 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.07 (s, 3H) 2.31-2.34 (m, 2H) 2.40-2.51 (m, 4H) 2.82-2.84 (m, 2H) 3.58 (s, 3H) 4.07 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.34-4.43 (m, 1H) 6.46 (br d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H) 7.28-7.39 (m, 4H) 7.52-7.54 (m, 3H) 7.80 (s, 1H) 8.37 (br s, 1H).
  • Example 3-25 Synthesis of (R)-3-(4-butoxy-4-oxobutanamido)-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00185
  • A suspension of (R)-benzyl 3-(4-butoxy-4-oxobutanamido)-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate (178.9 mg, 0.334 mmol) and Pd/C (71.0 mg, 0.033 mmol) in EtOAc (3 ml) is allowed to stir under hydrogen at room temperature for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered, and concentrated to give crude. The resulting residue is purified by preparative HPLC using a gradient of 20% MeCN/water (0.1% TFA) to 100% MeCN to give (R)-3-(4-butoxy-4-oxobutanamido)-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoic acid (90.7 mg) as a white solid; HPLC retention time=1.27 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=446.24; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.91 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H) 1.31-1.40 (m, 2H) 1.55-1.62 (m, 2H) 2.43-2.47 (m, 2H) 2.52-2.69 (m, 4H) 2.93 (A of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jax=7.7 Hz, 1H) 3.00 (B of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jbx=6.8 Hz, 1H) 4.07 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H) 4.49-4.57 (m, 1H) 6.31 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.26-7.37 (m, 4H) 7.43-7.46 (m, 1H) 7.49-7.52 (m, 2H) 7.55 (br t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H).
  • Chiral HPLC retention time=4.33 min. Column: Daicel CHIRALPAK IA (4.6×100 mm); flow rate=1 ml/min.; eluent: EtOH (containing 0.1% TFA)/heptane=10/90 to 70/30 in 10 min. (linear gradient).
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 3-24:
  • HPLC-RT MS
    Example # Product Condition (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 3- 26
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00186
      (R)-4-(3′- chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3- (5-ethoxy-5- oxopentanamido)butanoic acid
    Pd/C, H2, EtOAc, RT 1.08 min. (B) 432.4
    Example 3- 27
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00187
      (R)-4-(3′- chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3- (4-(2,3-dihydro-1H- inden-5-yloxy)-4- oxobutanamido)butanoic acid
    Pd/C, H2, EtOAc, acetone, RT 1.36 min. (B) 506.4
    Example 3- 28
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00188
      (R)-4-(3′- chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3- (4-ethoxy-4- oxobutanamido)butanoic acid
    Pd/C, H2, EtOAc, RT 1.00 min. (B) 418.4
  • Example 3-26
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.23 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 1.86-1.93 (m, 2H) 2.57 (A of ABX, Jab=16.3 Hz, Jax=5.7 Hz, 1H) 2.64 (B of ABX, Jab=16.3 Hz, Jbx=5.2 Hz, 1H) 2.94 (A of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jax=7.6 Hz, 1H) 2.99 (B of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jbx=7.2 Hz, 1H) 4.10 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.51-4.60 (m, 1H) 6.17 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.26-7.37 (m, 4H) 7.43-7.45 (m, 1H) 7.49-7.52 (m, 2H) 7.55 (br t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 3-27
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.07 (quint, J=7.4 Hz, 2H) 2.51-2.63 (m, 4H) 2.82-3.02 (m, 8H) 4.50-4.59 (m, 1H) 6.28 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 6.78-6.81 (m, 1H) 6.91 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H) 7.26-7.36 (m, 6H) 7.41-7.44 (m, 1H) 7.47-7.50 (m, 2H) 7.53-7.54 (m, 1H).
  • Example 3-28
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.24 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 2.44-2.69 (m, 6H) 2.93 (A of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jax=7.8 Hz, 1H) 3.00 (B of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jbx=6.7 Hz, 1H) 4.12 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H) 4.49-4.57 (m, 1H) 6.35 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.26-7.37 (m, 4H) 7.43-7.46 (m, 1H) 7.49-7.52 (m, 2H) 7.55 (br t, J=1.6 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 3-29 Synthesis of (R)-3-(4-(benzyloxy)-4-oxobutanamido)-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00189
  • A solution of succinic acid mono-benzyl ester (71.1 mg, 0.342 mmol), EDCI (65.5 mg, 0.342 mmol) and HOAt (46.5 mg, 0.342 mmol) in DMF (1 ml), which is allowed to stir at room temperature for 1 hour, is added to a solution of (R)-3-amino-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoic acid (66 mg, 0.228 mmol) and DIPEA (0.080 ml, 0.456 mmol) in a mixed solvent DMF (2 ml) and water (2 ml). The reaction mixture is allowed to stir for 3 hours, and then diluted with H2O. The products are extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give crude. The resulting residue is purified by preparative HPLC using a gradient of 20% MeCN/water (0.1% TFA) to 100% MeCN to give (R)-3-(4-(benzyloxy)-4-oxobutanamido)-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoic acid (42.4 mg) as a white solid; HPLC retention time=1.22 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=480.35; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.44-2.75 (m, 6H) 2.86-2.99 (m, 2H) 4.48-4.56 (m, 1H) 5.11 (s, 2H) 6.29 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 6.97-7.07 (m, 10H) 7.25-7.36 (m, 2H) 7.42-7.50 (m, 2H) 7.54 (br t, J=1.6 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 3-30 Synthesis of 4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(1-(carboxymethyl)cyclopentanecarboxamido)butanoic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00190
  • To tert-butyl 4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate (110 mg, 0.267 mmol), a solution of 4 M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (0.668 ml, 2.67 mmol) is added. After stirring for 1 h, the reaction mixture is concentrated to give crude 3-amino-4-biphenyl-4-yl-butyric acid tert-butyl ester hydrochloride.
  • Next, to a solution of EDCI (51.2 mg, 0.267 mmol), 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (36.4 mg, 0.267 mmol) and 6:1 mixture of 1-(2-(benzyloxy)-2-oxoethyl)cyclopentanecarboxylic acid and 2-(1-(benzyloxycarbonyl)cyclopentyl)acetic acid (65.6 mg, 0.214 mmol) in DMF (1 ml), which is stirred for 1.5 hours in advance, the crude 3-amino-4-biphenyl-4-yl-butyric acid tert-butyl ester hydrochloride and DIPEA (0.093 ml, 0.535 mmol) are added. After stirring for 2.5 hours, the reaction mixture is diluted with H2O, and the products are extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The obtained residue is purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 0:100) to give crude tert-butyl 3-(1-(2-(benzyloxy)-2-oxoethyl)cyclopentanecarboxamido)-4-(biphenyl-4-yl)butanoate (38 mg).
  • Next, to the solution of the crude tert-butyl 3-(1-(2-(benzyloxy)-2-oxoethyl)cyclopentanecarboxamido)-4-(biphenyl-4-yl)butanoate (38 mg) in DCM (0.7 ml), TFA (0.263 ml, 3.42 mmol) is added. After stirring for 1 hour, the reaction mixture is concentrated to give crude 3-(1-(2-(benzyloxy)-2-oxoethyl)cyclopentanecarboxamido)-4-(biphenyl-4-yl)butanoic acid (39 mg).
  • Next, A suspension of the crude (39 mg) and Pd/C (16.6 mg, 7.8 μmol) in EtOH (1 ml) is allowed to stir under hydrogen at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered, and concentrated to give crude. The resulting residue is purified by preparative HPLC using a gradient of 20% MeCN/water (0.1% TFA) to 100% MeCN to give 4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(1-(carboxymethyl)cyclopentanecarboxamido)butanoic acid (12.7 mg); HPLC retention time=1.16 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=410.1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.39-1.53 (m, 6H) 1.83-1.98 (m, 2H) 2.34-2.45 (m, 2H) 2.53 (s, 2H) 2.73-2.86 (m, 2H) 4.21-4.33 (m, 1H) 7.27 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.32-7.37 (m, 2H) 7.43-7.46 (m, 2H) 7.55-7.58 (m, 2H) 7.62-7.64 (m, 2H) 7.84 (br d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 3-31 Synthesis of (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-oxo-2,3-dihydrooxazole-5-carboxamido)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00191
  • To a solution of (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-methoxyoxazole-5-carboxamido)butanoate, intermediate 14, (103 mg, 0.23 mmol) in dioxane (3 mL) is added 4 N solution of HCl in dioxane (0.29 mL, 1.16 mmol). The crude was stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. The crude is concentrated and is diluted in water and EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. 50% of the crude is purified via RP-HPLC (SunFire C18, H2O (0.1% TFA)/CH3CN) to give (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-oxo-2,3-dihydrooxazole-5-carboxamido)butanoate (38 mg) as a white solid. HPLC retention time=1.66 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=429.4; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.51-2.69 (m, 2H) 2.95 (dd, 1H) 3.05 (dd, 1H) 4.19 (q, 2H) 4.58-4.75 (m, 1H) 6.83 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 7.26-7.33 (m, 4H) 7.35 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H) 7.45 (dt, J=7.6, 1.5 Hz, 1H) 7.51 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.56 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H) 8.45 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 3-32 Synthesis of (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-oxo-2,3-dihydrothiazole-5-carboxamido)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00192
  • To a solution of (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-methoxythiazole-5-carboxamido)butanoate, intermediate 13, (170 mg, 0.37 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL) is added a solution of 4 M HCl in dioxane (0.5 mL, 2.00 mmol). The crude is stirred at room temperature for 3 hrs. The crude is concentrated. Part of the crude is purified via RP-HPLC (SunFire C18, H2O (0.1% TFA)/CH3CN) to give (95 mg) of (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-oxo-2,3-dihydrothiazole-5-carboxamido)butanoate as a white solid. HPLC retention time=1.82 minutes (condition D); MS (m+1)=445.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.46-2.70 (m, 2H) 2.78-2.97 (m, 1H) 3.07 (dd, J=13.0, 6.2 Hz, 1H) 4.11-4.28 (m, 2H) 4.51-4.69 (m, 1H) 6.64 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.42 (m, 5H) 7.44 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 1H) 7.48-7.62 (m, 3H), 9.54 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 3-33 Synthesis of (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-carboxamido)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00193
  • To a solution of (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-hydrazinyl-2-oxoacetamido)butanoate, intermediate 12, (289 mg, 0.72 mmol) in THF (8.5 mL) is added CDI (139 mg, 0.86 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring for 18 hour at room temperature, the reaction is quenched with H2O and 1M HCl, and the crude is diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by RP-HPLC (SunFire C18, H2O (0.1% TFA)/CH3CN) and then lyophilized to give (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-carboxamido)butanoate (100 mg). HPLC retention time=1.67 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=430.2; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.14 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.52-2.70 (m, 2H) 2.84 (dd, J=13.7, 8.4 Hz, 1H) 2.90 (dd, J=13.7, 8.4 Hz, 1H) 4.02 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.42-4.58 (m, 1H) 7.30 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.37-7.43 (m, 1H) 7.47 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.57-7.66 (m, 3H) 7.70 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H) 8.98 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 12.94 (s, 1H).
  • Example 3-34 Synthesis of (R)-3-(3-Carboxymethyl-ureido)-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00194
  • To a solution of t-butyl 2-aminoacetate (19.08 mg, 0.145 mmol) and DIEA (18.8 mg, 0.145 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) is added Intermediate 45 (50 mg, 0.145 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure to give (R)-3-(3-tert-butoxycarbonylmethyl-ureido)-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid ethyl ester.
  • Next, to a solution of the above diester (70 mg, 0.147 mmol) in methylene chloride (2 mL) is added TFA (4 mL) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The solvents are removed under reduced pressure and the residue is purified by preparative HPLC using a gradient of 35% MeCN/water to 100% MeCN (+0.1% TFA). Lyophilization of the proper fractions gives the title compound; HPLC Retention time 1.42 minutes (condition C); MS 419.1 (M+1); 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ ppm 1.17 (t, J=7.07 Hz, 3H), 2.41 (d, J=7.07 Hz, 2H), 2.77-2.79 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.68 (m, 2H), 4.04 (q, J=7.07 Hz, 2H), 4.08-4.15 (m, 1H), 6.13 (t, J=5.81 Hz, 1H), 6.24 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.48 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.64 (m, 3H), 7.71 (t, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 12.42 (s, 1H).
  • Example 4-1 Synthesis of (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-(2-1H-tetrazol-5-yl-acetylamino)-butyric acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00195
  • To a solution of (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-butyric acid ethyl ester (100 mg, 0.261 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) at room temperature is added TFA (1 mL, 12.98 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hour. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give (R)-3-amino-4-biphenyl-4-yl-butyric acid ethyl ester trifluoroacetic salt. HPLC retention time=1.50 minutes (condition C); MS (m+1)=384.
  • Next, to a suspension of (R)-3-amino-4-biphenyl-4-yl-butyric acid ethyl ester trifluoroacetic salt (0.074 g, 0.261 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at room temperature is added 1H-tetrazole-5-acetic acid (0.050 g, 0.392 mmol). To the mixture at ice bath temperature is added bis(2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl)phosphinic chloride (0.100 g, 0.392 mmol) and quickly followed by DIPEA (0.137 ml, 0.783 mmol). The reaction mixture is slowly warmed up to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction is extracted with DCM. The combined organic layer is washed with saturated NaHCO3, saturated NH4Cl, brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-(2-1H-tetrazol-5-yl-acetylamino)-butyric acid ethyl ester. HPLC retention time=1.04 minutes (condition E); MS (m+1)=394.
  • Example 4-2 Synthesis of (R)-ethyl 4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(6-(methylsulfonamido)nicotinamido)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00196
  • To a solution of (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride (103 mg, 0.32 mmol) and 6-(methylsulfonamido)nicotinic acid, intermediate 15, (84 mg, 0.39 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) and DMF (2 mL) is added TEA (0.18 mL, 1.29 mmol) and HATU (159 mg, 0.42 mmol) at room temperature. The crude is stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. The crude is quenched with saturated NaHCO3, diluted in EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with six times with water, brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude is purified via RP-HPLC (SunFire C18, H2O (0.1% TFA)/CH3CN) to give (R)-ethyl 4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(6-(methylsulfonamido)nicotinamido)butanoate as a white solid (4.1 mg). HPLC retention time=1.61 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=482.3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.22 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.56 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 2.84-2.92 (m, 1H), 3.05 (dd, J=13.6, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 4.08-4.18 (m, 2H), 4.57-4.71 (m, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.26-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.54 (m, 5H), 7.98 (dd, J=8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H).
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 4-2:
  • LCMS-RT MS
    Example # Product Reagent (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 4-3
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00197
      (R)-ethyl 4-(3′- chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(4- (methylsulfonamido) benzamido)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00198
      EDCl and HOAt used instead of HATU
    1.68 min (A) 515.2
    Example 4-4
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00199
      (R)-ethyl 4-(3′- chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2- ethylthiazole-5- carboxamido)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00200
      intermediate 26
    1.63 min (A) 457.2
    Example 4-5
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00201
      (R)-ethyl 3-(4-amino-4- oxobutanamido)-4-(3′- chlorobiphenyl-4- yl)butanoalte
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00202
      EDCl and HOAt used instead of HATU
    1.49 min (A) 417.3
    Example 4-6
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00203
      (R)-ethyl 4-(3′- chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2- ethyloxazole-5- carboxamido)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00204
      intermediate 23
    1.60 min (A) 441.3
    Example 4-7
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00205
      (R)-ethyl 4-(3′- chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(3- hydroxy-1H-pyrazole-5- carboxamido)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00206
    1.82 min (A) 428.2
    Example 4-8
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00207
      (R)-ethyl 4-(3′- chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(5- oxo-4,5-dihydro-1H- 1,2,4-triazole-3- carboxamido)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00208
      EDCl and HOAt used instead of HATU
    1.86 min (D) 429.2
    Example 4-9
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00209
      (R)-ethyl 4-(3′- chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(6- hydroxypyridazine-3- carboxamido)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00210
      EDCl and HOAt used instead of HATU
    1.82 min (D) 440.2
    Example 4-10
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00211
      (R)-ethyl 4-(3′- chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(3- hydroxyisothiazole-5- carboxamido)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00212
      intermediate 20 EDCl and HOAt used instead of HATU
    1.56 min (A) 445.3
    Example 4-11
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00213
      (R)-ethyl 4-(3′- chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2- oxo-2,3-dihydrooxazole- 4-carboxamido)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00214
      Intermediate 19 EDCl and HOAt used instead of HATU
    1.79 min (D) 429.1
    Example 4-12
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00215
      (R)-ethyl 4-(3′- chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(6- (methylsulfonamido) nicotinamido)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00216
      intermediate 15
    1.81 min. (D) 516.2
  • Example 4-3
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.13 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.52-2.67 (m, 2H) 2.88 (dd, J=13.3, 8.0 Hz, 1H) 2.95 (dd, J=13.3, 8.0 Hz, 1H) 3.05 (s, 3H) 4.02 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.46-4.65 (m, 1H) 7.23 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H) 7.34 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.36-7.42 (m, 1H) 7.46 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.59-7.66 (m, 3H) 7.69 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H) 7.75 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H) 8.31 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H) 10.07 (s, 1H)
  • Example 4-4
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.13 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 1.28 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H) 2.59 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 2.81-2.94 (m, 2H) 2.97 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H) 4.03 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.40-4.55 (m, 1H) 7.32 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.36-7.42 (m, 1H) 7.46 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.58-7.65 (m, 3H) 7.69 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H) 8.18 (s, 1H) 8.52 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 4-5
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.24 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.38-2.60 (m, 6H) 2.78-2.94 (m, 2H) 4.10 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.42-4.55 (m, 1H) 7.32 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.40 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1H) 7.50-7.53 (m, 4H) 7.60 (t, J=1.89 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 4-6
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.13 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 1.25 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H) 2.53-2.65 (m, 2H) 2.80 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H) 2.84-2.96 (m, 2H) 4.02 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.42-4.60 (m, 1H) 7.31 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.37-7.42 (m, 1H) 7.47 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.59 (s, 1H) 7.60-7.65 (m, 3H) 7.69 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H) 8.48 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 4-7
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.13 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.52-2.65 (m, 2H) 2.85 (dd, J=13.6, 5.8 Hz, 1H) 2.91 (dd, J=13.6, 5.8 Hz, 1H) 4.02 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.38-4.60 (m, 1H) 5.89 (s, 1H) 7.31 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.37-7.42 (m, 1H) 7.46 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.58-7.65 (m, 3H) 7.69 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H) 8.10 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 4-8
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.22 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 2.56-2.72 (m, 2H) 2.95 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H) 4.11 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H) 4.53-4.73 (m, 1H) 7.28-7.36 (m, 3H) 7.39 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.48-7.55 (m, 3H) 7.58 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 4-9
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d2) δ ppm 1.13 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.53-2.71 (m, 2H) 2.85 (dd, J=13.7, 8.3 Hz, 1H) 2.96 (dd, J=13.7, 8.3 Hz, 1H) 4.02 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.45-4.63 (m, 1H) 6.93 (dd, J=9.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H) 7.30 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.36-7.42 (m, 1H) 7.47 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.61 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 3H) 7.69 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H) 7.75 (d, J=9.9 Hz, 1H) 8.45 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H) 13.41 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 4-10
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.13 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.60 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H) 2.90 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H) 4.02 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H) 4.39-4.53 (m, 1H) 7.11 (s, 1H) 7.32 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.37-7.43 (m, 1H) 7.47 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.60-7.66 (m, 3H) 7.70 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H) 8.72 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H) 11.76 (br. s., 1H)
  • Example 4-11
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.27 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.47-2.69 (m, 2H) 2.90 (dd, J=13.6, 7.8 Hz, 1H) 3.06 (dd, J=13.6, 6.6 Hz, 1H) 3.06 (broad s, 1H) 4.07-4.28 (m, 2H) 4.52-4.74 (m, 1H) 7.21-7.37 (m, 5H) 7.38-7.44 (m, 1H) 7.48 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.53 (t, J=1.6 Hz, 1H) 9.50 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 4-12
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.13 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.59 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H) 2.76-3.03 (m, 2H) 4.03 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.39-4.66 (m, 1H) 7.02 (d, 1H) 7.28-7.54 (m, 4H) 7.54-7.80 (m, 4H) 8.05 (dd, J=8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H) 8.45 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H) 8.61 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 4-13 Synthesis of (R)-ethyl 4-(5′-fluoro-2′-methoxybiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(oxazole-5-carboxamido)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00217
  • To a solution of oxazole-5-carboxylic acid (70 mg, 0.61 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL) and DCM (1.5 mL) is added (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4-(5′-fluoro-2′-methoxybiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride, intermediate 10, (150 mg, 0.41 mmol), HATU (233 mg, 0.61 mmol), and TEA (284 μL, 2.04 mmol). After stirring for 2 hours, the reaction is quenched with H2O, and the crude is diluted with EtOAc, the organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by RP-HPLC (SunFire C18, H2O (0.1% TFA)/CH3CN), and then lyophilized to give (R)-ethyl 4-(5′-fluoro-2′-methoxybiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(oxazole-5-carboxamido)butanoate (157 mg). HPLC retention time=1.50 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=427.4; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.19 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 2.46-2.62 (m, 2H) 2.86 (dd, J=13.6, 8.1 Hz, 1H) 3.02 (dd, J=13.6, 6.1 Hz, 1H) 3.67 (s, 3H) 4.05-4.15 (m, 2H) 4.52-4.69 (m, 1H) 6.76-6.82 (m, 1H) 6.83-6.96 (m, 2H) 7.11-7.21 (m, 3H) 7.37 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.61 (s, 1H) 7.80 (s, 1H)
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 4-13:
  • Example 4- 14
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00218
      (R)-ethyl 4-(5′-fluoro-2′- methoxybiphenyl-4-yl-3- (3-hydroxyisoxazole-5- carboxamido)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00219
    1.43 min. (A) 443.3
  • Example 4-14
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.21 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.61-2.68 (m, 2H) 2.95 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 3.74 (s, 3H) 4.10 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.60-4.73 (m, 1H) 6.43 (s, 1H) 6.98-7.06 (m, 3H) 7.27 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.38-7.48 (m, 2H) 8.78 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 4-15 Synthesis of 5-[(R)-1-(3′-Chloro-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-2-ethoxycarbonyl-ethylcarbamoyl]-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00220
  • To a mixture of Intermediate 17-1 (130 mg, 0.367 mmol), 1H-pyrazole-3,5-dicarboxylic acid (74.5 mg, 0.477 mmol), EDCI (91 mg, 0.477 mmol) and HOBt (64.5 mg, 0.477 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) is added triethylamine (149 mg, 0.203 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. Any insoluble material is removed by filtration and the filtrate is chromatographed by HPLC using a gradient of 10% MeCN/water to 100% MeCN (+0.1% TFA). Lyophilization of the proper fractions gives the title compound; HPLC Retention time 1.31 minutes (condition C); MS 456.2 (M+1); 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.12 (t, J=7.07 Hz, 3H), 2.54-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.97 (m, 2H), 4.02 (q, J=7.07 Hz, 2H), 4.54 (m, 1H), 7.11 (s, broad, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.46 (t, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 3H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 8.41 (s, broad, 1H).
  • The following compounds are prepared using the procedure described for Example 4-15.
  • HPLC-RT MS
    Example # Product Reagent (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 4-16
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00221
      6-[(R)-1-(3′-Chloro- biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-2- ethoxycarbonyl- ethylcarbamoyl]- pyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00222
    1.31 min. (C) 468.2
  • Example 4-16
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ ppm 1.11 (t, J=7.07 Hz, 3H), 2.59-2.79 (m, 2H), 2.87-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.98-3.04 (m, 1H), 4.01 (q, J=7.33 Hz, 2H), 4.57-4.66 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.45 (t, J=7.58 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.61 (m, 3H), 7.68 (t, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 9.10 (d, J=9.35 Hz, 1H), 9.31 (s, 1H).
  • Example 4-17 (R)-4-(3′-Chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-3-[(3-hydroxy-isoxazole-5-carbonyl)-amino]-butyric acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00223
  • To a solution of intermediate 16-1 (40.6 mg, 0.315 mmol) and HATU (144 mg, 0.378 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) is added pyridine (74.7 mg, 0.76 mL, 0.944 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. Then Intermediate 17-1 is added and stirring is continued for 2 hours. Any insoluble is removed by filtration and the filtrate is chromatographed by HPLC using a gradient of 10% MeCN/water to 100% MeCN (+0.1% TFA). Lyophilization of the proper fractions gives the title compound. HPLC Retention time 1.36 minutes (condition C); MS 429.1 (M+1); 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.13 (t, J=7.07 Hz, 3H) 2.60 (dd, J=6.95, 3.66 Hz, 2H) 2.81-2.95 (m, 2H) 4.02 (q, J=7.24 Hz, 2H) 4.49 (d, J=7.83 Hz, 1H) 6.49 (s, 1H) 7.31 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H) 7.37-7.43 (m, 1H) 7.47 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1H) 7.59-7.66 (m, 3H) 7.70 (t, J=1.89 Hz, 1H) 8.83 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1H).
  • The following compounds are prepared using the procedure described for Example 4-17
  • HPLC-RT MS
    Example # Product Reagent (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 4-18
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00224
      (R)-4-(3′-Chloro- biphenyl-4-yl)-3- [(oxazole-5-carbonyl)- amino]-butyric acid ethyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00225
    1.48 min. (C) 413.1
    Example 4-19
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00226
      (R)-4-(3′-Fluoro- biphenyl-4-yl)-3-[(3- hydroxy-isoxazole-5- carbonyl)-amino]- butyric acid ethyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00227
    1.22 min. (C) 413.1
  • Example 4-18
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.12 (t, J=7.07 Hz, 3H) 2.60 (dd, J=6.95, 2.65 Hz, 2H) 2.82-2.96 (m, 2H) 4.02 (q, J=7.07 Hz, 2H) 4.45-4.58 (m, 1H) 7.31 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H) 7.37-7.42 (m, 1H) 7.47 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1H) 7.58-7.65 (m, 3H) 7.69 (t, J=1.77 Hz, 1H) 7.72 (s, 1H) 8.55 (s, 1H) 8.63 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 4-19
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.13 (t, J=7.07 Hz, 3H) 2.54-2.75 (m, 2H) 2.76-3.02 (m, 2H) 4.02 (q, J=7.07 Hz, 2H) 4.29-4.70 (m, 1H) 6.49 (s, 1H) 6.96-7.23 (m, 1H) 7.30 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 2H) 7.44-7.58 (m, 3H) 7.64 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 2H) 8.83 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 1H) 11.68 (s, 1H).
  • Example 4-20 (R)-3-[(5-Carboxymethyl-furan-2-carbonyl)-amino]-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid ethyl ester and Example 4-21 (R)-3-[(5-Carboxymethyl-furan-2-carbonyl)-amino]-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00228
  • The reaction is performed similar to Example 4-15 using Intermediate 16-1 and Intermediate 44 to give (R)-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-3-[(5-methoxycarbonylmethyl-furan-2-carbonyl)-amino]-butyric acid ethyl ester. HPLC Retention time 1.38 minutes (condition C).
  • Next, to a solution of the above diester (235 mg, 0.486 mmol) in EtOH (5 mL) is added 1N NaoH (0.486 mL) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and water (4 mL) is added. The solution is acidified with 1N HCl and the mixture is extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by preparative HPLC using a gradient of 10% MeCN/water to 100% MeCN (+0.1% TFA). Lyophilization of the proper fractions gives the title compounds. (R)-3-[(5-Carboxymethyl-furan-2-carbonyl)-amino]-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid ethyl ester. HPLC Retention time 1.35 minutes (condition C); MS 470.0 (M+1); 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.13 (t, J=7.07 Hz, 3H), 2.50-2.64 (m, 2H), 2.81-2.95 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 4.01 (q, J=7.07 Hz, 2H), 4.51 (m, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=3.28 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.47 (t, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 3H), 7.69 (t, 1H), 8.24 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1H).
  • (R)-3-[(5-Carboxymethyl-furan-2-carbonyl)-amino]-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid. HPLC Retention time 0.94 minutes (condition C); MS 442.0 (M+1); 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.44-2.58 (m, 2H), 2.81-2.94 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 4.48 (m, 1H), 6.39 (d, J=3.28 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=3.54 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.47 (t, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 3H), 7.70 (t, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 4-22 (R)-4-(3′-Chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-3-[(2H-tetrazole-5-carbonyl)-amino]-butyric acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00229
  • To a solution of intermediate 16-1 in DCM (8 ml) at room temperature is added 2-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-2H-tetrazole-5-carbonyl chloride and followed by TEA (0.293 ml, 2.100 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 min. The reaction is quenched by brine and is extracted with DCM. The combined organic layer is washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by column chromatography (15% to 40% EtOAc/Heptane). The obtained residue in TFA (5 ml, 64.9 mmol) is heated at 80° C. for 0.5 hours. The reaction is concentrated under reduced pressure to give (R)-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-3-[(2H-tetrazole-5-carbonyl)-amino]-butyric acid ethyl ester.
  • HPLC retention time=1.31 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=414.1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.11 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 2.63 (dd, J=15.4, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 2.72 (dd, J=15.4, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 2.86-2.99 (m, 2H), 4.02 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.55-4.67 (m, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.37-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.46 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 3H), 7.68 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 9.37 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H).
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 4-22:
  • Depro-
    tection
    Example Condi- HPLC-RT MS
    # Product Starting Material tion (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 4-23
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00230
      (R)-4-(3′-Fluoro- biphenyl-4-yl)-3- [(2H-tetrazole-5- carbonyl)-amino]- butyric acid ethyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00231
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00232
    1 atm. H2, 10% Pd/C, EtOH, RT 1.12 min. (B) 398.2
    Example 4-24
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00233
      (R)-4-(3′-Chloro- biphenyl-4-yl)-3- [(2H-tetrazole-5- carbonyl)-amino]- butyric acid indan- 5-yl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00234
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00235
    TFA, 80° C. 1.68 min. (B) 502.3
  • Example 4-23
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.12 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.59-2.67 (m, J=15.4, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 2.72 (dd, J=15.4, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 2.85-3.01 (m, 2H), 4.02 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.55-4.67 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.42-7.51 (m, 3H), 7.61 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 9.34 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 4-24
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.95-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.75-2.92 (m, 6H), 2.95 (dd, J=13.5, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 3.06 (dd, J=13.6, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.64-4.76 (m, 1H), 6.78 (dd, J=8.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.46 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.70 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 4-25 2-((R)-1-Biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-2-ethoxycarbonyl-ethylamino)-oxazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00236
  • To a suspension of (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-ureido-butyric acid ethyl ester (169 mg, 0.518 mmol) in EtOH (5 ml) at ice bath is added ethyl bromopyruvate (0.098 ml, 0.777 mmol). The reaction is warmed up slowly to room temperature and stirred at reflux overnight. The reaction is concentrated and the residue is taken up in EtOAc and H2O. The combined organic layer is washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 2-((R)-1-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-2-ethoxycarbonyl-ethylamino)-oxazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester. HPLC retention time=1.42 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=423.
  • Example 4-26 Synthesis of (R,E)-ethyl 4-(4-(benzyloxy)-1-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobut-2-enoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00237
  • To (R)-benzyl 3-amino-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate (87.6 mg, 0.183 mmol) is added a solution of HCl in 1,4-dioxane (0.456 mL, 1.825 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring for 3 hours, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give (R)-benzyl 3-amino-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride. A mixture of (R)-benzyl 3-amino-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride, fumaric acid monoethyl ester (33.4 mg, 0.220 mmol), EDCI (63.3 mg, 0.330 mmol), DIPEA (0.058 ml, 0.330 mmol) and HOAt (44.9 mg, 0.330 mmol) in DMF (1.8 ml) is allowed to stir at room temperature for 3 hour. The reaction mixture is diluted with water, and then the products are extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with NH4OH, 1M HClaq and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give crude. The obtained residue is purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 0:100) to give (R,E)-ethyl 4-(4-(benzyloxy)-1-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobut-2-enoate (72.9 mg); HPLC retention time=1.40 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=506.3; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.31 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.58 (A of ABX, Jab=16.4 Hz, Jax=5.3 Hz, 1H) 2.6 (B of ABX, Jab=16.4 Hz, Jbx=5.1 Hz, 1H) 2.88 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=8.1 Hz, 1H) 3.03 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.3 Hz, 1H) 4.24 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.56-4.64 (m, 1H) 5.12 (A of AB, J=12.1 Hz, 1H) 5.18 (B of AB, J=12.1 Hz, 1H) 6.57 (br d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H) 6.77 (A of AB, J=15.4 Hz, 1H) 6.81 (B of AB, J=15.4 Hz, 1H) 7.19 (br d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.29-7.47 (m, 10H) 7.53-7.54 (m, 1H).
  • Example 4-27 Synthesis of (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-(ethoxycarbonylamino)acetamido)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00238
  • A mixture of (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride (173 mg, 0.488 mmol), 2-(ethoxycarbonylamino)acetic acid (86 mg, 0.488 mmol), EDCI (140 mg, 0.732 mmol), DIPEA (0.128 ml, 0.732 mmol) and HOAt (100 mg, 0.732 mmol) in DMF (2.5 ml) is allowed to stir at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture is diluted with water, and then the precipitated solid is collected on a funnel, washed with H2O, and dried under reduced pressure to give crude. The obtained residue is purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 0:100) to give (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-(ethoxycarbonylamino)acetamido)butanoate (161 mg); HPLC retention time=1.16 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=447.3; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.25 (t, J=7.07 Hz, 3H) 1.29 (t, J=7.07 Hz, 3H) 2.50 (A of ABX, Jab=16.2 Hz, Jax=5.3 Hz, 1H) 2.54 (B of ABX, Jab=16.2 Hz, Jb=5.3 Hz, 1H) 2.89 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.8 Hz, 1H) 2.99 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.6 Hz, 1H) 3.80 (be d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H) 4.12-4.23 (m, 4H) 4.48-4.56 (m, 1H) 5.15 (br s, 1H) 6.64 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 7.25-7.27 (m, 2H) 7.29-7.38 (m, 2H) 7.43-7.46 (m, 1H) 7.49-7.52 (m, 2H) 7.55-7.56 (m, 1H).
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 4-27:
  • HPLC-RT MS
    Example # Product Starting Material Condition (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 4- 28
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00239
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00240
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00241
    1.53 min. (A) 533.2
    Example 4- 29
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00242
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00243
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00244
    1.00 min. (B) 416.1
    Example 4- 30
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00245
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00246
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00247
    1.64 min. (A) 476.2
    Example 4- 31
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00248
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00249
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00250
    1.66 min. (A) 426.1
    Example 4- 32
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00251
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00252
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00253
    1.69 min. (A) 443.2
    Example 4- 33
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00254
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00255
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00256
    1.66 min. (A) 438.2
    Example 4- 34
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00257
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00258
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00259
    1.71 min. (A) 427.1
    Example 4- 35
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00260
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00261
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00262
    1.75 min. (A) 431.1
    Example 4- 36
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00263
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00264
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00265
    1.81 min. (A) 459.1
    Example 4- 37
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00266
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00267
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00268
    1.86 min. (A) 453.2
  • Example 4-29
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.31 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 2.64 (A of ABX, Jab=16.8 Hz, Jax=5.1 HZ, 1H) 2.68 (B of ABX, Jab=16.8 Hz, Jbx=5.1 Hz, 1H) 2.97 (A of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jax=8.1 HZ, 1H) 3.08 (B of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jbx=6.7 Hz, 1H) 4.25 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H) 4.58-4.67 (m, 1H) 6.66 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 6.80 (A of AB, J=15.4 Hz, 1H) 6.97 (B of AB, J=15.4 Hz, 1H) 7.27-7.37 (m, 4H) 7.43-7.45 (m, 1H) 7.51 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.55-7.56 (m, 1H).
  • Example 4-30
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.21 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 1.34 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H) 2.68 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H) 2.84-2.87 (m, 2H) 2.98-3.00 (m, 2H) 4.10 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.66-4.78 (m, 1H) 7.27-7.37 (m, 6H) 7.41-7.47 (m, 1H) 7.54 (s, 1H).
  • Example 4-31
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.20 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.28 (s, 3H) 2.62 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 2.93 (dd, J=13.6, 6.8 Hz, 1H) 3.00 (dd, J=13.6, 7.3 Hz, 1H) 4.09 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.60-4.76 (m, 1H) 6.45 (s, 1H) 7.24-7.40 (m, 4H) 7.42-7.51 (m, 3H) 7.54 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 4-32
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.20 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 2.58-2.66 (m, 2H) 2.68 (s, 3H) 2.94 (dd, J=14.2, 7.8 Hz, 1H) 2.99 (dd, J=13.6, 6.8 Hz, 1H) 4.09 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H) 4.58-4.76 (m, 1H) 7.27-7.31 (m, 1H) 7.33 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.37 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.46-7.49 (m, 1H) 7.51 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.55 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H) 8.06 (s, 1H) 8.49 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 4-33
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.21 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.60-2.70 (m, 2H) 2.72 (s, 3H) 2.97 (dd, J=13.6, 8.1 Hz, 1H) 3.03 (dd, J=13.9, 6.6 Hz, 1H) 4.11 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H) 4.67-4.81 (m, 1H) 7.27-7.33 (m, 1H) 7.33-7.41 (m, 3H) 7.48-7.52 (m, 1H) 7.54 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.57 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H) 8.70 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H) 8.92 (s, 2H).
  • Example 4-34
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.21 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 2.43 (s, 3H) 2.63 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H) 2.94 (dd, J=13.9, 7.1 Hz, 1H) 2.99 (dd, J=13.6, 7.6 Hz, 1H) 4.10 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.62-4.74 (m, 1H) 7.26-7.30 (m, 1H) 7.30-7.39 (m, 3H) 7.43-7.51 (m, 3H) 7.53 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H) 8.15 (s, 1H).
  • Example 4-35
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.20 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.64 (dd, J=15.4, 7.3 Hz, 1H) 2.70 (dd, J=15.9, 6.3 Hz, 1H) 2.99 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H) 4.10 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H) 4.65-4.79 (m, 1H) 7.14 (dd, J=10.2, 8.7 Hz, 1H) 7.30 (ddd, J=8.8, 4.1, 2.8 Hz, 1H) 7.32-7.37 (m, 2H) 7.37-7.46 (m, 3H) 7.67 (s, 1H) 8.28 (s, 1H) 8.62 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 4-36
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.20 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 1.33 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 3H) 2.66 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H) 2.83 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H) 2.98 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.10 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.65-4.79 (m, 1H) 7.14 (dd, J=10.2, 8.7 Hz, 1H) 7.30 (ddd, J=8.8, 4.1, 2.8 Hz, 1H) 7.32-7.37 (m, 2H) 7.37-7.46 (m, 3H) 7.54 (s, 1H) 8.49 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 4-37
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.33 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.22 (s, 3H) 2.57-2.72 (m, 2H) 2.99 (dd, J=13.6, 8.1 Hz, 1H) 3.16 (dd, J=13.6, 6.3 Hz, 1H) 4.15-4.33 (m, 2H) 4.60-4.82 (m, 1H) 5.55 (s, 1H) 6.10 (s, 1H) 7.15 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 7.34 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 3H) 7.39 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H) 7.48 (dt, J=7.6, 1.5 Hz, 1H) 7.54 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.58 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H) 7.72 (s, 1H).
  • Example 5-1 Synthesis of (R)-4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(3-carboxypropanamido)butanoic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00269
  • To a solution of (R)-4-(1-(biphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (61.2 mg, 0.160 mmol) in THF (1.6 mL) and methanol (0.2 mL), aqueous 1M NaOH solution (0.638 mL, 0.638 mmol) is added at room temperature. After stirring for 45 minutes, the reaction is quenched with aqueous 0.1 M HCl and is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give (R)-4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(3-carboxypropanamido)butanoic acid (54.9 mg). HPLC retention time=1.33 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=356.1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.40-2.56 (m, 6H) 2.83-2.94 (m, 2H) 4.43-4.50 (m, 1H) 7.29-7.32 (m, 3H) 7.41 (t, 2H, J=7.7 Hz) 7.53-7.60 (m, 4H).
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 5-1:
  • Hydroysis HPLC-RT MS
    Example # Product Starting Material Condition (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 5-2
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00270
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00271
    Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, rt 1.10 min. (A) 389.9
    Example 5-3
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00272
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00273
    Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, rt 0.87 min. (A) 373.9
    Example 5-4
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00274
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00275
    Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, rt 0.69 min. (B) 374.0
    Example 5-5
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00276
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00277
    Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, rt 0.80 min. (B) 373.9
    Example 5-6
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00278
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00279
    Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, rt 0.74 min. (B) 390.0
    Example 5-7
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00280
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00281
    Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, rt 0.61 min. (B) 386.1
    Example 5-8
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00282
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00283
    Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, rt 0.94 min. (B) 370.0
    Example 5-9
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00284
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00285
    Aq. LiOH, ETOH, rt. 0.67 min. (B) 362.0
    Example 5- 10
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00286
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00287
    aq. NaOH, MeOH, RT 1.19 min. (C) 366.0
    Example 5- 11
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00288
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00289
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.28 min. (A) 377.9
    Example 5- 12
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00290
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00291
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 0.80 min. (B) 406.0
    Example 5- 13
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00292
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00293
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 0.74 min. (B) 408.2
    Example 5- 14
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00294
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00295
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 0.55 min. (B) 370.1
    Example 5- 15
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00296
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00297
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 0.46 min. (B) 392.1
    Example 5- 16
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00298
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00299
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 0.70 min. (B) 384.3
    Example 5- 17
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00300
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00301
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.40 min. (A) 411.2
    Example 5- 18
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00302
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00303
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 0.88 min. (A) 371.2
    Example 5- 19
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00304
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00305
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.41 min. (D) 401.2
    Example 5- 20
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00306
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00307
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.59 min. (H) 424.2
    Example 5- 21
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00308
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00309
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.44 min. (H) 386.2
    Example 5- 22
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00310
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00311
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.29 min. (B) 377.1
    Example 5- 23
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00312
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00313
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 0.49 min. (B) 381.1
    Example 5- 24
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00314
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00315
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.36 min. (A) 394.0
    Example 5- 26
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00316
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00317
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.20 min. (A) 411.2
    Example 5- 27
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00318
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00319
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.02 min. (B) 408.1
    Example 5- 28
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00320
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00321
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 0.82 min. (B) 410.1
    Example 5- 29
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00322
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00323
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 0.53 min. (B) 424.0
    Example 5- 30
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00324
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00325
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.36 min. (A) 377.0
    Example 5- 31
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00326
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00327
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.11 min. (A) 381.1
    Example 5- 32
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00328
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00329
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 0.61 min. (B) 410.1
    Example 5- 33
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00330
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00331
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.28 min. (A) 376.2
    Example 5- 34
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00332
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00333
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.51 min. (D) 400.5
    Example 5- 35
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00334
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00335
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.18 min. (D) 413.2
    Example 5- 36
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00336
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00337
    aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, 50° C. 0.68 min. (B) 361.2
  • Example 5-2
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.38-2.42 (m, 2H) 2.45-2.54 (m, 4H) 2.82-2.94 (m, 2H) 4.42-4.48 (m, 1H) 7.12-7.16 (m, 2H) 7.31 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H) 7.41 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H) 7.54 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.58 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H).
  • Example 5-3
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.39-2.42 (m, 2H) 2.45-2.54 (m, 4H) 2.85 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.6 HZ, 1H) 2.91 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.2 HZ, 1H) 4.42-4.48 (m, 1H) 7.12-7.16 (m, 2H) 7.31 (A of AB, J=8.2 Hz, 2H) 7.52 (B of AB, J=8.2 Hz, 2H) 7.58-7.62 (m, 2H)
  • Example 5-4
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.39-2.44 (m, 2H) 2.46-2.55 (m, 4H) 2.86 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.6 HZ, 1H) 2.92 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.3 HZ, 1H) 4.42-4.49 (m, 1H) 7.01-7.06 (m, 1H) 7.32 (br d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.39-7.45 (m, 2H) 7.55 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H)
  • Example 5-5
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.40-2.43 (m, 2H) 2.46-2.56 (m, 4H) 2.87 (A of ABX, Jab=13.5 Hz, Jax=7.7 HZ, 1H) 2.93 (B of ABX, Jab=13.5 Hz, Jbx=6.2 HZ, 1H) 4.43-4.50 (m, 1H) 7.13-7.18 (m, 1H) 7.20-7.24 (m, 1H) 7.31-7.35 (m, 3H) 7.44-7.48 (m, 3H) 7.99 (br d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 5-6
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.39-2.43 (m, 2H) 2.45-2.57 (m, 4H) 2.87 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.6 HZ, 1H) 2.94 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.1 HZ, 1H) 4.44-4.51 (m, 1H) 7.28-7.35 (m, 7H) 7.46 (br d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 5-7
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.40-2.52 (m, 6H) 2.83-2.92 (m, 2H) 3.77 (s, 3H) 4.44-4.47 (m, 1H) 6.96-7.05 (m, 2H) 7.23-7.30 (m, 4H) 7.39-7.41 (m, 2H)
  • Example 5-8
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.21 (s, 3H) 2.41-2.55 (m, 6H) 2.82-2.94 (m, 2H) 3.77 (s, 3H) 4.45-4.48 (m, 1H) 7.15-7.28 (m, 8H)
  • Example 5-9
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.56 (dd, J=5.81, 15.92 Hz, 1H), 2.66 (dd, J=7.07, 15.92 Hz, 1H), 2.90 (dd, J=6.06, 13.64 Hz, 1H), 3.00 (dd, J=8.08, 13.64 Hz, 1H), 4.53-4.64 (m, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (t, J=7.58, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (d, J=7.07 Hz, 2H), 7.95 (dd, J=1.26, 5.05 Hz, 1H), 9.01-9.07 (m, 2H), 9.33 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1H), 12.28 (s, 1H).
  • Example 5-10
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.36-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.75-2.86 (m, 2H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 4.19-4.31 (m, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.31-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.45 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.61-7.67 (m, 2H), 8.40 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 12.26 (br. s., 1H), 16.02 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 5-11
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.46-2.59 (m, 2H), 2.86-2.88 (m, 2H), 4.41-4.49 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.42-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.58-7.65 (m, 4H), 8.26 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 8.64 (br s, 2H) 12.24 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 5-12
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.54-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.88-3.03 (m, 2H), 4.56-4.65 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.34 (m, 3H), 7.41-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.55-7.63 (m, 4H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 9.15 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 9.49 (s, 1H), 12.30 (br s, 1H), 14.11 (br s, 1H).
  • Example 5-13
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.38-2.57 (m, 6H) 2.87 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.6 Hz, 1H) 2.95 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.1 Hz, 1H) 4.44-4.51 (m, 1H) 7.06-7.14 (m, 2H) 7.31-7.37 (m, 5H) 7.48 (dd, J=8.8 and 5.1 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 5-14
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.39 (s, 3H) 2.39-2.55 (m, 6H) 2.85 (A of ABX, Jab=13.5 Hz, Jax=7.5 HZ, 1H) 2.90 (B of ABX, Jab=13.5 Hz, Jbx=6.4 Hz, 1H) 4.42-4.49 (m, 1H) 7.13 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H) 7.26-7.30 (m, 3H) 7.36-7.40 (m, 2H) 7.52 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H).
  • Example 5-15
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.38-2.55 (m, 6H) 2.86 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.8 HZ, 1H) 2.93 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.1 HZ, 1H) 4.42-4.49 (m, 1H) 6.86-6.92 (m, 1H) 7.19-7.25 (m, 2H) 7.33-7.35 (m, 2H) 7.55-7.58 (m, 2H).
  • Example 5-16
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.27 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H) 2.39-2.55 (m, 6H) 2.70 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H) 2.85 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.5 HZ, 1H) 2.90 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.4 HZ, 1H) 4.42-4.49 (m, 1H) 7.16 (br d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H) 7.28-7.33 (m, 3H) 7.38-7.42 (m, 2H) 7.52-7.54 (m, 2H).
  • Example 5-17
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.47-2.50 (m, 2H) 2.82-2.91 (m, 2H) 4.40-4.49 (m, 1H) 7.29 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.31-7.36 (m, 1H) 7.42-7.46 (m, 2H) 7.59 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H) 7.63-7.65 (m, 2H) 7.95 (br d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H) 8.11 (br d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H) 8.25-8.27 (m, 1H) 12.24 (br s, 1H) 12.48 (br s, 1H).
  • Example 5-18
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.38-2.55 (m, 6H) 2.86 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.8 Hz, 1H) 2.92 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.3 Hz, 1H) 4.43-4.50 (m, 1H) 7.26 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H) 7.35 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.51-7.58 (m, 4H) 7.64 (br d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 5-19
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.39-2.42 (m, 2H) 2.45-2.56 (m, 4H) 2.88 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.6 Hz, 1H) 2.95 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.2 Hz, 1H) 4.44-4.51 (m, 1H) 6.86-6.89 (m, 1H) 7.38-7.41 (m, 2H) 7.63-7.70 (m, 3H) 8.02-8.04 (m, 1H) 8.18-8.21 (m, 1H) 8.45 (br t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 5-20
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.39-2.56 (m, 6H) 2.87 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.6 Hz, 1H) 2.93 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.3 Hz, 1H) 4.43-4.50 (m, 1H) 7.36 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.58-7.62 (m, 4H) 7.85-7.87 (m, 2H).
  • Example 5-21
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.39-2.54 (m, 6H) 2.85 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.5 Hz, 1H) 2.91 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.3 HZ, 1H) 3.84 (s, 3H) 4.42-4.49 (m, 1H) 6.86-6.89 (m, 1H) 7.11-7.17 (m, 2H) 7.29-7.34 (m, 3H) 7.52-7.54 (m, 2H).
  • Example 5-22
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.43-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.81-2.91 (m, 2H) 4.40-4.49 (m, 1H) 6.33 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H) 7.28-7.35 (m, 3H) 7.42-7.46 (m, 2H) 7.58 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.63-7.65 (m, 2H) 7.81 (dd, J=9.6, 2.8 Hz, 1H) 7.93 (br s, 1H) 8.14 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H) 11.92 (br s, 1H) 12.19 (br s, 1H).
  • Example 5-23
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.39-2.42 (m, 2H) 2.44-2.55 (m, 4H) 2.86 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.6 Hz, 1H) 2.93 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.3 HZ, 1H) 4.43-4.50 (m, 1H) 7.36 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.58-7.63 (m, 3H) 7.66-7.69 (m, 1H) 7.91-7.94 (m, 1H) 7.97 (br t, J=1.5 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 5-24
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.50-2.61 (m, 2H) 2.83-2.94 (m, 2H) 4.43-4.52 (m, 1H) 6.82 (s, 1H) 7.28-7.35 (m, 3H) 7.44 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H) 7.58-7.65 (m, 4H) 8.12 (s, 1H) 8.86 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H) 9.55 (s, 1H) 12.25 (br s, 1H).
  • Example 5-25
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.66-2.47 (m, 10H) 2.71-2.83 (m, 2H) 3.31-3.46 (m, 3H) 4.18-4.49 (m, 2H) 7.26-7.28 (m, 2H) 7.32-7.36 (m, 1H) 7.43-7.47 (m, 2H) 7.57-7.66 (m, 4H) 7.86 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H) 12.31 (br s, 2H).
  • Example 5-26
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.80-2.03 (m, 3H) 2.27-2.31 (m, 1H) 2.39-2.52 (m, 2H) 2.75-2.81 (m, 1H) 2.85-2.89 (m, 1H) 2.95-3.03 (m, 1H) 3.41-3.78 (m, 2H) 3.90-3.99 (m, 1H) 4.14-4.20 (m, 1H) 4.28-4.35 (m, 1H) 7.28-7.37 (m, 3H) 7.44-7.48 (m, 2H) 7.58-7.65 (m, 2H) 8.45 (br s, 1H) 12.34 (br s, 1H).
  • Example 5-27
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.38-2.54 (m, 6H) 2.86 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.6 Hz, 1H) 2.93 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.2 HZ, 1H) 4.42-4.49 (m, 1H) 7.13-7.17 (m, 1H) 7.31-7.37 (m, 3H) 7.46-7.47 (m, 1H) 7.54-7.57 (m, 2H).
  • Example 5-28
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.49-1.71 (m, 6H) 2.01-2.11 (m, 2H) 2.14-2.21 (m, 1H) 2.44-2.56 (m, 3H) 2.83 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=8.0 Hz, 1H) 2.91 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.3 HZ, 1H) 4.43-4.51 (m, 1H) 7.28-7.32 (m, 3H) 7.38-7.42 (m, 2H) 7.52 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.56-7.59 (m, 2H) 7.71 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 5-29
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.39-2.42 (m, 2H) 2.45-2.56 (m, 4H) 2.87 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.8 Hz, 1H) 2.94 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.1 Hz, 1H) 4.44-4.51 (m, 1H) 7.23 (A of AB, J=8.0 Hz, 2H) 7.28 (B of AB, J=8.0 Hz, 2H) 7.35 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H) 7.50-7.53 (m, 1H) 7.60-7.63 (m, 1H) 7.75 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 5-30
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.45-2.56 (m, 2H) 2.83-2.93 (m, 2H) 4.43-4.52 (m, 1H) 7.18 (s, 2H) 7.29-7.35 (m, 3H) 7.42-7.46 (m, 2H) 7.58-7.65 (m, 4H) 8.19 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H) 8.60 (s, 2H) 12.21 (br s, 1H).
  • Example 5-31
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.39-2.43 (m, 2H) 2.46-2.57 (m, 4H) 2.90 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.8 Hz, 1H) 2.97 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.1 Hz, 1H) 4.45-4.52 (m, 1H) 7.37-7.39 (m, 2H) 7.49-7.53 (m, 3H) 7.57-7.59 (m, 1H) 7.70-7.74 (m, 1H) 7.80-7.82 (m, 1H).
  • Example 5-32
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.33-1.49 (m, 4H) 1.68-1.72 (m, 1H) 1.79-1.83 (m, 1H) 1.96-2.01 (m, 2H) 2.05-2.13 (m, 1H) 2.17-2.25 (m, 1H) 2.43-2.55 (m, 2H) 2.80-2.95 (m, 2H) 4.42-4.49 (m, 1H) 7.28-7.32 (m, 3H) 7.38-7.43 (m, 2H) 7.52-7.59 (m, 4H).
  • Example 5-33
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.48-2.55 (m, 2H) 2.84-2.96 (m, 2H) 4.44-4.53 (m, 1H) 6.94 (br s, 1H) 7.30-7.35 (m, 3H) 7.42-7.46 (m, 2H) 7.57-7.64 (m, 4H) 8.17-8.60 (br m, 5H) 12.27 (br s, 1H).
  • Example 5-34
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.30 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H) 2.39-2.56 (m, 6H) 2.82-2.93 (m, 2H) 4.02 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H) 4.42-4.49 (m, 1H) 6.96-7.03 (m, 2H) 7.23-7.28 (m, 4H) 7.44 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H).
  • Example 5-35
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.14 (s, 3H) 2.39-2.43 (m, 2H) 2.45-2.56 (m, 4H) 2.82-2.94 (m, 2H) 4.02 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H) 4.42-4.49 (m, 1H) 7.30-7.38 (m, 4H) 7.49-7.55 (m, 3H) 7.80 (br s, 1H).
  • Example 5-36
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.39-2.55 (m, 6H) 2.85 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.5 HZ, 1H) 2.90 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.3 HZ, 1H) 4.42-4.49 (m, 1H) 6.86-6.92 (m, 1H) 7.31 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.53-7.55 (m, 2H).
  • Example 5-37 Synthesis of (R)-4-(1-carboxy-3-(5′-fluoro-2′-methoxybiphenyl-4-yl)propan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00338
  • To a solution of (R)-4-(4-ethoxy-1-(5′-fluoro-2′-methoxybiphenyl-4-yl)-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (83 mg, 0.192 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) is added 1N NaOH (4 mL, 4 mmol) After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, the crude is concentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH and is diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by RP-HPLC (SunFire C18, H2O (0.1% TFA)/CH3CN), and then lyophilized to give (R)-4-(1-carboxy-3-(5′-fluoro-2′-methoxybiphenyl-4-yl)propan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (58 mg). HPLC retention time=1.46 minutes (condition D); MS (m+1)=404.2; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.36-2.59 (m, 6H) 2.84 (dd, J=13.4, 6.3 Hz, 1H) 2.91 (dd, J=13.4, 6.3 Hz, 1H) 3.75 (s, 3H) 4.34-4.56 (m, 1H) 6.95-7.08 (m, 3H) 7.26 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.42 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H)
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 5-37:
  • Hydrolysis LCMS-RT MS
    Example # Product Starting Material Condition (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 5- 38
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00339
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00340
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.68 min. (D) 488.1
    Example 5- 39
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00341
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00342
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.52 min. (D) 420.1
    Example 5- 40
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00343
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00344
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.57 min. (D) 487.2
    Example 5- 41
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00345
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00346
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.65 min. (D) 429.1
    Example 5- 42
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00347
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00348
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.42 min. (D) 390.2
    Example 5- 43
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00349
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00350
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.53 min. (D) 420.2
    Example 5- 44
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00351
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00352
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.45 min. (D) 378.1
    Example 5- 45
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00353
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00354
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.26 min. (A) 389.3
    Example 5- 46
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00355
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00356
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.53 min. (D) 402.2
    Example 5- 47
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00357
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00358
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.60 min. (D) 413.3
    Example 5- 48
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00359
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00360
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.38 min. (D) 427.2
    Example 5- 49
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00361
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00362
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.37 min. (D) 399.3
    Example 5- 50
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00363
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00364
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.50 min. (D) 401.1
    Example 5- 51
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00365
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00366
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.39 min. (D) 367.1
    Example 5- 52
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00367
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00368
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.57 min. (D) 440.1
    Example 5- 53
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00369
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00370
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.37 min. (D) 401.3
    Example 5- 54
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00371
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00372
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.44 min. (D) 400.2
    Example 5- 55
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00373
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00374
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.37 min. (D) 415.1
    Example 5- 56
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00375
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00376
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.52 min. (D) 400.2
    Example 5- 57
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00377
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00378
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.77 min. (D) 368.2
    Example 5- 58
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00379
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00380
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.63 min. (D) 401.1
    Example 5- 59
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00381
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00382
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.46 min. (D) 416.0
    Example 5- 60
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00383
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00384
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.41 min. (D) 440.0
    Example 5- 61
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00385
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00386
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.16 min. (D) 372.2
    Example 5- 62
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00387
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00388
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.34 min. (D) 422.2
    Example 5- 63
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00389
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00390
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.16 min. (D) 400.1
    Example 5- 64
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00391
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00392
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.29 min. (D) 404.1
    Example 5- 65
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00393
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00394
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.43 min. (D) 356.2
    Example 5- 66
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00395
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00396
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.42 min. (D) 422.0
    Example 5- 67
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00397
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00398
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.78 min. (D) 412.1
    Example 5- 68
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00399
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00400
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.53 min. (D) 417.1
    Example 5- 69
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00401
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00402
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.79 min. (D) 401.2
    Example 5- 70
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00403
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00404
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.62 min. (D) 401.1
    Example 5- 71
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00405
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00406
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.73 min. (D) 417.2
    Example 5- 72
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00407
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00408
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.49 min. (D) 454.2
    Example 5- 73
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00409
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00410
    Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 1.28 min. (A) 367.0
  • Example 5-38
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.65 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 2.91-3.07 (m, 2H) 3.26 (s, 3H) 4.70 (m, 1H) 7.04 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) 7.26-7.33 (m, 1H) 7.33-7.44 (m, 3H) 7.47-7.56 (m, 3H) 7.57 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H) 8.02 (dd, J=8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H) 8.55 (d, J=1.78 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 5-39
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.36-2.60 (m, 6H) 2.84 (dd, J=13.4, 6.1 Hz, 1H) 2.91 (dd, J=13.4, 6.1 Hz, 1H) 3.77 (s, 3H) 4.34-4.58 (m, 1H) 7.03 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.18-7.31 (m, 4H) 7.39 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H)
  • Example 5-40
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.51-2.70 (m, 2H) 2.79-2.99 (m, 2H) 3.05 (s, 3H) 4.41-4.62 (m, 1H) 7.22 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H) 7.33 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.36-7.43 (m, 1H) 7.46 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.56-7.66 (m, 3H) 7.69 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H) 7.76 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H) 8.30 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H) 10.09 (s, 1H) 12.24 (s, 1H)
  • Example 5-41
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.28 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H) 2.51-2.60 (m, 2H) 2.84-2.94 (m, 2H) 2.97 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H) 4.36-4.56 (m, 1H) 7.32 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.37-7.42 (m, 1H) 7.47 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.60-7.66 (m, 3H) 7.70 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H) 8.23 (s, 1H) 8.60 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H) 12.30 (br. s., 1H)
  • Example 5-42
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.23-2.31 (m, 2H) 2.31-2.43 (m, 4H) 2.76 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H) 4.16-4.30 (m, 1H) 6.87-7.02 (m, 2H) 7.07 (dd, J=9.6, 3.0 Hz, 1H) 7.21 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.50 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.90 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H) 9.51 (br. s., 1H)
  • Example 5-43
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.33-2.60 (m, 6H) 2.85 (dd, J=13.7, 6.1 Hz, 1H) 2.94 (dd, J=13.7, 6.1 Hz, 1H) 3.45 (s, 3H) 4.35-4.57 (m, 1H) 7.14 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.21-7.34 (m, 3H) 7.38 (dd, J=8.0, 1.6 Hz, 1H) 7.47 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H)
  • Example 5-44
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.64 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H) 3.01 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H) 4.51-4.74 (m, 1H) 7.00 (br. s., 1H) 7.25-7.35 (m, 3H) 7.40 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H) 7.53 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.58 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 8.21 (br. s., 1H)
  • Example 5-45
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.38-2.55 (m, 6H) 2.85 (dd, J=13.6, 6.3, Hz, 1H) 2.93 (dd, J=13.6, 6.3, Hz, 1H) 4.40-4.56 (m, 1H) 7.27-7.37 (m, 3H) 7.40 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.54-7.56 (m, 3H) 7.60 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 5-46
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.51-2.63 (m, 2H) 2.84 (dd, J=13.6, 8.3 Hz, 1H) 2.89 (dd, J=13.6, 8.3 Hz, 1H) 4.40-4.55 (m, 1H) 7.30 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.37-7.42 (m, 1H) 7.47 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.58-7.66 (m, 3H) 7.70 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H) 8.95 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 12.93 (s, 1H)
  • Example 5-47
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.25 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H) 2.51-2.59 (m, 2H) 2.80 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H) 2.84-2.94 (m, 2H) 4.41-4.56 (m, 1H) 7.31 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.37-7.42 (m, 1H) 7.47 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.59 (s, 1H) 7.63 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 3H) 7.70 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H) 8.45 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 12.27 (br. s., 1H)
  • Example 5-48
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.33 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H) 2.64 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H) 2.84 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H) 2.98 (d, J=7.01 Hz, 2H) 3.72 (s, 3H) 4.62-4.75 (m, 1H) 6.94-7.06 (m, 3H) 7.27 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.40 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.54 (s, 1H)
  • Example 5-49
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.51-2.62 (m, 2H) 2.84 (dd, J=13.7, 7.9 Hz, 1H) 2.91 (dd, J=13.7, 7.9 Hz, 1H) 3.73 (s, 3H) 4.42-4.55 (m, 1H) 7.05-7.19 (m, 3H) 7.25 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.42 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.73 (s, 1H) 8.55 (s, 1H) 8.63 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 5-50
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.69 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H) 2.95-3.10 (m, 2H) 4.68-4.79 (m, 1H) 7.21-7.33 (m, 1H) 7.33-7.47 (m, 4H) 7.49-7.65 (m, 4H) 7.76-7.97 (m, 2H) 8.20-8.42 (m, 1H)
  • Example 5-51
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.62 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H) 2.96 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H) 4.54-4.68 (m, 1H) 7.28-7.36 (m, 3H) 7.40 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H) 7.56 (dd, J=17.2, 7.8 Hz, 4H)
  • Example 5-52
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.34-2.45 (m, 2H) 2.45-2.59 (m, 4H) 2.86 (dd, J=13.4, 6.0 Hz, 1H) 2.93 (dd, J=13.4, 6.0 Hz, 1H) 4.40-4.55 (m, 1H) 7.19-7.26 (m, 1H) 7.34 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.46-7.49 (m, 1H) 7.51 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H) 7.56 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.61 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 5-53
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.04-2.26 (m, 2H) 2.31-2.46 (m, 2H) 2.69-2.88 (m, 2H) 2.94-3.21 (m, 2H) 4.18-4.37 (m, 1H) 7.28 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 7.35-7.43 (m, 1H) 7.43-7.54 (m, 2H) 7.63 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 3H) 7.70 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H) 7.98 (dd, J=8.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H) 12.22 (br. s., 1H)
  • Example 5-54
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.57 (s, 3H) 2.68 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H) 2.92-3.08 (m, 2H) 4.64-4.74 (m, 1H) 7.25-7.33 (m, 1H) 7.33-7.44 (m, 3H) 7.44-7.55 (m, 3H) 7.57 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 5-55
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.64 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H) 2.97 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 3.74 (s, 3H) 4.58-4.73 (m, 1H) 6.43 (s, 1H) 6.96-7.08 (m, 3H) 7.27 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.42 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 8.71 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 5-56
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.52-2.67 (m, 2H) 2.80-2.96 (m, 2H) 4.38-4.54 (m, 1H) 5.90 (br. s., 1H) 7.30 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.35-7.42 (m, 1H) 7.46 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.61 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 3H) 7.69 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H) 8.08 (br. s., 1H)
  • Example 5-57
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.48-2.55 (m, 1H) 2.64 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H) 2.88-3.00 (m, 2H) 4.32-4.69 (m, 1H) 7.26-7.35 (m, 3H) 7.41 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H) 7.49-7.65 (m, 4H)
  • Example 5-58
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.62 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H) 2.92-3.01 (m, 2H) 4.59-4.64 (m, 1H) 7.28-7.43 (m, 4H) 7.48-7.56 (m, 3H) 7.59 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 5-59
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.64 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H) 3.01 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.63-4.75 (m, 1H) 7.05 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H) 7.26-7.32 (m, 1H) 7.35 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.37-7.43 (m, 2H) 7.44 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 1H) 7.48 (dd, J=8.1, 1.77 Hz, 1H) 7.52-7.60 (m, 4H)
  • Example 5-60
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.30-2.44 (m, 2H) 2.44-2.64 (m, 4H) 2.87 (dd, J=13.7, 6.4 Hz, 1H) 2.95 (dd, J=13.7, 6.4 Hz, 1H) 4.42-4.53 (m, 1H) 7.27-7.52 (m, 8H)
  • Example 5-61
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.22-2.32 (m, 2H) 2.32-2.44 (m, 4H) 2.76 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H) 4.16-4.29 (m, 1H) 6.82-6.88 (m, 1H) 6.89-6.97 (m, 1H) 7.08-7.17 (m, 1H) 7.17-7.28 (m, 3H) 7.47 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.90 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H) 9.47 (br. s., 1H) 12.14 (br. s., 1H)
  • Example 5-62
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.22-2.31 (m, 2H) 2.33-2.42 (m, 4H) 2.72-2.85 (m, 2H) 3.72 (s, 3H) 4.16-4.34 (m, 1H) 6.92 (ddd, J=9.4, 3.79, 1.8 Hz, 1H) 7.21-7.33 (m, 4H) 7.34-7.45 (m, 1H) 7.92 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H) 12.14 (br. s., 2H)
  • Example 5-63
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.42-2.48 (m, 2H) 2.85 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H) 4.30-4.46 (m, 1H) 6.99 (s, 1H) 7.30 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.36-7.42 (m, 1H) 7.47 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.63 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 3H) 7.67-7.77 (m, 2H) 10.13 (br. s., 1H) 10.22 (br. s., 1H) 12.26 (br. s., 1H)
  • Example 5-64
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.35-2.60 (m, 6H) 2.85 (dd, J=13.7, 6.4 Hz, 1H) 2.93 (dd, J=13.7, 6.4 Hz, 1H) 3.65 (s, 3H) 4.37-4.58 (m, 1H) 7.05-7.18 (m, 3H) 7.30 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.44 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H)
  • Example 5-65
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.38-2.56 (m, 6H) 2.85 (dd, J=13.4, 7.3 Hz, 1H) 2.89 (dd, J=13.4, 7.3 Hz, 1H) 4.40-4.52 (m, 1H) 7.26-7.35 (m, 3H) 7.36-7.46 (m, 2H) 7.52-7.61 (m, 3H)
  • Example 5-66
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.31-2.58 (m, 6H) 2.68-2.99 (m, 2H) 3.63 (s, 3H) 4.33-4.56 (m, 1H) 6.92-7.18 (m, 3H) 7.30-7.38 (m, 1H) 7.38-7.46 (m, 2H)
  • Example 5-67
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.51-2.65 (m, 2H) 2.86 (dd, J=13.7, 8.1 Hz, 1H) 2.95 (dd, J=13.7, 8.1 Hz, 1H) 4.42-4.61 (m, 1H) 6.89-6.99 (m, 1H) 7.30 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.37-7.42 (m, 1H) 7.42-7.51 (m, 1H) 7.62 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 3H) 7.69 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H) 7.76 (d, J=9.9 Hz, 1H) 8.41 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H) 12.26 (br. s., 1H) 13.40 (s, 1H)
  • Example 5-68
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.51-2.57 (m, 2H) 2.90 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H) 4.34-4.52 (m, 1H) 7.15 (s, 1H) 7.31 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.39 (dd, J=7.6, 1.77 Hz, 1H) 7.47 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.59-7.66 (m, 3H) 7.70 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H) 8.74 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 5-69
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.61 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H) 2.89-3.02 (m, 2H) 4.53-4.71 (m, 1H) 7.16-7.37 (m, 4H) 7.39 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.45-7.57 (m, 3H) 7.59 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H) 8.20 (d, 1H).
  • Example 5-70
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.41-2.57 (m, 2H) 2.73-2.96 (m, 2H) 4.35-4.46 (m, 1H) 7.30 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.35-7.44 (m, 1H) 7.47 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.57-7.67 (m, 4H) 7.70 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H) 8.23 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H) 11.14 (s, 1H) 12.29 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 5-71
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.58 (dd, J=6.8, 1.8 Hz, 2H) 2.95 (dd, J=7.0, 3.4 Hz, 2H) 4.53-4.66 (m, 1H) 7.27-7.36 (m, 3H) 7.36-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.57 (m, 3H) 7.59 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 5-72
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.60-2.71 (m, 2H), 3.03 (dd, J=6.9, 4.7 Hz, 2H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 4.65-4.76 (m, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.38-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.64 (m, 5H), 8.03 (dd, J=8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (d, 1H), 8.56 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 5-73
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.43-2.59 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.95 (m, 2H), 4.04-4.16 (m, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 3H), 7.64 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 12.45 (br. s., 2H).
  • Example 6-1 Synthesis of (R)-3-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-(2-carboxyethylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00411
  • To a solution of (R)-3-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-(3-methoxy-3-oxopropylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (22.1 mg, 0.060 mmol) in THF (0.6 mL) and methanol (0.1 mL), aqueous 1M NaOH (0.12 mL, 0.12 mmol) is added at room temperature. After stirring for 3 hours, additional aqueous 1M NaOH (0.12 mL, 0.12 mmol) is added. The reaction mixture is allowed to stir for 30 minutes and quenched with 0.5 mL of aqueous 1M HCl and 0.5 mL of brine. The mixture is extracted twice with ethyl acetate, and the organic layer is concentrated under reduced pressure to give (R)-3-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-(2-carboxyethylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (16.4 mg). HPLC retention time=1.04 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=356.1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.13-2.31 (m, 3H) 2.59-2.65 (m, 1H) 2.81-2.90 (m, 2H) 3.12-3.27 (m, 2H) 7.26 (d, 2H, J=8 Hz) 7.34 (t, 1H, J=7.4 Hz) 7.45 (t, 2H, J=7.7 Hz) 7.57 (d, 2H, J=8.1 Hz) 7.63-7.65.
  • Example 7-1 Synthesis of (R)-3-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-N-carboxymethyl-succinamic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00412
  • A solution of (R)-tert-butyl 3-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-(2-tert-butoxy-2-oxoethylamino)-4-oxobutanoate (40 mg, 0.088 mmol) and TFA (0.5 mL, 6.49 mmol) in DCM (1.5 mL) is allowed to stir for 2 hours at room temperature. The reaction is concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue is suspended in DCM (0.5 mL) and heptane (2 mL), and collected on a funnel, giving (R)-3-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-N-carboxymethyl-succinamic acid (9.6 mg). HPLC retention time=1.26 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=342.0; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.39 (dd, J=16.67, 5.31 Hz, 1H) 2.63-2.82 (m, 2H) 2.98-3.14 (m, 2H) 3.84 and 3.95 (AB, 2H, J=17.8 Hz) 7.26-7.33 (m, 3H) 7.40 (t, J=7.71 Hz, 2H) 7.56 (dd, J=19.96, 8.08 Hz, 4H).
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 7-1:
  • Hydrolysis HPLC-RT MS
    Example # Product Starting Material Condition (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 7-2
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00413
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00414
    TFA, DCM, rt 1.35 min. (A) 370.0
  • Example 7-2
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.51-1.58 (m, 2H) 2.12-2.21 (m, 3H) 2.49-2.65 (m, 2H) 2.81-2.89 (m, 2H) 2.94-3.08 (m, 2H) 7.26 (d, 2H, J=8.1 Hz) 7.32-7.36 (m, 1H) 7.43-7.46 (m, 2H) 7.57 (d, 2H, J=8.0 Hz) 7.63-7.65 (m, 2H).
  • Example 8-1 Synthesis of (R)-4-(2-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-3-carboxy-propionylamino)-2-methyl-pentanoic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00415
  • To a stirred solution of 2-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-succinic acid 4-tert-butyl ester (100 mg, 0.29 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) is added HOBt (45 mg, 0.29 mmol) and EDCI (56 mg, 0.29 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes then (2R,4R)-4-amino-2-methyl-pentanoic acid ethyl ester trifluoroacetate (47 mg, 0.29 mmol) and triethylamine (89 mg, 0.87 mmol) is added and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The mixture is quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with water, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure to give (2R,4R)-7-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-2,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-nonanedioic acid 9-tert-butyl ester 1-ethyl ester.
  • Next, to a solution of (2R,4R)-7-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-2,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-nonanedioic acid 9-tert-butyl ester 1-ethyl ester EtOH (4 mL) is added aqueous 1M NaOH (4 mL) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The mixture is acidified to pH 2-3 with aqueous 1M HCl and is extracted with ethyl acetate. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is purified by preparative HPLC using a gradient of 10-100% MeCN/water (0.1% TFA). Lyophilization of the proper fractions furnished (R)-4-(2-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-3-carboxy-propionylamino)-2-methyl-pentanoic acid. HPLC retention time=1.13 minutes (condition C); MS 398.2 (M+1); 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.93 (m, 6H), 1.23 (m, 1H), 1.59 (m, 1H), 2.17 (m, 1H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 2.82 (m, 1H), 3.72 (m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.62 (m, 2H), 7.71 (m, 1H), 12.07 (s, 1H).
  • Example 9-1 Synthesis of (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-[(1H-tetrazole-5-carbonyl)-amino]-butyric acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00416
  • To a mixture of (R)-3-[(1-benzyl-1H-tetrazole-5-carbonyl)-amino]-4-biphenyl-4-yl-butyric acid ethyl ester and (R)-3-[(2-benzyl-2H-tetrazole-5-carbonyl)-amino]-4-biphenyl-4-yl-butyric acid ethyl ester (180 mg, 0.383 mmol) in EtOH (1 mL) and THF (1 mL) is added aqueous 1M LiOH (2 mL). After stirring for 0.5 hour, the reaction mixture is acidified with aqueous 1M HCl. The mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is dissolved in MeOH and hydrogenated with 10% Pd/C at room temperature for 3 hours and at 40° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated and purified by reverse phase HPLC to give (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-[(1H-tetrazole-5-carbonyl)-amino]-butyric acid. HPLC retention time=1.18 minutes (condition D); MS (m+1)=352; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) ppm 2.56 (dd, J=5.81, 15.92 Hz, 1H), 2.67 (dd, J=7.58, 15.92 Hz, 1H), 2.85-2.99 (m, 2H), 4.55-4.64 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.43 (dd, J=7.83, 7.83 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (d, J=7.07 Hz, 2H), 9.28 (d, 8.84 Hz, 1H), 12.28 (s, 1H).
  • Example 10-1 (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-(3-1H-tetrazol-5-yl-propionylamino)-butyric acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00417
  • To a solution of (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-{3-[1-(2-cyano-ethyl)-1H-tetrazol-5-yl]-propionylamino}-butyric acid ethyl ester (137 mg, 0.297 mmol) in DCM (8 mL) at room temperature is added DBU (1.507 mL, 10.00 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction is extracted with DCM. The combined organic layer is washed with saturated NH4Cl, brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced. The obtained residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 2% to 10% EtOH/DCM) to give (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-(3-1H-tetrazol-5-yl-propionylamino)-butyric acid ethyl ester (37 mg). To the obtained ester in EtOH (2 mL) at room temperature is added aqueous 1M NaOH (1 mL, 1.0 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. To the reaction is added 1 mL of aqueous 1M HCl to pH=4, and the mixture is purified by reverse phase HPLC [30% to 60% acetonitrile-H2O (0.1% TFA)] to give (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-(3-1H-tetrazol-5-yl-propionylamino)-butyric acid. HPLC retention time=1.24 minutes (condition C); MS (m+1)=380; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.37 (dd, J=6.7, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 2.53 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.69-2.82 (m, 2H), 3.02 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 4.17-4.29 (m, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (tt, J=7.3, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.57 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (dd, J=8.2, 1.1 Hz, 2H), 8.00 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 12.21 (br. s., 1H), 15.92 (br. s., 1H). Chiral HPLC retention time=5.64 min. Column: Daicel CHIRALCEL OJ-H (4.6×100 mm); flow rate=1 ml/min.; eluent: EtOH (containing 0.1% TFA)/heptane=2/8.
  • Example 11-1 Synthesis of (R)-4-(1-carboxy-3-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)propan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00418
  • To a solution of (R)-4-(1-(biphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (110 mg, 0.263 mmol) in THF (2 mL) and methanol (0.2 mL), aqueous 1M NaOH solution (1.053 mL, 1.053 mmol) is added at room temperature. After stirring for 1 hour, the reaction is quenched with 0.1 M aqueous HCl, and the solution is diluted with DCM (15 ml) and allowed to stir for 1.5 hours. The precipitated solid is collected on a funnel, washed with water, DCM, heptane and then DCM in that order, and dried under reduced pressure to (R)-4-(1-carboxy-3-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)propan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (66 mg). HPLC retention time=0.87 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=390.0; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.39-2.55 (m, 6H) 2.86 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.6 Hz, 1H) 2.92 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.2 Hz, 1H) 4.42-4.49 (m, 1H) 7.30-7.34 (m, 3H) 7.40 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H) 7.51-7.56 (m, 3H) 7.60 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H).
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 11-1:
  • Example Hydrolysis HPLC-RT MS
    # Product Starting Material Condition (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 11-2
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00419
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00420
    Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 0.79 min. (B) 404.1
    Example 11-3
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00421
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00422
    Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 0.65 min. (B) 418.2
    Example 11-4
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00423
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00424
    Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 0.63 min. (B) 434.3
    Example 11-5
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00425
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00426
    Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.40 min. (A) 418.3
    Example 11-6
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00427
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00428
    Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.40 min. (A) 423.3
    Example 11-7
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00429
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00430
    Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.39 min. (A) 423.3
    Example 11-9
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00431
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00432
    Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT 1.50 min. (B) 462.3
    Example 11-10
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00433
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00434
    Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, 50° C. 0.72 min. (B) 408.2
    Example 11-11
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00435
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00436
    Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 1.16 min. (C) 462.2
    Example 11-12
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00437
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00438
    Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 1.34 min. (C) 440.2
    Example 11-13
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00439
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00440
    Aq. NaOH, EtOH, 50° C. 1.09 min. (C) 428.2
    Example 11-14
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00441
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00442
    Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 1.17 min. (C) 401.0
    Example 11-15
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00443
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00444
    Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 1.12 min. (C) 385.2
    Example 11-16
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00445
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00446
    BCl3, DCM, rt 1.15 min. (C) 385.1
    Example 11-17
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00447
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00448
    Aq. NaOH, EtOH, 50° C. 1.18 min. (C) 384.3
    Example 11-18
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00449
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00450
    Aq. NaOH, EtOH, 50° C. 1.08 min. (C) 428.2
    Example 11-19
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00451
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00452
    Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 1.04 min. (C) 439.3
    Example 11-20
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00453
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00454
    Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 1.03 min. (C) 439.2
    Example 11-21
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00455
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00456
    Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 0.89 min. (C) 440.1
    Example 11-22
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00457
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00458
    Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 1.09 min. (C) 427.3
    Example 11-23
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00459
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00460
    Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 0.9 min. (C) 362.1
    Example 11-24
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00461
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00462
    Aq. NaOH, EtOH, 50° C. 0.96 min. (C) 412.1
    Example 11-25
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00463
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00464
    Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 0.97 min. (C) 424.4
    Example 11-26
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00465
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00466
    Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 0.83 min. (C) 385.1
    Example 11-27
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00467
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00468
    Aq. NaOH, EtOH, rt 1.22 min. (C) 436.2
    Example 11-28
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00469
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00470
    Aq. NaOH, EtOH, 50° C. 0.98 min. (C) 424.0
    Example 11-29
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00471
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00472
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.52 min. (D) 448.1
    Example 11-30
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00473
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00474
    Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, rt 1.12 min. (A) 388.3
    Example 11-31
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00475
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00476
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.52 min. (D) 398.1
    Example 11-32
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00477
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00478
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.56 min. (D) 415.0
    Example 11-33
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00479
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00480
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.56 min. (D) 410.1
    Example 11-34
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00481
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00482
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.75 min. (D) 425.1
    Example 11-35
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00483
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00484
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.63 min. (D) 399.1
    Example 11-36
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00485
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00486
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.62 min. (D) 403.0
    Example 11-37
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00487
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00488
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.73 min. (D) 431.1
    Example 11-38
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00489
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00490
    Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, rt 0.80 min. (B) 419.2
    Example 11-39
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00491
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00492
    Aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, rt 0.66 min. (B) 408.1
    Example 11-40
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00493
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00494
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00495
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.07 min. (A) 406.0
    Example 11-41
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00496
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00497
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00498
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.04 min. (A) 406.0
    Example 11-42
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00499
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00500
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00501
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 0.97 min. (A) 420.1
    Example 11-43
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00502
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00503
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00504
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 0.96 min. (A) 420.1
    Example 11-44
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00505
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00506
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00507
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00508
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 1.07 min. (A) 408.1
    Example 11-45
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00509
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00510
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 0.53 min. (B) 404
    Example 11-46
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00511
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00512
    Aq. NaOH, MeOH, rt 0.37 min. (B) 406
  • Example 11-2
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.76-1.83 (m, 2H) 2.15-2.21 (m, 4H) 2.49 (A of ABX, Jab=15.7 Hz, Jax=7.3 Hz, 1H) 2.53 (B of ABX, Jab=15.7 Hz, Jbx=6.1 Hz, 1H) 2.83 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=8.3 Hz, 1H) 2.93 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=5.8 Hz, 1H) 4.46-4.53 (m, 1H) 7.30-7.33 (m, 3H) 7.39 (t., J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.51-7.55 (m, 3H) 7.59-7.60 (m, 1H).
  • Example 11-3
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.77-1.84 (m, 2H) 2.16-2.23 (m, 4H) 2.39-2.42 (m, 2H) 2.49 (A of ABX, Jab=15.6 Hz, Jax=7.5 Hz, 1H) 2.53 (B of ABX, Jab=15.6 Hz, Jbx=6.1 Hz, 1H) 2.83 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=6.1 Hz, 1H) 2.91 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.3 Hz, 1H) 3.75 (s, 3H) 4.46-4.53 (m, 1H) 6.97-7.04 (m, 2H) 7.26 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.42 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H).
  • Example 11-4
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.77-1.84 (m, 2H) 2.16-2.24 (m, 4H) 2.49 (A of ABX, Jab=15.6 Hz, Jax=7.5 Hz, 1H) 2.54 (B of ABX, Jab=15.6 Hz, Jbx=6.1 Hz, 1H) 2.83 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=8.2 Hz, 1H) 2.91 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.1 Hz, 1H) 3.77 (s, 3H) 4.45-4.52 (m, 1H) 7.03 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.24-7.28 (m, 3H) 7.39-7.41 (m, 2H).
  • Example 11-5
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.49-1.56 (m, 4H) 2.13 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H) 2.23 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H) 2.45-2.56 (m, 2H) 2.80-2.86 (m, 1H) 2.91-2.96 (m, 1H) 4.46-4.53 (m, 1H) 7.31-7.33 (m, 3H) 7.40 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H) 7.52-7.55 (m, 3H) 7.59 (br t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 11-6
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.39-2.57 (m, 4H) 2.80 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=8.1 Hz, 1H) 2.89 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.1 Hz, 1H) 3.04 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 3.75 (s, 3H) 4.40-4.47 (m, 1H) 7.27-7.29 (m, 2H) 7.32-7.35 (m, 1H) 7.41 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.51-7.54 (m, 3H) 7.59-7.60 (m, 1H) 7.83-7.84 (m, 1H) 8.28 (br d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H) 8.55 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H) 8.62 (s, 1H).
  • Example 11-7
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.47 (A of ABX, Jab=15.7 Hz, Jax=7.7 HZ, 1H) 2.54 (B of ABX, Jab=15.7 Hz, Jbx=5.8 Hz, 1H) 2.64-2.75 (m, 2H) 2.80 (A of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jax=8.3 Hz, 1H) 2.92 (B of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jb=5.9 Hz, 1H) 3.17-3.21 (m, 2H) 4.43-4.50 (m, 1H) 7.28-7.35 (m, 3H) 7.39-7.43 (m, 1H) 7.51-7.54 (m, 3H) 7.59 (br t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H) 7.69-7.75 (m, 2H) 8.29-8.32 (m, 1H) 8.61 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 11-8
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.82-1.89 (m, 2H) 2.29 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H) 2.56 (A of ABX, Jab=16.4 Hz, Jax=5.6 Hz, 1H) 2.64 (B of ABX, Jab=16.4 Hz, Jbx=5.1 Hz, 1H) 2.95 (A of ABX, Jab=13.8 Hz, Jax=7.6 Hz, 1H) 2.99 (B of ABX, Jab=13.8 Hz, Jbx=7.2 Hz, 1H) 3.30 (s, 3H) 3.38 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H) 4.10 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.52-4.57 (m, 1H) 6.59 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.26-7.37 (m, 4H) 7.42-7.45 (m, 1H) 7.48-7.52 (m, 2H) 7.55 (br t, J=1.6 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 11-9
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3CN+D2O) δ ppm 2.43-2.56 (m, 2H) 2.71-2.91 (m, 4H) 3.21-3.34 (m, 2H) 4.39-4.46 (m, 1H) 7.27 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.34-7.49 (m, 7H) 7.55-7.56 (m, 1H) 7.65-7.70 (m, 2H).
  • Example 11-10
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.38-2.41 (m, 2H) 2.47-2.58 (m, 4H) 2.85-2.90 (m, 1H) 2.99-3.04 (m, 1H) 4.48-4.55 (m, 1H) 7.32-7.44 (m, 5H) 7.53-7.56 (m, 1H) 7.62-7.63 (m, 1H).
  • Example 11-11
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ ppm 2.44-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.85 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 2H), 4.29-4.38 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.30 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.43 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.71-7.72 (t, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 9.42-9.45 (M, 1H), 12.32 (s, 1H).
  • Example 11-12
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.54-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.98-3.03 (m, 1H), 4.56-4.63 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.47 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.61 (m, 3H), 7.67-7.68 (t, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (d, J=1.26 Hz, 1H), 9.17-9.19 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 9.50 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1H), 12.34 (s, 1H), 14.14 (s, 1H).
  • Example 11-13
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.46-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.96 (m, 2H), 4.51 (m, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.46 (t, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 3H), 7.69 (t, 1H).
  • Example 11-14
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm) 2.75-2.99 (m, 1H) 4.47 (d, J=7.58 Hz, 1H) 6.49 (s, 1H) 7.30 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 1H) 7.37-7.43 (m, 1H) 7.47 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1H) 7.63 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 2H) 7.70 (t, J=1.77 Hz, 1H) 8.80 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 1H) 11.69 (s, 1H) 12.04-12.58 (m, 1H).
  • Example 11-15
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.81-2.96 (m, 2H) 4.42-4.55 (m, 1H) 7.31 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H) 7.36-7.43 (m, 1H) 7.47 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1H) 7.63 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 4H) 7.69 (t, J=1.77 Hz, 1H) 7.72 (s, 1H) 8.54 (s, 1H) 8.60 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 1H) 12.29 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 11-16
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.53-2.64 (m, 2H) 2.84-2.93 (m, 2H) 4.41-4.59 (m, 1H) 7.00 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H) 7.31 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 2H) 7.37-7.42 (m, 1H) 7.47 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1H) 7.58-7.65 (m, 3H) 7.70 (t, J=1.77 Hz, 1H) 8.72 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H) 8.95 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 1H) 12.31 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 11-17
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.46-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.98 (m, 2H), 4.52 (m, 1H), 6.61 (d, J=2.27 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.37-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.46 (t, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 3H), 7.69 (t, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 11-18
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.48-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.96 (m, 2H), 4.52 (m, 1H), 7.16 (d, J=3.54 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=3.79 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.47 (t, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 3H), 7.70 (t, 1H), 8.59 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 11-19
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ ppm 2.54-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.88-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.99-3.05 (m, 1H), 4.53-4.62 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.47 (t, J=7.58 Hz, 1H), 7.60-7.62 (m, 3H), 7.68 (m, 1H), 7.86-7.87 (d, J=4.55 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.62-8.63 (d, J=4.80 Hz, 1H), 8.80-8.83 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 11-20
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ ppm 2.50-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.59 (t, J=6.32 Hz, 1H), 2.90-2.98 (m, 2H), 4.51-4.58 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.35 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.49 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.61-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.69-7.70 (t, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.90-7.91 (dd, J=1.77 Hz, 5.05 Hz, 1H), 8.38-8.39 (m, 1H), 8.83-8.85 (dd, J=0.76 Hz, 5.05 Hz, 1H), 8.91-8.93 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 11-21
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ ppm 2.45-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.59-2.67 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.99-3.05 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.61 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.34 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 2H), 7.37-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.48 (t, J=7.58 Hz, 1H), 7.60-7.62 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 2H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 8.86-8.87 (d, J=4.04 Hz, 1H), 9.06 (s, 1H).
  • Example 11-22
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ ppm 2.49-2.53 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.92 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 2H), 4.42-4.51 (m, 1H), 6.72-6.73 (d, J=2.27 Hz, 2H), 7.32-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.49 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.66 (m, 3H), 7.70-7.71 (t, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 8.27-8.29 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 1H), 11.96 (s, 1H), 12.33 (s, 1H), 12.75 (s, 1H).
  • Example 11-23
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ ppm 2.44-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.79-2.89 (m, 2H), 4.29-4.38 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.29 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.49 (t, J=8.08 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.64 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 3H), 7.70-7.71 (m, 1H), 8.85-8.87 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 12.30 (s, 1H).
  • Example 11-24
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.46-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.96 (m, 2H), 4.51 (m, 1H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.62 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H), 8.38 (d, broad, J=7.58 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 11-25
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ ppm 2.54-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.98-3.03 (m, 1H), 4.56-4.65 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.32 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.45-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.60-7.62 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H), 8.31-8.32 (d, J=1.26 Hz, 1H), 8.17-8.19 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (d, J=1.26 Hz, 1H), 12.32 (s, 1H), 14.10 (s, 1H).
  • Example 11-26
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.52-2.62 (m, 2H) 2.83-2.92 (m, 2H) 4.47 (d, J=7.07 Hz, 1H) 6.49 (s, 1H) 7.11-7.21 (m, 1H) 7.30 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H) 7.42-7.55 (m, 3H) 7.64 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H) 8.80 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 1H) 11.68 (br. s., 1H) 12.30 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 11-27
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.51-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.89 (dd, J=6.06 Hz, 1H), 2.96-3.01 (dd, J=7.83 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 4.54-4.63 (m, 1H), 6.96-7.00 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.08 (dd, J=0.76 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.38 (m, 2H), 8.33-8.34 (d, J=1.26 Hz, 1H), 9.16-9.18 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 9.49 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1H), 12.31 (s, 1H), 14.13 (s, 1H).
  • Example 11-28
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.52-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.73 (s, 1H), 2.89 (s, 1H), 2.81-2.95 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 4.50 (m, 1H), 7.00 (t, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (s, broad, 1H), 7.23-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.29-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 2H), 8.39 (d, broad, J=7.07 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 11-29
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.33 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H) 2.66 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H) 2.84 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H) 2.98 (dd, J=13.6, 8.1 Hz, 1H) 3.03 (dd, J=13.6, 6.6 Hz, 1H) 4.64-4.76 (m, 1H) 7.24-7.37 (m, 6H) 7.40-7.45 (m, 1H) 7.53 (s, 1H).
  • Example 11-30
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.40-2.51 (m, 2H) 2.79-2.90 (m, 2H) 4.29-4.38 (m, 1H) 6.47 (d, J=15.7 Hz, 1H) 6.88 (d, J=15.7 Hz 1H) 7.28-7.30 (m, 2H) 7.39-7.41 (m, 1H) 7.47 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H) 7.62-7.65 (m, 2H) 7.70-7.71 (m, 1H) 8.54 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H) 7.31 (d, J=8.3 HZ, 2H) 7.40-7.43 (m, 1H) 7.47-7.50 (m, 1H) 7.62-7.65 (m, 3H) 7.69-7.71 (m, 1H) 8.54 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H)
  • Example 11-31
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.22 (s, 3H) 2.43-2.49 (m, 1H) 2.52-2.60 (m, 1H) 2.84 (dd, J=13.6, 6.1 Hz, 1H) 2.94 (dd, J=13.6, 8.1 Hz, 1H) 4.39-4.58 (m, 1H) 6.33 (s, 1H) 7.30 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.36-7.42 (m, 1H) 7.46 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.61 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 3H) 7.69 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H) 8.02 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 11-32
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.51-2.56 (m, 2H) 2.89 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H) 3.31 (s, 3H) 4.33-4.57 (m, 1H) 7.31 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.37-7.42 (m, 1H) 7.46 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.60-7.66 (m, 3H) 7.69 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H) 8.15 (s, 1H) 8.50 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H) 12.24 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 11-33
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.52-2.60 (m, 2H) 2.66 (s, 3H) 2.93 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H) 4.43-4.63 (m, 1H) 7.33 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.36-7.42 (m, 1H) 7.46 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.58-7.66 (m, 3H) 7.69 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H) 8.74 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H) 8.98 (s, 2H) 12.28 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 11-34
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ ppm 2.15 (s, 3H) 2.67 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H) 2.98 (dd, J=13.9, 8.3 Hz, 1H) 3.03 (dd, J=14.1, 6.8 Hz, 1H) 4.62-4.77 (m, 1H) 5.57 (s, 1H) 6.16 (s, 1H) 7.27-7.32 (m, 1H) 7.32-7.41 (m, 3H) 7.46-7.54 (m, 3H) 7.56 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H) 7.65 (s, 1H) 8.55 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 11-35
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.42 (s, 3H) 2.63 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H) 2.99 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.59-4.73 (m, 1H) 7.25-7.30 (m, 1H) 7.30-7.37 (m, 3H) 7.41-7.50 (m, 3H) 7.53 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H) 8.15 (s, 1H).
  • Example 11-36
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.51-2.61 (m, 2H) 2.87 (dd, J=13.1, 5.6 Hz, 1H) 2.94 (dd, J=13.4, 7.6 Hz, 1H) 4.41-4.60 (m, 1H) 7.29-7.38 (m, 3H) 7.45 (ddd, J=8.7, 4.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H) 7.49 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H) 7.56 (dd, J=6.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H) 7.71 (s, 1H) 8.53 (s, 1H) 8.59 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 12.26 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 11-37
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.32 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H) 2.66 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H) 2.83 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H) 2.98 (dd, J=13.6, 7.8 Hz, 1H) 3.03 (dd, J=14.7, 6.8 Hz, 1H) 4.61-4.80 (m, 1H) 7.13 (dd, J=18.9, 10.1 Hz, 1H) 7.25-7.32 (m, 1H) 7.32-7.37 (m, 2H) 7.37-7.45 (m, 3H) 7.54 (s, 1H).
  • Example 11-38
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.15 (t, J=7.73 Hz, 3H) 2.39 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H) 2.79 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H) 3.46-3.56 (m, 2H) 3.91-4.01 (m, 2H) 4.21-4.29 (m, 1H) 7.14-7.17 (m, 1H) 7.28 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.39-7.42 (m, 1H) 7.48 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1H) 7.61-7.64 (m, 3H) 7.69-7.70 (m, 1H) 7.84 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H) 12.23 (br s, 1H).
  • Example 11-39
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ ppm 2.39-2.56 (m, 6H) 2.87 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.6 Hz, 1H) 2.94 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.1 Hz, 1H) 4.43-4.50 (m, 1H) 7.15-7.20 (m, 1H) 7.31-7.35 (m, 3H) 7.45-7.48 (m, 3H).
  • Example 11-40
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.24-2.37 (m, 4H), 2.73 (dd, 1H, J=7.83, 13.4 Hz), 2.88 (dd, 1H, J=7.33, 13.4 Hz), 3.93 (s, 1H), 4.26-4.36 (m, 1H), 5.35 (bs, 1H), 7.33 (d, 2H, J=8.08 Hz), 7.38-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.48 (t, 1H, J=7.83 Hz), 7.63 (d, 3H, J=8.34 Hz), 7.70 (t, 1H, J=2.02 Hz), 7.73 (d, 1H, J=9.09 Hz), 12.26 (bs, 2H).
  • Example 11-41
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.21-2.33 (m, 4H), 2.65-2.81 (m, 2H), 4.02 (d, 1H, J=4.04 Hz), 4.24-4.32 (m, 1H), 5.56 (bs, 1H), 7.27 (d, 2H, J=8.34 Hz), 7.37-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.47 (t, 1H, J=7.83 Hz), 7.58 (d, 2H, J=8.34 Hz), 7.60-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.69 (t, 1H, J=1.77 Hz), 7.96 (d, 1H, J=8.84 Hz), 12.03 (bs, 1H), 12.60 (bs, 1H).
  • Example 11-42
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.22-2.37 (m, 4H), 2.74 (dd, 1H, J=8.34, 13.4 Hz), 2.86 (dd, 1H, J=6.82, 13.4 Hz), 3.34 (s, 3H), 3.62 (d, 1H, J=2.78 Hz), 4.34-4.44 (m, 1H), 7.31 (d, 2H, J=8.34 Hz), 7.38-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.48 (t, 1H, J=7.83 Hz), 7.63 (d, 3H, J=8.34 Hz), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H, J=9.35 Hz).
  • Example 11-43
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.17-2.37 (m, 4H), 2.64-2.81 (m, 2H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.77 (d, 1H, J=4.04 Hz), 4.25-4.34 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, 2H, J=8.08 Hz), 7.38-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.47 (t, 1H, J=7.83 Hz), 7.56-7.64 (m, 3H), 7.68 (t, 1H, J=1.77 Hz), 8.05 (d, 1H, J=8.84 Hz), 12.05 (bs, 1H), 12.89 (bs, 1H).
  • Example 11-44
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.20-2.39 (m, 4H), 2.65-2.87 (m, 2H), 4.37-4.56 (m, 1H), 4.91 (d, 0.5H, J=2.78 Hz), 5.04 (d, 0.5H, J=3.03 Hz), 7.29 (d, 2H, J=8.34 Hz), 7.38-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.47 (t, 1H, J=7.83 Hz), 7.58-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.69 (t, 1H, J=1.77 Hz), 8.27 (d, 1H, J=8.59 Hz), 12.05 (bs, 1H), 13.57 (bs, 1H).
  • Example 11-45
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.10 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 2.17-2.37 (m, 4H), 2.57-2.78 (m, 3H), 4.19-4.31 (m, J=9.2, 9.2, 4.5, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.37-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.47 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.57-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.70 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 12.21 (br. s., 2H).
  • Example 11-46
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.45 (dd, J=6.6, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (dd, J=20.2, 15.2 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (s, 1H), 4.29-4.41 (m, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.48 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.70 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 11.65-13.45 (m, 1H).
  • Example 11-47/48 (R)-3-[(S)-2-(Carboxymethyl-amino)-propionylamino]-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid and (R)-3-[(R)-2-(Carboxymethyl-amino)-propionylamino]-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00513
  • To a solution of (R)-3-[2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-amino)-propionylamino]-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid ethyl ester (290 mg, 0.504 mmol) in THF (3 ml) and MeOH (0.5 ml) at room temperature is added 2M NaOH (1.009 ml, 2.017 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature over night. The mixture is concentrated to dryness and the crude i taken up in DCM (3.00 ml), to which is added TFA (3.89 ml, 50.4 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction is concentrated for HPLC purification. Reverse phase HPLC [25 to 50% ACN—H2O (0.1% TFA) over 10 min by Sunfire C18 column] give (R)-3-[(S)-2-(Carboxymethyl-amino)-propionylamino]-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid and (R)-3-[(R)-2-(Carboxymethyl-amino)-propionylamino]-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid.
  • (R)-3-[(S)-2-(Carboxymethyl-amino)-propionylamino]-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.28 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 2.40 (dd, J=15.7, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 2.51-2.56 (m, 1H), 2.76 (dd, J=13.4, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (dd, J=13.4, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.43-3.52 (m, 3H), 3.67 (q, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 4.25-4.36 (m, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.48 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.70 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H). HRMS: Calcd for C21H23ClN2O5: 418.1295. found: m/z 418.1307. LCMS (condition A): 419 (M+1); retention time=0.93 min; (R)-3-[(R)-2-(Carboxymethyl-amino)-propionylamino]-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.17 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 2.41-2.49 (m, 0H), 2.51-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.73 (dd, J=13.4, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 2.91 (dd, J=13.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.55-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.67-3.74 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.40 (m, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.44 (m, 0H), 7.48 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 0H), 7.59-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.69 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H). HRMS: Calcd for C21H23ClN2O5: 418.1295. found: m/z 418.1305. LCMS (condition A): 419 (M+1); retention time=0.99 min.
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 11-47/48:
  • HPLC-RT MS
    Example # Product Starting material (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 11- 49
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00514
      (R)-3-[2- (Carboxymethyl- amino)-acetylamino]- 4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl- 4-yl)-butyric acid
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00515
    1.12 min. (A) 405.2
  • Example 11-49
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.39-2.50 (m, 2H) 2.77-2.89 (m, 2H) 3.61-3.71 (m, 2H) 3.81 (s, 2H) 4.26-4.35 (m, 1H) 7.31 (d, J=8.3 HZ, 2H) 7.40-7.43 (m, 1H) 7.47-7.50 (m, 1H) 7.62-7.65 (m, 3H) 7.69-7.70 (m, 1H) 8.49 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 12-1 Synthesis of (R)-4-(1-carboxy-3-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)propan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00516
  • To a solution of (R)-4-(1-(2′,5′-dichlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (106 mg, 0.234 mmol) in THF (2 ml) and MeOH (0.1 ml), 1M aqueous NaOH solution (1.406 mL, 1.406 mmol) is added at room temperature. After stirring for 4.5 hours, the reaction is quenched with 0.1 M aqueous HCl (3 ml), and the products are extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude is triturated in DCM. The precipitates are collected on a funnel, washed with DCM, and dried under reduced pressure to give (R)-4-(1-carboxy-3-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)propan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (64.0 mg) as white solid; HPLC retention time=1.24 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=424.07; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.38-2.42 (m, 2H) 2.45-2.57 (m, 4H) 2.87 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=7.6 Hz, 1H) 2.95 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=6.1 Hz, 1H) 4.44-4.51 (m, 1H) 7.30-7.37 (m, 6H) 7.47 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 13-1 Synthesis of (R)-4-(1-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-carboxypropan-2-ylcarbamoyl)picolinic acid Example 13-2 Synthesis of (R)-2-(1-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-carboxypropan-2-ylcarbamoyl)isonicotinic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00517
  • To a solution of (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4-(biphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride (200 mg, 0.625 mmol), 2,4-pyridinedicarboxylic acid hydrate (151 mg, 0.813 mmol), EDCI (132 mg, 0.688 mmol) and 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (94 mg, 0.688 mmol) in DMF (6 ml), DIPEA (0.164 ml, 0.938 mmol) is added. The reaction mixture is allowed to stir for 3 hours. Then, the reaction mixture is diluted with H2O. The precipitated solid is collected on a funnel and dried under reduced pressure. To a solution of the crude in THF (8 ml) and MeOH (1 ml), 1 M aqueous NaOH (2.5 ml, 2.5 mmol) is added. After stirring for 1 hour, the reaction is quenched with 5% citric acid and brine, and the products are extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The resulting residue is purified by preparative HPLC using a gradient of 20% MeCN/water (0.1% TFA) to 100% MeCN to give (R)-4-(1-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-carboxypropan-2-ylcarbamoyl)picolinic acid and (R)-2-(1-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-carboxypropan-2-ylcarbamoyl)isonicotinic acid as white solids, respectively (Example 13-1: 33 mg; Example 13-2: 36 mg). Example 13-1, HPLC retention time=1.50 minutes (condition D); MS (m+1)=405.1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.53-2.62 (m, 2H) 2.88-2.97 (m, 2H) 4.50-4.59 (m, 1H) 7.31-7.35 (m, 3H) 7.42-7.45 (m, 2H) 7.57-7.64 (m, 4H) 7.89 (dd, J=5, 1.6 Hz, 1H) 8.83 (dd, J=5, 0.8 Hz, 1H) 8.37 (dd, J=1.6, 0.8 Hz) 8.89 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H). Example 13-2, HPLC retention time=1.24 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=405.1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.52-2.68 (m, 2H) 2.91 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=6.1 Hz, 1H) 3.01 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=8.1 Hz, 1H) 4.56-4.65 (m, 1H) 7.29-7.34 (m, 3H) 7.41-7.45 (m, 2H) 7.55-7.64 (m, 4H) 7.99 (dd, J=5, 1.6 Hz, 1H) 8.34 (dd, J=1.6, 0.8 Hz, 1H) 8.84 (dd, J=5, 0.8 Hz, 1H) 8.90 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H) 12.26 (br s, 1H) 13.87 (br s, 1H).
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 13-1 and 13-2:
  • HPLC-RT MS
    Example # Product Condition (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 13- 3
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00518
      (R)-3-(2- aminopyrimidine-4- carboxamido)-4- (biphenyl-4-yl)butanoic acid
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00519
      PyBOP, DIPEA, DMF, RT; aq. NaOH, THF, MeOH, RT
    1.37 min. (A) 377.0
  • Example 13-3
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.55 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H) 2.91 (A of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jax=6.3 Hz, 1H) 2.96 (B of ABX, Jab=13.6 Hz, Jbx=7.6 Hz, 1H) 4.46-4.55 (m, 1H) 6.86 (br s, 2H) 7.02 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H) 7.28-7.36 (m, 3H) 7.42-7.46 (m, 2H) 7.58-7.65 (m, 4H) 8.39 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H) 8.45 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H).
  • Example 14-1 Synthesis of (R)-3-(3-Carboxymethyl-ureido)-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00520
  • To a solution of Intermediate 16-1 (90 mg, 0.254 mmol) and ethyl isocyanatoacetate (39.4 mg, 0.305 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) is added pyridine (2.93 g, 37.1 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is used directly in the next step.
  • Next, the above residue is dissolved in EtOH (1 mL) and 1N NaOH (3 mL, 3 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours then is acidified with 1N HCl. The mixture is extracted with EtOAc and the organic phase is washed with water, brine then dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue purified by preparative HPLC using a gradient of 10% MeCN/water to 100% MeCN (+0.1% TFA). Lyophilization of the proper fractions gives the title compound; HPLC Retention time 0.98 minutes (condition C); MS 391.3 (M+1); 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ ppm 2.34 (d, J=7.33 Hz, 2H), 2.79 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 2H), 3.67 (d, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 4.04-4.12 (m, 1H), 6.15 (t, J=5.81 Hz, 1H), 6.23 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.48 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.71 (t, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 12.32 (s, br, 2H).
  • Example 15-1 (R)-4-(3′-Chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-3-[(2H-tetrazole-5-carbonyl)-amino]-butyric acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00521
  • To a suspension of the starting material in MeOH (5 ml) at room temperature is added NaOH (2 mL, 6.00 mmol) and the mixture is stirred until the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture is acidified to pH<4 and purified by HPLC (15% to 60% acetonitrile-H2O with 0.1% TFA) to give (R)-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-3-[(2H-tetrazole-5-carbonyl)-amino]-butyric acid (80 mg).
  • HPLC retention time=0.95 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=386.1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) d ppm 2.52-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.61-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.99 (m, 2H), 4.51-4.64 (m, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.36-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.46 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 3H), 7.68 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 9.31 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 12.32 (br. s., 1H).
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 15-1:
  • Starting material
    and hydrolysis HPLC-RT MS
    Example # Product condition (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 15- 2
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00522
      (R)-4-(3′-Fluoro- biphenyl-4-yl)-3-[(2H- tetrazole-5-carbonyl)- amino]-butyric acid
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00523
      1 atm. H2, Pd/C, EtOH, RT Followed by aq. NaOH and EtOH
    1.26 min. (A) 370.2
    Example 15- 3
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00524
      (R)-4-(2′-Methoxy- biphenyl-4-yl)-3-[(2H- tetrazole-5-carbonyl)- amino]-butyric acid
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00525
      1 atm. H2, Pd/C, EtOH, RT Followed by aq. NaOH and EtOH
    1.24 min. (A) 382.2
  • Example 15-2
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) d ppm 2.52-2.72 (m, 2H), 2.86-3.00 (m, 2H), 4.52-4.65 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.43-7.51 (m, 3H), 7.61 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 9.28 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 12.29 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 15-3
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.52-2.60 (m, J=15.9, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 2.67 (dd, J=15.9, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (dd, J=13.6, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 2.95 (dd, J=13.6, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 4.52-4.64 (m, 1H), 7.00 (td, J=7.4, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.27 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 9.30 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 12.28 (br. s., 1H).
  • Example 16-1 N—[(R)-1-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-3-methanesulfonylamino-3-oxo-propyl]-succinamic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00526
  • [(R)-1-(3′-Chloro-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-3-methanesulfonylamino-3-oxo-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (150 mg, 0.321 mmol) is treated with 4M HCl in dioxane. After being stirred at room temperature for 1 h, the reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo. To this residue in DCM (2 mL) are added succinic anhydride (48.2 mg, 0.482 mmol) and triethylamine (0.112 mL, 0.803 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature for 2 h, the reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc and washed with 1M HCl and brine. The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue is purified by reverse phase HPLC (SunFire C18, 0.1% TFA in H2O/CH3CN) to give N—[(R)-1-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-3-methanesulfonylamino-3-oxo-propyl]-succinamic acid (63 mg). HPLC retentions time=1.32 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=467; 1H NMR (400 Mz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.22-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.54 (m, 4H), 2.77 (d, 2H, J=6.82 Hz), 3.17 (s, 3H), 4.31 (dt, 1H, J=7.33, 13.9 Hz), 7.28 (d, 2H, J=8.08 Hz), 7.38-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.48 (t, 1H, J=7.83 Hz), 7.62 (d, 3H, J=8.34 Hz), 7.70 (t, 1H, J=2.02 Hz), 7.89 (d, 1H, J=8.34 Hz), 11.70 (s, 1H), 12.04 (s, 1H).
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 16-1:
  • HPLC-RT MS
    Example # Product Starting material (condition) (M + 1)
    Example 16- 2
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00527
      N-[(R)-1-(3′-Chloro- biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-3- oxo-3-(propane-1- sulfonylamino)-propyl]- succinamic acid
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00528
    1.26 min. (condition A) 495
    Example 16- 3
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00529
      N-[(R)-1-(3′-Chloro- biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-3- oxo-3- phenylmethanesulfonyl amino-propyl]- succinamic acid
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00530
    1.34 min. (condition A) 543
    Example 16- 4
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00531
      N-[(R)-2-Carbamoyl-1- (3′-chloro-biphenyl-4- ylmethyl)-ethyl]- succinamic acid
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00532
    1.33 min. (condition A) 389
  • Example 16-2
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.96 (t, 3H, J=7.33 Hz), 1.66 (dd, 2H, J=7.33, 15.2 Hz), 2.25 (t, 2H, J=7.07 Hz), 2.31-2.45 (m, 4H), 2.76 (d, 2H, J=6.82 Hz), 3.25-3.32 (m, 2H), 4.30 (dd, 1H, J=7.83, 14.7 Hz), 7.28 (d, 2H, J=8.34 Hz), 7.38-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.48 (t, 1H, J=7.83 Hz), 7.63 (d, 3H, J=8.08 Hz), 7.70 (t, 1H, J=1.77 Hz), 7.89 (d, 1H, J=8.34 Hz), 11.61 (s, 1H), 12.04 (s, 1H).
  • Example 16-3
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.24-2.31 (m, 2H), 2.34-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.44 (d, 2H, J=6.82 Hz), 2.78 (d, 2H, J=6.82 Hz), 4.26-4.36 (m, 1H), 4.67 (s, 2H), 7.25-7.33 (m, 4H), 7.34-7.43 (m, 4H), 7.48 (t, 1H, J=7.58 Hz), 7.63 (d, 3H, J=8.34 Hz), 7.70 (t, 1H, J=1.77 Hz), 7.92 (d, 1H, J=8.34 Hz), 11.60 (s, 1H), 12.05 (s, 1H).
  • Example 16-4
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.19-2.29 (m, 4H), 2.36 (dd, 2H, J=6.57, 6.57 Hz), 2.72 (dd, 1H, J=7.83, 13.6 Hz), 2.81 (dd, 1H, J=5.31, 13.6 Hz), 4.17-4.27 (m, 1H), 6.83 (s, 1H), 7.28 (d, 3H, J=8.34 Hz), 7.38-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.47 (t, 1H, J=7.83 Hz), 7.58-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.69 (t, 1H, J=1.77 Hz), 7.78 (d, 1H, J=8.34 Hz), 12.05 (s, 1H).
  • Example 16-5 Synthesis of N—[(R)-1-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-3-methanesulfonylamino-3-oxo-propyl]-succinamic acid butyl ester
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00533
  • To a solution of N—[(R)-1-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-3-methanesulfonylamino-3-oxo-propyl]-succinamic acid (50 mg, 0.107 mmol) in n-butanol (2 mL) is added thionyl chloride (9.38 μL, 0.128 mmol). The reaction mixture is warmed to 50° C. and stirred for 1 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture is concentrated and purified by reverse phase HPLC (SunFire C18, 0.1% TFA in H2O/CH3CN) to give N—[(R)-1-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-3-methanesulfonylamino-3-oxo-propyl]-succinamic acid butyl ester (32 mg). HPLC retentions time=1.56 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=523; 1H NMR (400 Mz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.86 (t, 3H, J=7.33 Hz), 1.22-1.34 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.55 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.44 (m, 3H), 2.45-2.55 (m, 3H), 2.71-2.83 (m, 1H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 3.96 (t, 2H, J=6.57 Hz), 4.27-4.38 (m, 1H), 7.28 (d, 2H, J=8.08 Hz), 7.37-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.48 (t, 1H J=7.83 Hz), 7.62 (d, 3H, J=8.34 Hz), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H, J=8.34 Hz), 11.71 (s, 1H).
  • Example 17 (R)-3-(2-acetyloxazole-5-carboxamido)-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00534
  • To a solution of (R)-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-(prop-1-en-2-yl)oxazole-5-carboxamido)butanoic acid (60 mg, 0.14 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) and MeOH (2 mL) at −78° C. is bubbled ozone for 30 seconds. After 30 seconds ozone is removed and oxygen is bubbled for 10 minutes. After bubbling oxygen for 10 minutes the −78° C. bath is removed and the reaction is quenched with polymer supported triphenylphosphine and the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After 2 hours the reaction is filtered to remove triphenylphosphineoxide on supported polymer and the filtrate is collected and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by RP-HPLC (SunFire C18, H2O (0.1% TFA)/CH3CN), and then lyophilized to give (R)-3-(2-acetyloxazole-5-carboxamido)-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoic acid (13 mg). HPLC retention time=1.67 minutes (condition D); MS (m+1)=427.0; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.53-2.59 (m, 2H) 2.60 (s, 3H) 2.87 (dd, J=10.9, 3.3 Hz, 1H) 2.94 (dd, J=10.9, 5.1 Hz, 1H) 4.46-4.60 (m, 1H) 7.31 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.36-7.43 (m, 1H) 7.47 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) 7.62 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 3H) 7.69 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H) 7.94 (s, 1H) 8.86 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 12.31 (br. s., 1H).
  • Starting materials or intermediates are prepared in following manner:
  • Intermediate 1: (R)-ethyl 4-(4-bromophenyl)-3-(4-methoxy-4-oxobutanamido)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00535
  • To (R)-ethyl-4-(4-bromophenyl-4-yl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate (2.02 g, 5.23 mmol) is added a solution of 4M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (13.1 mL, 52.3 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring for 1 hour, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give (R)-3-amino-4-bromophenyl-4-yl-butyric acid ethyl ester hydrochloride. To a solution of (R)-3-amino-4-bromophenyl-4-yl-butyric acid ethyl ester hydrochloride is added succinic anhydride (0.707 g, 7.06 mmol) and DIPEA (2.06 mL, 11.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) and allowed to stir for 4 hours. The reaction is quenched with 0.1 M aqueous HCl. The products are extracted with ethyl acetate and washed with brine. The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give (R)-4-(1-(4-bromophenyl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (2.26 g). To a solution of the obtained residue (2.26 g) in toluene (25 mL) and MeOH (25 mL), TMSCHN2 in hexanes (5.85 ml, 11.70 mmol) is added portionwise at room temperature under nitrogen. The reaction mixture is allowed to stir for 1.5 hour, then quenched with AcOH (0.5 mL; 8.78 mmol), and the solution is stirred for 10 minutes. The solution is concentrated, and the obtained residue is purified by flash column chromatography on 40 g silica gel (eluent: heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 0:100) to give (R)-ethyl 4-(4-bromophenyl)-3-(4-methoxy-4-oxobutanamido)butanoate (1.92 g). HPLC retention time=1.04 minutes (condition B); MS (ES+)=400 (m+1), 402.0 (m+3; 100%); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.28 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 2.40-2.53 (m, 4H) 2.60-2.64 (m, 2H) 2.79 (A of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jax=7.85 Hz, 1H) 2.90 (B of ABX, Jab=13.7 Hz, Jbx=6.65 Hz, 1H) 3.68 (s, 3H) 4.10-4.22 (m, 2H) 4.39-4.47 (m, 1H) 6.29 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.06 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H) 7.40-7.42 (m, 2H).
  • Intermediate 2: (R)-ethyl 4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00536
  • A mixture of (R)-ethyl 4-(4-bromophenyl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate (1.5 g, 3.88 mmol), phenylboronic acid (0.710 g, 5.82 mmol), Pd(Ph3P)4 (0.449 g, 0.388 mmol) and aqueous Na2CO3 (3.88 mL, 7.77 mmol) in toluene (25 mL) is allowed to stir at 95° C. under nitrogen for 14 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and quenched with brine. The mixture is extracted twice with ethylacetate, and the combined organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 50:50) to give (R)-ethyl 4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate (1.30 g); HPLC retention time=1.61 minutes (condition B); MS (ES+)=328.0 (m-tBu+2); 284.1 (m-Boc+2; 100%); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.28 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.48 (A of ABX, Jab=16.1 Hz, Jax=5.9 Hz, 1H) 2.53 (B of ABX, Jab=16.0 Hz, Jbx=5.3 Hz, 1H) 2.83-3.00 (m, 2H) 4.14-4.19 (m, 3H) 5.06 (br s) 7.26-7.27 (m, 2H) 7.31-7.35 (m, 2H) 7.43 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H) 7.52-7.58 (m, 4H).
  • Following intermediates are prepared using similar procedure as described for intermediate 2:
  • MS
    HPLC-RT (ES+;
    Intermediate # Product Condition (condition) 100%)
    Intermediate 2-2
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00537
      (R)-ethyl 3-(tert- butoxycarbonylamino)-4-(3′- fluorobiphenyl-4- yl)butanoate
    Pd(PPh3)4, 3- fluorobenzeneboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, toluene, 95° C. 1.61 min. (B) 302.1 (m-BOC + 2)
    Intermediate 2-3
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00538
      (R)-ethyl 3-(tert- butoxycarbonylamino)- 4-(5′-chloro-2′- methoxybiphenyl-4- yl)butanoate
    PdCl2(dppf)•CH2Cl2 complex, 5-chloro-2- methoxyphenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, toluene, 95° C. 1.58 min. (B) 348.1 (m-BOC + 2)
    Intermediate 2-4
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00539
      (R)-ethyl 3-(tert- butoxycarbonylamino)- 4-(5′-fluoro-2′- methoxybiphenyl-4- yl)butanoate
    PdC2(dppf)•CH2Cl2 complex, 5-fluoro-2- methoxyphenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, toluene, 95° C 1.42 min. (B) 332.2 (m-BOC + 2)
    Intermediate 2-5
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00540
      (R)-ethyl 3-(tert- butoxycarbonylamino)- 4-(2′-chloro-5′- fluorobiphenyl-4- yl)butanoate
    Pd(PPh3)4, 2-chloro-5- fluorophenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, toluene, 95° C 1.49 min. (B) 336.1 (m-BOC + 2)
    Intermediate 2-6
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00541
      (R)-ethyl 3-(tert- butoxycarbonylamino)- 4-(5′-chloro-2′- fluorobiphenyl-4- yl)butanoate
    Pd(PPh3)4, 5-chloro-2- fluorophenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, DME, 95° C 1.47 min. (B) 336.1 (m-BOC + 2)
  • Intermediate 3: (R)-4-(1-(biphenyl-4-yl)-4-tert-butoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00542
  • To (R)-tert-butyl 4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate (26.4 mg, 0.064 mmol) is added 4M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (0.321 ml, 1.283 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is stirred for 45 minutes and concentrated under reduced pressure. To a solution of the obtained residue in dichloromethane (0.4 mL) is added succinic anhydride (7.70 mg, 0.077 mmol) and DIPEA (0.013 mL, 0.077 mmol). The reaction mixture is allowed to stir at room temperature for 14 hours and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by RP-HPLC (SunFire C-18, H2O (0.1% TFA)/CH3CN) to give (R)-4-(1-(biphenyl-4-yl)-4-tert-butoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (9.5 mg). HPLC retention time=1.70 minutes (condition A); MS (ES+)=412.1 (m+1); 356.0 (m-tBu+2; 100%); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.48 (s, 9H) 2.36-2.51 (m, 4H) 2.64-2.67 (m, 2H) 2.87 (A of ABX, Jab=13.5 Hz, Jax=5.7 Hz, 1H), 2.97 (Jab=13.5 Hz, Jbx=6.2 Hz, 1H) 7.24-7.26 (m, 2H) 7.31-7.35 (m, 1H) 7.43 (t, J=7.75 Hz, 2H) 7.53 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H) 7.57 (d, J=7.6 HZ, 2H).
  • Following intermediates are prepared using similar procedure as described in intermediate 3:
  • HPLC-RT MS
    Intermediate # Product Starting Material (condition) (M + 1)
    Intermediate 3-2
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00543
      (R)-4-(4-Bromo- phenyl)-3-(3- carboxy- propionylamino)- butyric acid ethyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00544
    0.90 min. (B) 385.9
  • Intermediate 4: (R)-tert-butyl 4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00545
  • A solution of (R)-2-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-tert-butoxy-4-oxobutanoic acid (100 mg, 0.294 mmol), DPPA (0.076 mL, 0.353 mmol) and Et3N (0.049 mL, 0.353 mmol) in Toluene (1.5 mL) is allowed to stir at 100° C. under nitrogen for 2 hours. tBuOH (0.281 ml, 2.94 mmol) is added and the mixture is refluxed for 5 hours at the same temperature. The reaction is cooled to room temperature, and the solvent is removed. Ethyl acetate is added to the obtained residue, and the organic layer is washed with 5% aqueous citric acid, H2O, saturated aqueous NaHCO3, and brine. The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by flash column chromatography on 40 g of silica gel (heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 50:50) to give the corresponding isocyanate (35.7 mg). The obtained isocyanate is dissolved in tBuOH (0.3 mL) and the solution is allowed to stir at 80° C. for 20 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated, and the residue is purified by flash column chromatography on 12 g of silica gel (heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 70:30) to give (R)-tert-butyl 4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate (26.4 mg, 22%). HPLC retention time=1.74 minutes (condition B); MS (ES+)=356.0 (m-tBu+2) 300.0 (m-tBux2+3; 100%); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.41 (s, 9H) 1.47 (s, 9H) 2.36 (A of ABX, Jab=15.6 Hz, Jax=6.2 Hz, 1H) 2.44 (B of ABX, Jab=15.5 Hz, Jbx=5.45 Hz) 2.82-2.97 (m, 2H) 4.15 (br s) 5.09 (br d) 7.6-7.35 (m, 3H) 7.41-7.45 (m, 2H) 7.51-7.56 (m, 4H).
  • Intermediate 5: (R)-ethyl 4-(4-bromophenyl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00546
  • To a suspension of (R)-4-(4-bromophenyl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid (9.98 g, 27.9 mmol) and NaHCO3 (4.68 g, 55.7 mmol) in DMF (45 mL) is added Ethyl iodide (6.75 mL, 84 mmol) at room temperature under nitrogen. After stirring for 71 hours, the reaction is quenched with H2O (300 mL), and then precipitated solid is collected and washed with H2O (500 mL) to give (R)-ethyl 4-(4-bromophenyl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate (10.25 g, 94%). HPLC retention time=1.48 minutes (condition B); MS (ES+)=329.9 (m-tBu+2); 286.0 (m-Boc+2; 100%); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.27 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 1.40 (s, 9H), 2.43 (A of ABX, Jab=15.8 Hz, Jax=5.7 Hz, 1H) 2.50 (B of ABX, Jab=15.8 Hz, Jbx=5.4 Hz, 1H) 2.74-2.90 (m, 2H) 4.11 (br s) 4.15 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 5.04 (br d) 7.07 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) 7.40-7.43 (m, 2H).
  • Following intermediates are prepared using similar procedure as described for intermediate 5:
  • MS
    HPLC-RT (ES+;
    Intermediate # Product Condition (condition) 100%)
    Intermediate 5-2
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00547
      (R)-benzyl 4-(4- bromophenyl)-3- butoxycarbonylamino) butanoate
    BnBr, NaHCO3, DMF, RT 1.56 min. (B) 348 (m-MOC + 2)
    Intermediate 5-3
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00548
      (R)-4-(4-Bromo- phenyl)-3-tert- butoxycarbonylamino- butyric acid propyl ester
    n-propyl iodide, NaHCO3, DMF, RT 1.47 min. (B) 400 (m + 1)
    Intermediate 5-4
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00549
      (R)-4-(4-Bromo- phenyl)-3-tert- butoxycarbonylamino- butyric acid butyl ester
    n-butyl iodide, NaHCO3) DMF, RT 1.55 min. (B) 414 (m + 1)
    Intermediate 5-5
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00550
      (R)-4-(4-Bromo- phenyl)-3-tert- butoxycarbonylamino- butyric acid 5- methyl-2-oxo- [1,3]dioxol-4- ylmethyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00551
      K2CO3, DMF, RT
    1.28 min. (B) 470 (m + 1)
    Intermediate 5-6
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00552
      (R)-4-(4-Bromo- phenyl)-3-tert- butoxycarbonylamino- butyric acid dimethylcarbamoyl methyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00553
      K2CO3, DMF, RT
    1.65 min. (B) 444 (m + 1)
    Intermediate 5-7
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00554
      (R)-4-(4-Bromo- phenyl)-3-tert- butoxycarbonylamino- butyric acid 2- morpholin-4-yl- ethyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00555
      K2CO3, DMF, RT
    1.19 min. (B) 471 (m + 1)
  • Intermediate 5-2: (R)-benzyl 4-(4-bromophenyl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00556
  • To a suspension of (R)-4-(4-bromophenyl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid (5.02 g, 14.01 mmol) and NaHCO3 (3.53 g, 42.0 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) is added Benzyl bromide (5.10 mL, 42 mmol) at room temperature under nitrogen. After stirring for 46 hours, the reaction is diluted with H2O (200 mL), and then precipitated solid is collected and washed with H2O (500 mL) and then with heptane (200 ml) to give (R)-benzyl 4-(4-bromophenyl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate (5.61 g, 89%). HPLC retention time=1.56 minutes (condition B); MS (ES+)=392.1 (m-tBu+2); 348.1 (m-Boc+2; 100%); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.39 (s, 9H) 2.48 (A of ABX, Jab=15.9 Hz, Jax=5.6 Hz, 1H) 2.54 (B of ABX, Jab=15.9 Hz, Jbx=5.3 Hz, 1H) 2.72-2.88 (m, 2H) 4.11 (br s, 1H) 5.02 (br s, 1H) 5.10 (A of AB, J=12.1 Hz, 1H) 5.16 (A of AB, J=12.1 Hz, 1H) 7.00 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.34-7.39 (m, 7H).
  • Intermediate 6: (R)-3-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-(3-methoxy-3-oxopropylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00557
  • To a solution of (R)-tert-butyl 3-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-(3-methoxy-3-oxopropylamino)-4-oxobutanoate (40 mg, 0.094 mmol) in DCM (0.5 mL), TFA (0.15 mL) is added at room temperature. The mixture is allowed to stir for 2 hours, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to give (R)-3-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-(3-methoxy-3-oxopropylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (33.5 mg, 96%). HPLC retention time=1.20 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=370.1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.21-2.29 (m, 1H) 2.38-2.45 (m, 1H) 2.62-2.66 (m, 1H) 2.75-3.00 (m, 4H) 3.29-3.37 (m, 1H) 3.45-3.53 (m, 4H) 6.12 (br s, 1H) 7.23 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H) 7.32-7.35 (m, 1H) 7.41-7.45 (m, 2H) 7.53 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.56-7.59 (m, 2H).
  • Intermediate 7: (R)-tert-butyl 3-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-(3-methoxy-3-oxopropylamino)-4-oxobutanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00558
  • A solution of (R)-2-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-tert-butoxy-4-oxobutanoic acid (142 mg, 0.417 mmol), 3-amino-propionic acid methyl ester hydrochloride (76 mg, 0.542 mmol), WSC hydrochloride (120 mg, 0.626 mmol), 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (85 mg, 0.626 mmol) and DIPEA (0.219 ml, 1.251 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) is allowed to stir at room temperature under nitrogen for 13 hours. The reaction is quenched with H2O. The products are extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with aqueous 1M HCl and then with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by flash column chromatography on 12 g of silica gel (heptane/EtOAc=70:30 to 0:100) to give (R)-tert-butyl 3-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-(3-methoxy-3-oxopropylamino)-4-oxobutanoate (164 mg, 91%). HPLC retention time=1.59 minutes (condition A); MS (ES+)=425.4 (m); 369.4 (m-tBu+1; 100%); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.24-2.44 (m, 2H) 2.67-2.79 (m, 3H) 2.89-2.96 (m, 1H) 3.28-3.36 (m, 1H) 3.45-3.53 (m, 1H) 7.23 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H) 7.33 (t, J=7.35 Hz, 1H) 7.41-7.44 (m, 2H) 7.51 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.58 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H).
  • Following intermediates are prepared using similar procedure as described in intermediate 7:
  • Starting HPLC-RT MS
    Intermediate # Product Material Condition (condition) (M + 1)
    Intermediate 7-2
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00559
      (R)-3-Biphenyl-4- ylmethyl-N-tert- butoxycarbonylmethyl- succinamic acid tert-butyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00560
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00561
      WSC•HCl, HOAt, DIPEA, DMF, rt
    1.64 min. (B) 454.1
    Intermediate 7-3
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00562
      (R)-3-Biphenyl-4- ylmethyl-N-(3- carboxy-propyl)- succinamic acid tert-butyl ester
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00563
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00564
      WSC•HCl, HOAt, DIPEA, DMF, rt
    1.71 min. (B) 426.1
  • Intermediate 8: (R)-3-[(1-benzyl-1H-tetrazole-5-carbonyl)-amino]-4-biphenyl-4-yl-butyric acid ethyl ester and (R)-3-[(2-benzyl-2H-tetrazole-5-carbonyl)-amino]-4-biphenyl-4-yl-butyric acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00565
  • (R)-ethyl 4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate (117 mg, 0.305 mmol) is treated with 4M HCl dioxane solution (2 mL). After stirring for 0.5 hour, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. To a solution of the obtained residue and Et3N (0.106 mL, 0.763 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) is added benzyl-H-tetrazole-5-carbonyl chloride (mixture of 1 and 2-benzyl isomers, 82 mg, 0.366 mmol, prepared according to J. Med. Chem. 1986, 29, 538-549). After stirring for 10 minutes, Et3N (0.106 mL, 0.763 mmol) and the acid chloride (82 mg, 0.366 mmol) are added. After stirring for 0.5 hour, the reaction mixture is diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with H2O and brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography to give (R)-3-[(1-benzyl-1H-tetrazole-5-carbonyl)-amino]-4-biphenyl-4-yl-butyric acid ethyl ester and (R)-3-[(2-benzyl-2H-tetrazole-5-carbonyl)-amino]-4-biphenyl-4-yl-butyric acid ethyl ester. HPLC retention time=1.51 minutes (condition D); MS=470.0 (m+1); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 1.27 (t, J=7.07, 7.07 Hz, 3H), 2.57-2.70 (m, 2H), 3.00 (dd, J=7.58, 13.77 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (dd, J=6.57, 13.77 Hz, 1H), 4.12-4.23 (m, 2H), 4.71-4.80 (m, 1H), 5.80 (s, 2H), 7.27-7.45 (m, 9H), 7.52 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J=8.46 Hz, 2H), 7.75 (d, J=7.33 Hz, 1H).
  • Intermediate 9: (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-{3-[1-(2-cyano-ethyl)-1H-tetrazol-5-yl]-propionylamino}-butyric acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00566
  • To a solution of (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-butyric acid ethyl ester (400 mg, 1.04 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at room temperature is added TFA (2.009 mL, 26.1 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. To the obtained TFA salt in DCM (10 mL) at ice bath temperature is added succinic anhydride (125 mg, 1.25 mmol) and followed by TEA (0.363 mL, 2.61 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 2% to 5% EtOH/DCM) give (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-(3-carboxy-propionylamino)-butyric acid ethyl ester (200 mg). HPLC retention time=1.53 minutes (condition C); MS=384 (m+1).
  • Next, to a solution of (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-(3-carboxy-propionylamino)-butyric acid ethyl ester (200 mg, 0.522 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at room temperature is added EDC HCl (120 mg, 0.626 mmol) and HOBT (96 mg, 0.626 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes then added 3-aminopropionitrile (0.046 ml, 0.626 mmol) and TEA (0.087 ml, 0.626 mmol). After 1 hour, 0.5 equivalent of EDC HCl, HOBT, and 3-aminopropionitrile are added and stirred for 16 hours. The reaction mixture is quenched by brine and is extracted with ethylacetate. The combined organic layer is washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 2% to 5% EtOH/DCM) to give (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-[3-(2-cyano-ethylcarbamoyl)-propionylamino]-butyric acid ethyl ester (218 mg, 96% yield). HPLC retention time=0.77 minutes (condition E); MS=436 (m+1).
  • Next, to a solution of (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-[3-(2-cyano-ethylcarbamoyl)-propionylamino]-butyric acid ethyl ester (204 mg, 0.468 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at room temperature is added Ph3P (307 mg, 1.17 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. Then to the mixture at ice bath temperature is added DIAD (0.228 ml, 1.171 mmol) and trimethylsilyl azide (0.155 ml, 1.171 mmol). The resulting mixture is slowly warmed up to room temperature and stirred for 16 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 1% to 3% EtOH/DCM) to give (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-{3-[1-(2-cyano-ethyl)-1H-tetrazol-5-yl]-propionylamino}-butyric acid ethyl ester (137 mg, 64% yield). HPLC retention time=1.61 minutes (condition C); MS=461 (m+1).
  • Intermediate 10: (R)-2-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-tert-butoxy-4-oxobutanoic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00567
  • To a stirred solution of (R)-tert-butyl 4-((S)-4-benzyl-2-oxooxazolidin-3-yl)-3-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-oxobutanoate (1.20 g, 2.402 mmol) in a mixed solvent of THF (20 mL) and water (5 mL), a solution of aqueous H2O2(0.960 mL, 9.61 mmol) and aqueous LiOH (4.80 ml, 4.80 mmol) is added at 0° C. during 5 minutes. After stirring for 1.5 hour, the reaction is quenched with saturated aqueous Na2SO3 (10 mL) at 0° C., and allowed to stir for 10 minutes at the same temperature. The reaction mixture is warmed up to ambient temperature while stirring for 0.5 hour. Then, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and brine are added to the mixture. The product is extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with aqueous 1M HCl, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by flash column chromatography on 120 g of silica gel (heptane/EtOAc=75:25 to 0:100) to give (R)-2-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-tert-butoxy-4-oxobutanoic acid (765 mg, 93%). HPLC retention time=1.63 minutes (condition D); MS=338.6 (m−1); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.43 (s, 9H) 2.41 (A of ABX, Jab=16.67 Hz, Jax=4.55 Hz, 1H) 2.52-2.67 (B of ABX, Jab=16.75 Hz, Jbx=8.45 Hz, 1H) 2.74-2.89 (m, 1H) 3.06-3.22 (m, 2H) 7.22-7.29 (m, 2H) 7.30-7.37 (m, 1H) 7.43 (t, J=7.58 Hz, 2H) 7.53 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.57 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H).
  • Intermediate 11: Synthesis of (R)-tert-butyl 4-((S)-4-benzyl-2-oxooxazolidin-3-yl)-3-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-oxobutanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00568
  • A stirred solution of (S)-4-benzyl-3-(3-(biphenyl-4-yl)propanoyl)oxazolidin-2-one (intermediate 12: 5.01 g, 13.00 mmol) in THF (180 mL) is cooled to −73.8° C., and 1M THF solution of sodium hexamethyldisilylamide (14.30 mL, 14.30 mmol) is added during 5 minutes. After 30 minutes, a solution of tert-butyl bromoacetate (2.495 mL, 16.90 mmol) in THF (20 mL) is added dropwise during 5 minutes. The solution is stirred at −74° C. for 1 hour, and the reaction is quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl (100 mL), and warmed up to ambient temperature. The precipitated solid is filtered off and washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic phase is separated, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is suspended in MeOH (70 mL) and then filtered to collect the solid (5.9 g) as a mixture of the desired product and the starting material. The mixture is purified by flash column chromatography on 120 g of silica gel (heptane/EtOAc=90:10 to 50:50) to give (R)-tert-butyl 4-((S)-4-benzyl-2-oxooxazolidin-3-yl)-3-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-oxobutanoate (2.40 g, 37%). HPLC retention time=1.74 minutes (condition B); MS=499.4 (m+); 443.4 (m-tBu+1; 100%); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.41 (s, 9H) 2.42 (dd, J=16.67, 4.04 Hz, 1H) 2.71 (ddd, J=16.55, 13.26, 9.60 Hz, 2H) 2.87 (dd, J=16.93, 10.86 Hz, 1H) 3.04 (dd, J=13.14, 6.32 Hz, 1H) 3.32 (dd, J=13.39, 3.03 Hz, 1H) 3.92 (t, J=8.34 Hz, 1H) 4.07 (dd, J=8.97, 2.15 Hz, 1H) 4.48-4.58 (m, 2H) 7.20-7.30 (m, 3H) 7.30-7.36 (m, 5H) 7.42 (t, J=7.58 Hz, 2H) 7.52 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.56 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H).
  • Intermediate 12: (S)-4-benzyl-3-(3-(biphenyl-4-yl)propanoyl)oxazolidin-2-one
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00569
  • To a 1.6 M solution of n-BuLi in hexane (12.1 mL, 19.3 mmol) is added dropwise a solution of (S)-(−)-4-benzyl-2-oxazolidinone (3.26 g, 18.4 mmol) in dry THF (80 mL) at −71.6° C. under nitrogen over 10 minutes. The solution is warmed up to −60.5° C. while the addition, and allowed to stir for 1 hour in dry ice/MeOH bath. 3-(Biphenyl-4-yl)propanoyl chloride (intermediate 13: 5.46 g, 22.31 mmol) in dry THF (20 mL) is added dropwise at −72° C. over 5 minutes. The solution is warmed up to −56.5° C. while the addition. After stirring 10 minutes at the same temperature, the reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring is continued for 3 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered, and the collected precipitate is washed with 20 mL (10 mL×2) of MeOH and then with 150 mL of H2O to give the desired product (4.26 g). The products in the mother liquor is extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is suspended in 80 mL of MeOH, and the suspension is filtered and washed with 20 mL of MeOH (1.79 g). The two fractions are mixed to give (S)-4-benzyl-3-(3-(biphenyl-4-yl)propanoyl)oxazolidin-2-one (6.05 g, 85% in 2 steps). Retention time=1.77 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=387.3; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.77 (dd, J=13.39, 9.35 Hz, 1H) 2.99-3.15 (m, 2H) 3.20-3.43 (m, 3H) 4.09-4.24 (m, 2H), 4.68 (dddd, J=9.76, 6.73, 3.47, 3.28 Hz, 1H) 7.18 (d, J=7.07 Hz, 2H) 7.23-7.37 (m, 6H) 7.42 (t, J=7.58 Hz, 2H) 7.53 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H).
  • Intermediate 13: 3-(biphenyl-4-yl)propanoyl chloride
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00570
  • A mixture of 3-(4-biphenylyl)propionic acid (5 g, 22.10 mmol) and SOCl2 (4.03 ml, 55.2 mmol) is refluxed under nitrogen at 85° C. for 1.5 hour. The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give 3-(biphenyl-4-yl)propanoyl chloride (5.46 g). The material is used in the next step without further purification.
  • Intermediate 14: (2R,4R)-4-Amino-2-methyl-pentanoic acid ethyl ester trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00571
  • To a stirred solution of 2-(triphenylphosphanylidene)-propionic acid ethyl ester (3.11 g, 8.57 mmol) in methylene chloride (20 mL) is added a solution of 3,3-dimethyl-N—((R)-1-methyl-2-oxo-ethyl)-butyramide (J. Med. Chem. 41, 6 (1998) (1.35 g, 7.79 mmol) in methylene chloride (20 mL) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is purified by column chromatography using a gradient of 10-50% heptane/EtOAc to give (E)-(R)-4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methyl-pent-2-enoic acid ethyl ester. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3); δ ppm 1.22 (d, J=6.44 Hz, 3H), 1.30 (t, 3H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.91 (s, 3H), 4.19 (q, 2H), 6.51 (d, broad, J=7.45 Hz, 1H).
  • Next, a solution of (E)-(R)-4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methyl-pent-2-enoic acid ethyl ester (1.83 g, 7.11 mmol) in ethyl acetate (75 mL) is hydrogenated over 10% Pt/C (183 mg) at 1 atm for 18 hours. The catalyst is filtered through Celite and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by chiral HPLC to afford (2R,4R)-4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methyl-pentanoic acid ethyl ester, 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3); δ ppm 1.13 (t, 3H), 1.18 (m, 3H), 1.26 (t, 3H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.81 (s, 1H), 2.50 (m, 1H), 3.72 (m broad, 1H), 4.14 (m, 2H), 4.33 (m broad, 1H).
  • Next, (2R,4R)-4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methyl-pentanoic acid ethyl ester (142 mg, 0.548 mmol) is added to trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL). After 10 minutes, the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. Methylene chloride is added and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure to give (2R,4R)-4-amino-2-methyl-pentanoic acid ethyl ester trifluoroacetate. This material is used directly in the subsequent coupling reaction.
  • Intermediate 15: 2-Biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-succinic acid 1-methyl ester
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00572
  • To a solution of (triphenylphosphanylidene)-acetic acid methyl ester (2.26 g, 6.77 mmol) in methylene chloride (25 mL) is added t-butyl bromoacetate (1.32 g, 6.77 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 48 hours. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is purified by column chromatography using a gradient of 80-100% heptane/EtOAc to afford 2-(triphenylphosphanylidene)-succinic acid 4-tert-butyl ester 1-methyl ester. MS 449.3 (M+1).
  • Next, a mixture of 2-(triphenylphosphanylidene)-succinic acid 4-tert-butyl ester 1-methyl ester (700 mg, 1.561 mmol) and biphenyl-4-carboxaldehyde (278 mg, 1.419 mmol) in toluene (20 mL) is refluxed for 4 days. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is purified by column chromatography using a gradient of 0-30% heptane/EtOAc to give 2-[1-biphenyl-4-yl-meth-(Z)-ylidene]-succinic acid 4-tert-butyl ester 1-methyl ester as an oil, 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3); δ ppm 1.47 (s, 9H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 7.37 (t, 1H), 7.46 (t, 4H), 7.62 (t, 4H), 7.89 (s, 1H).
  • A solution of 2-[1-biphenyl-4-yl-meth-(Z)-ylidene]-succinic acid 4-tert-butyl ester 1-methyl ester (410 mg, 1.163 mmol) in ethyl acetate (20 mL) is hydrogenated over Pt/C (40 mg) at 1 atm for 18 hours. The catalyst is filtered through Celite and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure to give 2-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-succinic acid 4-tert-butyl ester 1-methyl ester.
  • The enantiomers are separated by chiral HPLC.
  • Next, 2-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-succinic acid 4-tert-butyl ester 1-methyl ester (160 mg, 0.451 mmol) is added to trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL). After 10 minutes, the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. Methylene chloride is added and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure to give 2-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl-succinic acid 1-methyl ester. This material is used directly in the subsequent coupling reaction.
  • Intermediate 16-1: Synthesis of (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00573
  • To (R)-ethyl 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate (3.33 g, 7.97 mmol) is added a solution of 4 M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (19.9 mL, 18.0 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring for 0.5 hours, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride (2.90 g). HPLC retention time=0.70 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=318.26; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.19-1.24 (m, 3H) 2.73-2.78 (m, 1H) 2.84-2.91 (m, 1H) 3.05-3.11 (m, 1H) 3.50-3.54 (m, 1H) 3.92 (br s, 1H) 4.14-4.17 (m, 2H) 7.29-7.53 (m, 8H) 8.73 (br. s., 3H).
  • Following intermediates are prepared using similar procedure as described for intermediate 16-1:
  • Intermediate HPLC-RT MS
    # Product Starting Material Condition (condition) (M + 1)
    Intermediate 16-2
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00574
      (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4- (biphenyl-4- yl)butanoate hydrochloride
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00575
      Intermediate 2
    4M HCl/1,4- dioxane 0.89 min. (B) 284.1
    Intermediate 16-3
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00576
      (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4- (3′-fluorobiphenyl-4- yl)butanoate hydrochloride
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00577
      Intermediate 2-2
    4M HCl/1,4- dioxane 0.94 min. (B) 302.1
    Intermediate 16-4
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00578
      (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4- (5′-chloro-2′- methoxybiphenyl-4- yl)butanoate hydrochloride
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00579
      Intermediate 2-3
    4M HCl/1,4- dioxane 0.94 min. (B) 348.2
    Intermediate 16-5
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00580
      (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4- (5′-fluoro-2′- methoxybiphenyl-4- yl)butanoate hydrochloride
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00581
      Intermediate 2-4
    4M HCl/1,4- dioxane 1.38 min. (A) 332.2
    Intermediate 16-6
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00582
      (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4- (2′-chloro-5′- fluorobiphenyl-4- yl)butanoate hydrochloride
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00583
      Intermediate 2-5
    4M HCl/1,4- dioxane 0.93 min. (B) 336.1
    Intermediate 16-7
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00584
      (R)-benzyl 3-amino- 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl- 4-yl)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00585
      Intermediate 17-2
    4M HCl/1,4- dioxane 1.20 min. (B) 380.2
    Intermediate 16-8
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00586
      (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4- (5′-chloro-2′- fluorobiphenyl-4- yl)butanoate
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00587
      Intermediate 2-6
    4M HCl/1,4- dioxane 0.88 min. (B) 336.1
  • Intermediate 16-7: (R)-benzyl 3-amino-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00588
  • To (R)-benzyl 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate (3.561 g, 7.42 mmol) is added a solution of 4 M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (18.55 mL, 74.2 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring for 4 hours, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give (R)-benzyl 3-amino-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride (3.11 g). HPLC retention time=1.07 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=380.1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.81 (A of ABX, Jab=17.4 Hz, Jax=4.5 Hz, 1H) 2.93 (B of ABX, Jab=17.4 Hz, Jbx=7.6 Hz, 1H) 3.03-3.09 (m, 1H) 3.50 (dd, J=4.9 and 13.5 Hz, 1H) 3.98 (br s, 1H) 5.09 (s, 2H) 7.24-7.22 (m, 9H) 7.35-7.38 (m, 1H) 7.42 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H) 7.48-7.49 (m, 1H) 8.78 (br s, 3H).
  • Intermediate 17-1: Synthesis of (R)-ethyl 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00589
  • A mixture of (R)-ethyl 4-(4-bromophenyl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate (4.89 g, 12.66 mmol), 3-chlorophenylboronic acid (2.97 g, 18.99 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (1.463 g, 1.266 mmol) and 2 M aqueous Na2CO3 (12.66 ml, 25.3 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (100 ml) is allowed to stir at 95° C. under nitrogen for 3 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and quenched with brine. The two phases are separated. The mixture is extracted twice with ethyl acetate from the aqueous layer. The combined organic layer is washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 70:30) to give (R)-ethyl 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate (3.33 g); HPLC retention time=1.44 minutes (condition B); MS (ES+)=318.26 (m-BOC+2; 100%); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.28 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 1.41 (s, 9H) 2.47 (A of ABX, Jab=15.8 Hz, Jax=5.9 Hz, 1H) 2.52 (B of ABX, Jab=15.8 Hz, Jbx=5.4 Hz, 1H) 2.83-2.89 (m, 1H) 2.95-3.00 (m, 1H) 4.17 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H) 4.18 (br s, 1H) 5.07 (br s, 1H) 7.26-7.37 (m, 4H) 7.43-7.51 (m, 3H) 7.55 (br t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H).
  • Following intermediates are prepared using similar procedure as described for intermediate 17-1:
  • MS
    HPLC-RT (ES+;
    Intermediate # Product Condition (condition) 100%)
    Intermediate 17-2
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00590
      (R)-benzyl 3-(tert- butoxycarbonylamino)- 4-(3′- chlorobiphenyl-4- yl)butanoate
    Pd(PPh3)4, 3- chlorophenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, toluene, 95° C. 1.74 min. (B) 380.2 (m-BOC + 2)
    Intermediate 17-3
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00591
      (R)-3-tert- Butoxycarbonylamino- 4-(3′-chloro- biphenyl-4-yl)- butyric acid propyl ester
    Pd(PPh3)4, 3- chlorophenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, toluene, 95° C. 1.66 min. (B) 432 (m + 1)
    Intermediate 17-4
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00592
      (R)-3-tert- Butoxycarbonylamino- 4-(3′-chloro- biphenyl-4-yl)- butyric acid butyl ester
    Pd(PPh3)4, 3- chlorophenylboronic acid, aq. 2M Na2CO3, toluene, 95° C. 1.73 min. (B) 446 (m + 1)
    Intermediate 17-5
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00593
      (R)-3-tert- Butoxycarbonylamino- 4-(3′-chloro- biphenyl-4-yl)- butyric acid 5- methyl-2-oxo- [1,3]dioxol-4- ylmethyl ester
    Pd(OAc)2, dicyclohexyl-(2′,6′- dimethoxy- biphenyl-2-yl)- phosphane, 3- chlorophenylboronic acid, K3PO4, toluene, 95° C. 1.53 min. (B) 502 (m + 1)
    Intermediate 17-6
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00594
      (R)-3-tert- Butoxycarbonylamino- 4-(3′-chloro- biphenyl-4-yl)- butyric acid dimethylcarbamoyl methyl ester
    Pd(PPh3)4, 3- chlorophenylboronic acid, K3PO4, DMF, 95° C. 1.51 min. (B) 475 (m + 1)
    Intermediate 17-7
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00595
      (R)-3-tert- Butoxycarbonylamino- 4-(3′-chloro- biphenyl-4-yl)- butyric acid 2- morpholin-4-yl- ethyl ester
    Pd(PPh3)4, 3- chlorophenylboronic acid, K3PO4, DMF, 95° C. 1.51 min. (B) 503 (m + 1)
  • Intermediate 17-2: (R)-benzyl 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00596
  • A suspension of give (R)-benzyl 4-(4-bromophenyl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate (2.00 g, 4.46 mmol), 3-chlorophenylboronic acid (1.046 g, 6.69 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (0.515 g, 0.446 mmol) and Na2CO3aq (4.46 ml, 8.92 mmol) in Toluene (30 ml) is allowed to stir under nitrogen at 95° C. for 19 hr. The reaction mixture is cooled to ambient temperature, and diluted with brine and EtOAc. The products are extracted twice with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue is purified by flash column chromatography on 90 g silica gel (eluent: heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 65:35) to give (R)-benzyl 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate (1.03 g); HPLC retention time=1.74 minutes (condition B); MS (ES+)=380.2 (m-BOC+2; 100%); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.40 (s, 9H) 2.52 (A of ABX, Jab=15.9 Hz, Jax=5.8 Hz, 1H) 2.58 (B of ABX, Jab=15.9 Hz, Jbx=5.6 Hz, 1H) 2.81-2.98 (m, 2H) 4.19 (br s, 1H) 5.07 (br d, 1H) 5.12 (A of AB, J=12.3 Hz, 1H) 5.17 (A of AB, J=12.3 Hz, 1H) 7.20-7.22 (m, 2H) 7.28-7.39 (m, 7H) 7.42-7.47 (m, 3H) 7.53-7.54 (m, 1H).
  • Intermediate 18: Synthesis of (S)-benzyl 1-(2-tert-butoxy-2-oxoethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00597
  • To a suspension of (S)-benzyl pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate hydrochloride (700 mg, 2.90 mmol) and K2CO3 (1201 mg, 8.69 mmol) in DMF (7 ml), t-butyl bromoacetate (0.535 ml, 3.62 mmol) is added. After stirring for 71 hours, aqueous K2CO3 (1.5 g of K2CO3/40 ml of H2O) is added to the reaction mixture. The products are extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer is washed twice with water and once with brine, dried over K2CO3, filtered, and concentrated to give (S)-benzyl 1-(2-tert-butoxy-2-oxoethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate (458 mg); HPLC retention time=1.38 minutes (condition D); MS (m+1)=320.2; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.44 (s, 9H) 1.81-2.03 (m, 3H) 2.13-2.14 (m, 1H) 2.82-2.88 (m, 1H) 3.13-3.17 (m, 1H) 3.46 (A of AB, J=17.3 Hz, 1H) 3.49 (B of AB, J=17.3 Hz, 1H) 3.73 (dd, J=8.8 and 4.8 Hz, 1H) 5.15 (A of AB, J=12.4 Hz, 1H) 5.17 (B of AB, J=12.4 Hz, 1H) 7.29-7.38 (m, 5H).
  • Intermediate 19: Synthesis of (R)-ethyl 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-(2′,5′-dichlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00598
  • A mixture of (R)-ethyl 4-(4-bromophenyl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate (1.005 g, 2.60 mmol), 2,5-dichlorophenylboronic acid (0.745 g, 3.90 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (0.301 g, 0.260 mmol) and 2 M aqueous Na2CO3 (2.60 ml, 5.20 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (20 ml) is allowed to stir at 95° C. under nitrogen for 3 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diluted with brine. The two phases are separated. The products are extracted twice with ethyl acetate (2×100 ml) from the aqueous layer. The combined organic layer is washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 70:30) to give (R)-ethyl 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-(2′,5′-dichlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate (1.09 g); HPLC retention time=1.50 minutes (condition B); MS (ES+)=352.00 (m-BOC+2; 100%); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.28 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 1.41 (s, 9H) 2.45-2.58 (m, 2H) 2.85-3.00 (m, 2H) 4.17 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 4.20 (br s, 1H) 5.06-5.08 (m, 1H) 7.23-7.28 (m, 3H) 7.31-7.40 (m, 4H).
  • Intermediate 20: Synthesis of (R)-3-amino-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoic acid hydrochloride
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00599
  • A solution of (R)-benzyl 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate (152 mg, 0.317 mmol) and 1 M aqueous NaOH (1.583 ml, 1.583 mmol) in a mixed solvent of MeOH (0.3 ml) and THF (3 ml) is allowed to stir for 2 hours. The reaction is quenched with 1M aqueous HCl (2.5 ml). The products are extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give crude.
  • To the crude, a solution of 4 M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (1.583 ml, 6.33 mmol) is added. After stirring for 1 h, the precipitated solid is collected, and dried under reduced pressure to give (R)-3-amino-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoic acid hydrochloride (60.2 mg) as a white solid; HPLC retention time=0.52 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=290.22; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 2.58-2.74 (m, 2H) 2.99-3.11 (m, 2H) 3.80-3.85 (m, 1H) 7.34-7.45 (m, 4H) 7.54-7.57 (m, 1H) 7.62-7.65 (m, 3H).
  • Intermediate 21: Synthesis of a mixture of 1-(2-(benzyloxy)-2-oxoethyl)cyclopentanecarboxylic acid and 2-(1-(benzyloxycarbonyl)cyclopentyl)acetic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00600
  • A solution of 2-oxaspiro[4.4]nonane-1,3-dione (3 g, 19.46 mmol) and benzyl alcohol (2.023 ml, 19.46 mmol) in toluene (2 ml) is allowed to stir at 100° C. for 19 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to ambient temperature and concentrated to give 6:1 mixture of 1-(2-(benzyloxy)-2-oxoethyl)cyclopentanecarboxylic acid and 2-(1-(benzyloxycarbonyl)cyclopentyl)acetic acid (4.89 g); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.60-1.78 (m, 6H) 2.19-2.24 (m, 2H) 2.75 (s, 2H) 5.11 (s, 2H, major isomer) 5.13 (s, 2H, minor isomer) 7.30-7.37 (m, 5H).
  • Intermediate 22: Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00601
  • A solution of 4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid (250 mg, 0.703 mmol), tBuOH (0.135 ml, 1.407 mmol), EDCI (270 mg, 1.407 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (86.0 mg, 0.704 mmol) in DCM (7 ml) is allowed to stir at room temperature under nitrogen for 62 hours. The reaction is quenched with water, and the organic layer is separated and concentrated. The residue is purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel to give tert-butyl 4-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate (110 mg); HPLC retention time=1.77 minutes (condition B); MS (ES+)=412.1 (m+1) 300.0 (m-tBux2+3; 100%); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.41 (s, 9H) 1.47 (s, 9H) 2.36 (A of ABX, Jab=15.5 Hz, Jax=6.2 Hz, 1H) 2.44 (B of ABX, Jab=15.5 Hz, Jbx=5.6 Hz) 2.82-2.94 (m, 2H) 4.11-4.17 (m, 1H) 5.08-5.10 (m, 1H) 7.25-7.34 (m, 3H) 7.41-7.44 (m, 2H) 7.51-7.58 (m, 4H).
  • Intermediate 23: Synthesis of ethyl 3-amino-4-(3′-chloro-3-fluorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00602
  • A suspension of zinc (479 mg, 7.33 mmol) and 1,2-dibromoethane (0.032 ml, 0.366 mmol) in THF (8 ml) is heated at 70° C. under nitrogen then a few drops of ethyl bromoacetate is added. After stirring for 20 min, a solution of 2-(3′-chloro-3-fluorobiphenyl-4-yl)acetonitrile (300 mg, 1.221 mmol) in THF (2 ml) is added in one portion. The remaining bromoacetate is added dropwise over 50 min (total amount of ethyl bromoacetate: 4.88 mmol). After stirring for 15 min at the same temperature, the reaction mixture is cooled to ambient temperature. To the reaction mixture, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (2588 mg, 12.22 mmol) and AcOH (8 ml) are added. The reaction mixture is allowed to stir for 13 hours, and concentrated to give crude. The crude is diluted with EtOAc, and 2M aqueous Na2CO3 is added to be pH of 10. The products are extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer is dried over K2CO3, filtered, and concentrated to give crude. The resulting residue is purified by preparative HPLC using a gradient of 20% MeCN/water (0.1% NH4OH) to 100% MeCN to give ethyl 3-amino-4-(3′-chloro-3-fluorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate (148 mg) as orange oil; HPLC retention time=0.85 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=336.13; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.27 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.36 (A of ABX, Jab=15.9 Hz, Jax=8.8 Hz, 1H) 2.52 (B of ABX, Jab=15.9 Hz, Jbx=4.0 Hz, 1H) 2.71-2.76 (m, 1H) 2.82-2.87 (m, 1H) 3.51-3.57 (m, 1H) 4.15 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 7.24-7.39 (m, 5H) 7.42-7.44 (m, 1H) 7.54-7.55 (m, 1H).
  • Intermediate 24: Synthesis of 2-(3′-chloro-3-fluorobiphenyl-4-yl)acetonitrile
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00603
  • A suspension of 4-bromo-2-fluorobenzyl cyanide (3.50 g, 16.35 mmol), 3-chlorobenzeneboronic acid (2.68 g, 17.17 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (0.110 g, 0.491 mmol), K2CO3 (5.65 g, 40.9 mmol) and tetrabutylammonium bromide (5.80 g, 17.99 mmol) in water (14 ml) is allowed to stir under nitrogen at 70° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, and diluted with EtOAc. The two phases are separated. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The obtained residue is purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 70:30) to give 2-(3′-chloro-3-fluorobiphenyl-4-yl)acetonitrile (3.52 g); HPLC retention time=1.17 minutes (condition B); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 3.81 (s, 2H) 7.29-7.45 (m, 5H) 7.50-7.55 (m, 2H).
  • Intermediate 25: (R)-tert-butyl 4-(1-(4-bromophenyl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00604
  • To a solution of 4-tert-butoxy-4-oxobutanoic acid (2.38 g, 13.64 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) and DCM (30 mL) is added (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4-(4-bromophenyl)butanoate hydrochloride (4 g, 12.4 mmol), HATU (5.19 g, 13.64 mmol), and TEA (6.91 mL, 49.6 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, the reaction is quenched with H2O, and the crude is diluted with EtOAc, the organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give (R)-tert-butyl 4-(1-(4-bromophenyl)-4-ethoxy-4-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-4-oxobutanoate (4.0 g). HPLC retention time=1.70 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=444.1.
  • Intermediate 26: (R)-3-amino-4-(5′-fluoro-2′-methoxy-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid ethyl ester hydrochloride salt
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00605
  • To a solution of (R)-ethyl 4-(4-bromophenyl)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoate, (3.12 g, 8.08 mmol), and 5-fluoro-2-methoxyphenylboronic acid (2.2 g, 12.93 mmol) in toluene (52 mL) and is added PdCl2(dppf)CH2Cl2 adduct (0.66 g, 0.81 mmol) and 2M aq. Na2CO3 (8.1 mL, 16.16 mmol). After stirring at 95° C. under nitrogen for 4 hours, the solution is cooled to ambient temperature and then quenched with ice water. The crude is diluted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 50:50) to give (R)-ethyl 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-(5′-fluoro-2′-methoxybiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate (2.86 g). HPLC retention time=1.80 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=432.2; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.31 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 1.45 (s, 9H) 2.45-2.65 (m, 2H) 2.83-2.94 (m, 1H) 2.94-3.09 (m, 1H) 3.80 (s, 3H) 4.20 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H) 4.24-4.33 (m, 1H) 5.11 (br. s., 1H) 6.90-6.96 (m, 1H) 7.00 (dd, J=7.8, 3.3 Hz, 1H) 7.06 (dd, J=9.2, 3.2 Hz, 1H) 7.27 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H) 7.49 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H)
  • A solution of (R)-ethyl 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-(5′-fluoro-2′-methoxybiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate, (2.86 g, 6.62 mmol) in 4M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (33.1 ml, 132 mmol) is stirred at room temperature. After stirring for 1 hour, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4-(5′-fluoro-2′-methoxybiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride salt (2.44 g). HPLC retention time=1.46 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=332.3; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.15 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 3H) 2.66-2.77 (m, 1H) 2.78-2.91 (m, 1H) 2.94-3.10 (m, 1H) 3.42-3.53 (m, 1H) 3.67 (s, 3H) 3.83-3.96 (m, 1H) 4.07 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 2H) 6.77-6.84 (m, 1H) 6.87-6.96 (m, 2H) 7.23 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 7.38 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 8.64 (br. s., 2H)
  • Intermediate 27: (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoacetamido)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00606
  • To a solution of (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride (500 mg, 1.57 mmol) in DMF (11 mL) is added TEA (0.23 mL, 1.65 mmol) and ethyl 2-chloro-2-oxoacetate (0.18 mL, 1.57 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring for 1 hour at room temperature, the reaction is quenched with H2O, and the crude is diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: heptane/EtOAc=70:30 to 50:50) to give (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoacetamido)butanoate (550 mg). HPLC retention time=1.88 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=418.3
  • Intermediate 28: (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-hydrazinyl-2-oxoacetamido)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00607
  • To a solution of (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoacetamido)butanoate (450 mg, 1.08 mmol) in MeOH (24 mL) is added a solution of 50% wt hydrazine (0.068 ml, 1.08 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) at −20° C. After stirring for 18 hours at room temperature, the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-hydrazinyl-2-oxoacetamido)butanoate (412 mg). HPLC retention time=1.76 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=404.1
  • Intermediate 29: (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-methoxythiazole-5-carboxamido)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00608
  • To a solution of 2-methoxythiazole-5-carboxylic acid (80 mg, 0.50 mmol) and (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride (160 mg, 0.45 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) is added HATU (207 mg, 0.55 mmol) and TEA (276 mg, 2.73 mmol). The crude is stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. The crude is neutralized with 1 N HCl and diluted in water and EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude is purified via flash chromatography using 30% EtOAc/heptane to 70% EtOAc/heptane to give (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-methoxythiazole-5-carboxamido)butanoate (170 mg). HPLC retention time=1.97 minutes (condition D); MS (m+1)=459.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 2.49-2.69 (m, 2H) 2.93 (dd, J=13.6, 8.1 Hz, 1H) 3.10 (dd, J=13.5, 6.2 Hz, 1H) 4.09 (s, 3H) 4.00-4.15 (m, 2H) 4.53-4.69 (m, 1H) 6.78 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.25-7.32 (m, 3H) 7.35 (t, J=7.71 Hz, 1H) 7.44 (dt, J=7.6, 1.5 Hz, 1H) 7.48-7.54 (m, 3H) 7.55 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H).
  • Intermediate 30: (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-methoxyoxazole-5-carboxamido)butanoate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00609
  • To a solution of 2-methoxyoxazole-5-carboxylic acid, intermediate 16, (98 mg, 0.69 mmol) and (R)-ethyl 3-amino-4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)butanoate hydrochloride (210 mg, 0.57 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) and CH2Cl2 (4 mL) is added HATU (272 mg, 0.72 mmol) and TEA (0.50 mL, 3.58 mmol). The crude is stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. The crude is quenched with water and diluted in EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with water 3×, brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude is purified via flash chromatography using 30% EtOAc/heptane to 70% EtOAc/heptane to give (R)-ethyl 4-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-3-(2-methoxyoxazole-5-carboxamido)butanoate (122 mg). HPLC retention time=1.89 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=443.2; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.28 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 2.52-2.66 (m, 2H), 2.94 (dd, 1H), 3.08 (dd, J=13.6, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (s, 3H), 4.14-4.23 (m, 2H), 4.60-4.71 (m, 1H), 6.81 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.32 (m, 3H), 7.35 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.43-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.55 (t, J=1.6 Hz, 1H).
  • Intermediate 31: 6-(methylsulfonamido)nicotinic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00610
  • To a solution of methyl 6-aminonicotinate (1.0 g, 6.57 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) with TEA (0.96 mL, 6.90 mmol) cooled in an ice bath is added MsCl (0.54 mL, 6.90 mmol) slowly.
  • The crude is allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 hrs. The crude is then concentrated. The crude is dissolved in MeOH (20 mL) and to the crude is added 1 N NaOH (30 mL, 30 mmol). The crude is stirred at room temperature for 18 hrs. The crude is quenched with 1N HCl (32 mL, 32 mmol). The crude is concentrated to remove MeOH and some water is removed as well. The crude is diluted in CH2Cl2 and basified with 1 N NaOH (30 mL). The aq. layer is extracted with CH2Cl2. The aq. layer is acidified with concentrated HCl to bring the PH to 1 via PH paper indicator. The crude is diluted in EtOAc and the aq. layer is extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer is washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give 6-(methylsulfonamido)nicotinic acid (421 mg) as a yellow solid. HPLC retention time=0.40 minutes (condition D); MS (m+1)=217.2.
  • Intermediate 32: 2-methoxyoxazole-5-carboxylic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00611
  • To a solution of ethyl 2-chlorooxazole-5-carboxylate (510 mg, 2.90 mmol) in anhdryous MeCN (10 mL) and anhydrous MeOH (10 mL) is added NaOMe (628 mg, 11.62 mmol). The crude is stirred at reflux for 2 hrs. To this crude is added additional MeOH. The crude is refluxed for another 4 hrs. The crude is concentrated and is redissolved in MeOH (10 mL). To this crude is added 1 N NaOH (10 ml). The crude is stirred at room temperature for 3 hrs. The crude is quenched with concentrated HCl, PH adjusted to 7 via PH paper indicator. The crude is concentrated and diluted in water. The aq. layer is acidified with concentrated HCl and diluted in EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give 2-methoxyoxazole-5-carboxylic acid (290 mg). HPLC retention time=0.58 minutes (condition D); MS (m+1)=144.0.
  • Intermediate 33: ethyl 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1,2,4-oxadiazole-3-carboxylate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00612
  • To a solution of ethyl 2-(hydroxyamino)-2-iminoacetate (2 g, 15.14 mmol) in dioxane (15.00 mL) is added CDI (2.7 g, 16.65 mmol) and DBU (2.5 ml, 16.65 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring for 1 hour at 80° C., the reaction is quenched with 1N HCl, and the crude is diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give ethyl 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1,2,4-oxadiazole-3-carboxylate (2.4 g). HPLC retention time=0.72 minutes (condition D); MS 159.1 (M+1).
  • Intermediate 34: 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1,2,4-oxadiazole-3-carboxylic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00613
  • To a solution of crude ethyl 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1,2,4-oxadiazole-3-carboxylate (2.4 g, 15.14 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) is added aqueous 1N NaOH (4 mL, 4 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring for 5 hours at room temperature the reaction is quenched with 1N HCl (5 mL, 5 mmol), the crude is concentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH. The crude is diluted with EtOAc, the organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-1,2,4-oxadiazole-3-carboxylic acid (1.9 g).
  • Intermediate 35: 2-oxo-2,3-dihydrooxazole-4-carboxylic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00614
  • This intermediate is prepared according to: Okonya, J. F.; Hoffman, R. V.; Johnson, M. C.; J. Org. Chem. 2002, 67, 1102-1108.
  • Intermediate 36: 3-hydroxyisothiazole-5-carboxylic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00615
  • To a solution of methyl 3-hydroxyisothiazole-5-carboxylate (300 mg, 1.73 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) is added 1N NaOH (6 mL, 6 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, the crude is concentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH and is diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 3-hydroxyisothiazole-5-carboxylic acid (250 mg).
  • Intermediate 37: ethyl 2-vinyloxazole-5-carboxylate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00616
  • To a solution of tributyl(vinyl)stannane (1.1 mL, 3.83 mmol) and ethyl 2-chlorooxazole-5-carboxylate (546 mg, 3.11 mmol) in dioxane (37 mL) is added Pd(PPh3)2Cl2 (222 mg, 0.32 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at 100° C. under nitrogen for 4 hours, the solution is cooled to ambient temperature and then quenched with H2O. The crude is diluted with EtOAc, the organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by flash column chromatography (eluent: heptane/EtOAc=90:10 to 80:20) to give ethyl 2-vinyloxazole-5-carboxylate (470 mg). HPLC retention time=0.39 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=168.2; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.38 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H) 4.38 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H) 5.88 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 1H) 6.39 (d, J=17.7 Hz, 1H) 6.69 (dd, J=17.6, 11.2 Hz, 1H) 7.83 (s, 1H)
  • Intermediate 38: ethyl 2-ethyloxazole-5-carboxylate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00617
  • To a solution of ethyl 2-vinyloxazole-5-carboxylate (470 mg, 2.81 mmol) in MeOH (7 mL) is added 10% wt. Pd/C (100 mg, 0.094 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature under a balloon of hydrogen for 1 hour, the crude is filtered to remove Pd/C. The filtrate is collected and concentrated to give ethyl 2-ethyloxazole-5-carboxylate (470 mg). HPLC retention time=1.09 minutes (condition A); MS (m+1)=170.3; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.35 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H) 1.36 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 2.87 (q, J=7.7 Hz, 2H) 4.35 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H) 7.71 (s, 1H)
  • Intermediate 39: 2-ethyloxazole-5-carboxylic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00618
  • To a solution of 2-ethyloxazole-5-carboxylate (470 mg, 2.81 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) is added 1N NaOH (6 mL, 6 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 18 hours, the crude is concentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH and is diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 2-ethyloxazole-5-carboxylic acid (244 mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.36 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 3H) 2.89 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H) 5.15 (br. s., 1H) 7.69 (s, 1H)
  • Intermediate 40: ethyl 2-vinylthiazole-5-carboxylate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00619
  • To a solution of tributyl(vinyl)stannane (0.92 mL, 3.14 mmol) and ethyl 2-bromothiazole-5-carboxylate (0.38 mL, 2.54 mmol) in dioxane (33 mL) is added Pd(PPh3)2Cl2 (182 mg, 0.26 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at 100° C. under nitrogen for 4 hours, the solution is cooled to ambient temperature and then quenched with H2O. The crude is diluted with EtOAc, the organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue is purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: heptane/EtOAc=90:10 to 80:20) to give ethyl 2-vinylthiazole-5-carboxylate (418 mg). HPLC retention time=0.45 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=184.1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.37 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H) 4.35 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H) 5.71 (d, J=10.9 Hz, 1H) 6.24 (d, J=17.4 Hz, 1H) 6.93 (dd, J=17.4, 10.9 Hz, 1H) 8.29 (s, 1H)
  • Intermediate 41: ethyl 2-ethylthiazole-5-carboxylate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00620
  • To a solution of ethyl 2-vinylthiazole-5-carboxylate (400 mg, 2.18 mmol) in MeOH (7 mL) is added 10% wt. Pd/C (267 mg, 0.25 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature under a balloon of hydrogen for 1 hour, the crude is filtered to remove Pd/C. The filtrate is concentrated to give ethyl 2-ethylthiazole-5-carboxylate (404 mg). HPLC retention time=0.60 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=186.3; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.35 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H) 1.39 (t, J=7.20 Hz, 2H) 3.07 (q, J=7.58 Hz, 2H) 4.35 (q, J=7.16 Hz, 2H) 8.22 (s, 1H)
  • Intermediate 42: 2-ethylthiazole-5-carboxylic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00621
  • To a solution of ethyl 2-ethylthiazole-5-carboxylate (400 mg, 2.159 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) is added 1N NaOH (6 mL, 6 mmol) After stirring at room temperature for 18 hours, the crude is concentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH. The crude is diluted with EtOAc, the organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 2-ethylthiazole-5-carboxylic acid (282.4 mg). HPLC retention time=0.78 minutes (condition D); MS (m+3)=160.4; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 1.40 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H) 3.07 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H) 5.08 (br. s., 1H) 8.20 (s, 1H).
  • Intermediate 43: 3-Hydroxy-isoxazole-5-carboxylic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00622
  • To a solution of 3-hydroxy-isoxazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (286 mg, 2.0 mmol) in methanol (7 mL) is added 1N NaOH (4.0 mL, 4.0 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hrs. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and 4.0 mL of 1N HCl is added to the residue. The resulting solution is lyophilized to give the product which is used as is in subsequent reactions.
  • Intermediate 44: 5-Methoxycarbonylmethyl-furan-2-carboxylic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00623
  • To a solution of 5-methoxycarbonylmethyl-furan-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (250 mg, 1.26 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) is added 1N NaOH (2.78 mL, 2.78 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and 2.78 mL of 1N HCl is added to the residue. The resulting solution is lyophilized to give 5-carboxymethyl-furan-2-carboxylic acid.
  • Next, to a solution of the above diacid (220 mg, 1.29 mmol) in methanol (8 mL) is added Amberlyst-15 resin (50 mg) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The resin is filtered and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure to give the product which is used as is in subsequent reactions. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 6.45 (d, J=3.54 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=3.54 Hz, 1H), 10.17 (s, broad, 1H).
  • Intermediate 45: (R)-4-(3′-Chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-3-isocyanato-butyric acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00624
  • To a vigorously stirred mixture of 8% aqueous sodium bicarbonate (3 mL) and methylene chloride (3 mL) at 0° C. is added triphosgene (28.1 mg, 0.095 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 5 minutes then Intermediate 17-1 (100 mg, 0.284 mmol) is added and stirring is continued for an additional 15 minutes. The organic layer is separated and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound. This is used as is in subsequent reactions.
  • Intermediate 46: 2-(4-Methoxy-benzyl)-2H-tetrazole-5-carbonyl chloride
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00625
  • To a solution of 1H-tetrazole-5-carboxylic acid ethyl ester sodium salt (500 mg, 3.05 mmol) in DMF (5 ml) at room temperature is added 4-methoxybenzyl chloride (747 μl, 5.48 mmol) and TEA (1500 μl, 10.76 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction is added water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer is washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by column chromatography (10% to 30% EtOAc/Heptane). To a solution of the purified residue in EtOH (2 ml) at room temperature is added NaOH (2 ml, 2.000 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature. After stirring for 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to remove EtOH and extracted with EtOAC after being acidified to pH<5. The combined organic layer is washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 2-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-2H-tetrazole-5-carboxylic acid.
  • Next, to a mixture of 2-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-2H-tetrazole-5-carboxylic acid in Toluene (15 ml) at room temperature is added SOCl2 (1 ml, 13.70 mmol) and the mixture is heated at 80° C. for 3 hr. The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product, which is used without further purification.
  • Intermediate 47: (R)-3-Amino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid indan-5-yl ester
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00626
  • To a suspension of boc-(R)-3-amino-4-(4-bromo-phenyl)-butanoic acid (500 mg, 1.396 mmol) in THF (12 ml) at room temperature is added 5-indanol (187 mg, 1.396 mmol) and Ph3P (403 mg, 1.535 mmol). To the mixture at ice bath is added DIAD (0.326 ml, 1.675 mmol) and the mixture is stirred from ice bath to room temperature overnight. The reaction is concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by column chromatography (5% to 20% EtOAc/Heptane) to give 450 mg of solid. To a solution of the obtained solid (200 mg, 0.422 mmol) in DMF (5 ml) at room temperature is added 3-chlorophenylboronic acid (79 mg, 0.506 mmol), tripotassium phosphate (134 mg, 0.632 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (48.7 mg, 0.042 mmol). The reaction is stirred at 100° C. overnight. The reaction is quenched by brine and is extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer is washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by column chromatography (5% to 30% EtOAc/Heptane). To the obtained residue (143 mg, 0.283 mmol) in DCM (1 ml) at room temperature is added TFA (1 mL, 12.98 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture is concentrated to give the crude salt which is used directly without further purification. HPLC retention time=1.27 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=406.
  • Intermediate 48: (R)-4-Biphenyl-4-yl-3-ureido-butyric acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00627
  • To a suspension of (R)-3-amino-4-biphenyl-4-yl-butyric acid ethyl ester (200 mg, 0.625 mmol) in THF (10 ml) at 0° C. was added phenyl chloroformate (0.087 ml, 0.688 mmol) and pyridine (0.126 ml, 1.563 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 5 min then is warmed up to room temperature. LCMS monitored the reaction until it is complete. The reaction is extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer is washed with 1N HCl, H2O, sat. aq. NaHCO3 and brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the crude residue.
  • Next, to a solution of the obtained residue (0.252 g, 0.625 mmol) in DMSO (1.5 ml) at room temperature is added ammonium hydroxide (0.027 ml, 0.688 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature. 30 min LCMS showed small desired product with big starting material so more ammonium hydroxide is added and the reaction is stirred at room temperature overnight until the reaction is complete. The reaction is extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer is washed with H2O, 1N HCl, H2O, 1 N NaOH and brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by column chromatography (2% to 6% EtOH/DCM) to give (R)-4-biphenyl-4-yl-3-ureido-butyric acid ethyl ester (169 mg). HPLC retention time=1.04 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=327.
  • Intermediate 49: (R)-3-amino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-hydroxy-butyric acid methyl ester hydrochloride
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00628
  • (R)-3-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid (4.0 g, 11.6 mmol), 3-chlorophenylboronic acid (2.36 g, 15.11 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (0.067 g, 0.058 mmol) and 2M Na2CO3 aqueous solution (8.0 mL) are refluxed in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (70 mL) for 2.5 h under N2 atmosphere. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc and washed with 1M HCl and brine. The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue is purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, DCM/10% MeOH in DCM=100:0 to 0:100). to give (R)-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-propionic acid (containing impurities). HPLC retention time=1.56 minutes (condition A): MS (m+1)=376.
  • This is dissolved in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (40 mL) and Et3N (1.46 mL, 10.5 mmol) and ethyl chloroformate (1.00 mL, 10.5 mmol) are added. After being stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h, the resultant precipitate is removed by filtration. To the filtrate is slowly added NaBH4 (0.44 g, 11.6 mmol) in H2O (5 mL). After being stirred for 2 h, the reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc and washed with H2O and brine. The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4, concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, eluent; heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 0:100) to give [(R)-2-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1-hydroxymethyl-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (2.8 g). HPLC retention time=1.26 minutes (condition A): MS (m+1-Boc)=262. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.43 (s, 9H), 2.90 (d, 2H, J=7.33 Hz), 3.60 (dd, 1H, J=5.05, 10.86 Hz), 3.72 (dd, 1H, J=3.79, 11.12 Hz), 3.91 (bs, 1H), 4.75 (bs, 1H), 7.29-7.34 (m, 3H), 7.37 (t, 1H, J=7.83 Hz), 7.44-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.51 (d, 2H, J=8.08 Hz), 7.57 (t, 1H, J=1.77 Hz).
  • Next, to a solution of [(R)-2-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1-hydroxymethyl-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (2.0 g, 5.53 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) is added Dess-Martin periodinane (2.81 g, 6.63 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature for 2 h, the reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc and washed with saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution and brine. The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue is purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, eluent; heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 0:100) to give [(R)-2-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-1-formyl-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1.05 g). HPLC retention time=1.27 minutes (condition A): MS (m+1)=360.
  • This is dissolved in MeOH (20 mL) and AcOH (0.199 mL, 3.47 mmol). To this solution KCN (0.226 g, 3.47 mmol) in H2O (4 mL) is slowly added. After being stirred at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc and washed with saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution, H2O and brine. The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. This is treated with 4M HCl in dioxane (20 mL) and MeOH (10 mL) at room temperature. After being stirred overnight, the reaction mixture is concentrated. The residue is dissolved in MeOH and treated with SOCl2 (0.211 mL, 2.89 mmol). After being stirred at 50° C. for 5 h, the reaction mixture is concentrated to dryness. The residue is dissolved in THF (10 mL) and treated with saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution (5 mL) and Boc2O (0.631 g, 2.89 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature for 2 h, the reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc and washed with brine. The organic layer is dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The residue is purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, eluent; heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 0:100) to give (R)-3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-hydroxy-butyric acid methyl ester (0.61 g). HPLC retention time=1.01, 1.06 minutes (condition B): MS (m+1-Boc)=320. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 1.40 (s, 9H), 2.77-3.05 (m, 2H), 3.63 (s, 0.7H), 3.77 (s, 2.3H), 4.11 (s, 0.8H), 4.25-4.40 (m, 1.2H), 4.78-4.95 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.40 (m, 4H), 7.42-7.58 (m, 4H).
  • (R)-3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-hydroxy-butyric acid methyl ester (113 mg, 0.269 mmol) is treated with 4M HCl in dioxane (2 mL). After being stirred at room temperature for 1 h, the reaction mixture is concentrated. The residue is used for a next step without further purification. HPLC retention time=1.22, 1.29 minutes (condition A): MS (m+1)=320.
  • Intermediate 50: (R)-3-amino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-methoxy-butyric acid methyl ester hydrochloride
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00629
  • To a solution of (R)-3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-hydroxy-butyric acid methyl ester (610 mg, 1.45 mmol) in CH3CN (20 mL) are added iodomethane (0.545 mL, 8.72 mmol) and silver oxide (1.35 g, 5.81 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature for 16 h, additional iodomethane (0.545 mL, 8.72 mmol) and silver oxide (1.35 g, 5.81 mmol) are added and stirred for 3 days. The reaction mixture is filtered through celite pad and the filtrate is washed with brine. The organic layer is dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The residue is purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, eluent; heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 0:100) to give (R)-3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-methoxy-butyric acid methyl ester (500 mg). HPLC retention time=1.20, 1.25 minutes (condition B): MS (m+1-Boc)=334. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 1.37, 1.41 (s, 9H), 2.72-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.43, 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.63-3.82 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.41 (m, 1H), 4.68-5.04 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.40 (m, 4H), 7.41-7.61 (m, 4H).
  • (R)-3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-methoxy-butyric acid methyl ester (200 mg, 0.461 mmol) is treated with 4M HCl in dioxane (3 mL). After being stirred at room temperature for 1 h, the reaction mixture is concentrated. The residue is used for a next step without further purification. HPLC retention time=1.26, 1.33 minutes (condition A): MS (m+1)=334.
  • Intermediate 51: (R)-3-amino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-methoxy-butyric acid ethyl ester hydrochloride
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00630
  • To a solution of (R)-3-amino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-methoxy-butyric acid methyl ester (500 mg, 1.15 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) is added 2M NaOH aqueous solution (5 mL). After being stirred at room temperature for 2 h, the reaction mixture is acidified with 2M HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue is dissolved in EtOH (5 mL) and treated with SOCl2 (0.252 mL, 3.26 mmol). After being stirred at 55° C., the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue is used for a next step without further purification. HPLC retention time=1.49 minutes (condition A): MS (m+1)=348.2
  • Intermediate 52: (R)-3-Amino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-fluoro-butyric acid methyl ester hydrochloride
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00631
  • To a solution of (R)-3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-hydroxy-butyric acid methyl ester (220 mg, 0.524 mmol) is added DAST (0.083 mL, 0.629 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture is gradually warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 h. Additional DAST (0.083 mL, 0.629 mmol) is added and stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc and washed with saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution and brine. The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue is purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, eluent; heptane/EtOAc=100:0 to 0:100) to give (R)-3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-fluoro-butyric acid methyl ester (63 mg). HPLC retention time=1.36 minutes (condition B): MS (m+1-Boc)=322.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 1.39 (s, 9H), 2.84-2.95 (m, 2H), 3.06 (bs, 0.5H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 4.43-4.61 (m, 1H), 4.72-4.80 (m, 0.5H), 5.00 (s, 0.5H), 5.12 (s, 0.5H), 7.28-7.34 (m, 3H), 7.37 (t, 1H, J=7.58 Hz), 7.42-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.55 (t, 1H, J=2.02 Hz). 19F-NMR (377 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm −204.18.
  • (R)-3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-fluoro-butyric acid methyl ester (60 mg, 0.142 mmol) is treated with 4M HCl in dioxane (1.5 mL). After being stirred at room temperature for 1 h, the reaction mixture is concentrated. The residue is used for a next step without further purification. HPLC retention time=0.88 minutes (condition B): MS (m+1)=322.
  • Intermediate 53-1: [(R)-1-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-3-methanesulfonylamino-3-oxo-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00632
  • (R)-3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid ethyl ester (250 mg, 0.598 mmol) is treated with 2M NaOH aqueous solution (1 mL) in THF (1 mL) and EtOH (2 mL). After being stirred for 1 h, the reaction mixture is acidified with 1M HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. To a solution of this residue in DMF (2 mL) are added methylsulfonamide (85 mg, 0.897 mmol), EDC (172 mg, 0.897 mmol), HOAt (98 mg, 0.718 mmol), and Et3N (0.125 mL, 0.897 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc, washed with 1M HCl and brine. The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue is purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, eluent: DCM/10% MeOH in DCM=100:0 to 0:100) to give [(R)-1-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-3-methanesulfonylamino-3-oxo-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (244 mg). HPLC retentions time=1.30 minutes (condition B); MS (m+1)=467; 1H NMR (400 Mz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.30 (s, 9H), 2.41-2.48 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.78 (m, 2H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 3.99-4.11 (m, 1H), 7.28 (d, 2H, J=8.34 Hz), 7.38-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.48 (t, 1H, J=7.83 Hz), 7.59-7.66 (m, 3H), 7.69 (s, 1H).
  • Following compounds are prepared using similar procedure as described in example 53-1:
  • HPLC-RT
    Example Product Reagent (condition) MS (M + 1)
    Example 53-2
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00633
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00634
    1.22 min. (condition B) 496
    Example 53-3
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00635
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00636
    1.33 min. (condition B) 544
    Example 53-4
    Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00637
    NH4Cl 1.17 min. (condition B) 389
  • Intermediate 54-1: (R)-3-[2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-amino)-propionylamino]-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00638
  • To a suspension of 2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-amino)-propionic acid TFA salt (197 mg, 0.714 mmol) in THF (10 ml) at room temperature is added EDCI (219 mg, 1.142 mmol) and HOBT (164 mg, 1.071 mmol). The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 10 mins and then was added a solution of (R)-3-amino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid ethyl ester (202 mg, 0.571 mmol) in THF and TEA (0.199 ml, 1.428 mmol). The mixture is stirred at room temperature. Reverse phase HPLC [30 to 90% ACN—H2O (0.1% TFA) over 10 min by X-Bridge phenyl column] give the title compound (290 mg, 71% yield). LCMS (condition B): 575 (M+1); retention time=1.52 min.
  • Intermediate 54-2: 2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-amino)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00639
  • To a solution of H-DL-Ala-OBzl.p-tosylate (2.88 g, 8.20 mmol) in THF (80 ml) at room temperature was added TEA (3.43 ml, 24.60 mmol) and followed by ethyl bromoacetate (1.096 ml, 9.84 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature over night. There were some white solid in the reaction. The reaction mixture was filtered off the white solid and concentrated for purification. Flash chromatography (silica gel, 2 to 4% EtOH/DCM) gave the title compound as an oil (1.7 g, 78% yield). LCMS (condition B): 266 (M+1); retention time=0.70 min.
  • Next, to a solution of 2-(ethoxycarbonylmethyl-amino)-propionic acid benzyl ester (1.7 g, 6.41 mmol) in DCM (80 ml) at 0° C. was added BOC-anhydride (2.232 ml, 9.61 mmol) and followed by TEA (2.68 ml, 19.22 mmol). The reaction mixture was slowly warmed up to room temperature and stirred over night. The reaction was quenched by brine and was extracted with DCM. The combined organic layer was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the crude. Flash chromatography (silica gel, 5 to 10% acetone/heptane) gave the title compound as an oil (1.66 g, 71% yield). LCMS (condition B): 366 (M+1); retention time=1.13 min.
  • Next, a solution of 2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-amino)-propionic acid benzyl ester in EtOAc was hydrogenated under H2 balloon by catalyst 10% Pd/C wet for 1 hr. The reaction was filtered off the catalyst and concentrated to give the crude for the next reaction.
  • Intermediate 55: (R)-3-Amino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-methyl-butyric acid ethyl ester trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00640
  • To a solution of (R)-3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-butyric acid ethyl ester (300 mg, 0.718 mmol) in THF (10 ml) at −78° C. is added LiHMDS/THF (1M) (1.579 ml, 1.579 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at −78° C. for 50 min and then to this mixture is added methyl iodine (0.054 ml, 0.861 mmol) and the reaction is slowly warmed up to room temperature and stirred over night. The reaction is quenched by sat. NH4Cl and is extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer is washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the crude. Reverse phase HPLC [20 to 90% ACN—H2O (0.1% TFA) over 10 min by Sunfire C18] give (R)-3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-methyl-butyric acid ethyl ester. LCMS (condition B): 432 (M+1); retention time=1.55 min. To a solution of (R)-3-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-methyl-butyric acid ethyl ester (240 mg, 0.556 mmol) in DCM (2 ml) at room temperature was added TFA (1.070 ml, 13.89 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature. 1 hr the reaction is done so the mixture is concentrated to give (R)-3-amino-4-(3′-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl)-2-methyl-butyric acid ethyl ester trifluoroacetate. LCMS (condition B): 332 (M+1); retention time=1.00 min.
  • It can be seen that the compounds of the invention are useful as inhibitors of Neutral endopeptidase (EC 3.4.24.11) activity and therefore useful in the treatment of diseases and conditions associated with Neutral endopeptidase (EC 3.4.24.11) activity such as the diseases disclosed herein.
  • It will be understood that the invention has been described by way of example only and modifications may be made whilst remaining within the scope and spirit of the invention.

Claims (13)

What is claimed is:
1-19. (canceled)
20. A compound according to Formula VII or VIIA:
Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00641
wherein R1 is H;
R2 is independently halo, C1-7alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-7alkyl or halo-C1-7alkyl;
n is 0, 1 or 2;
X is independently OH or —O—C1-7alkyl,
A2 is a bond or CH2 or CH2—CH2;
R4 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, C1-7alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, halo, halo-C1-7alkyl or benzyl.
21. The compound of claim 20 wherein R2 is meta-chloro or meta-fluoro and the other optional R2 group is halo, C1-7alkyl, halo-C1-7alkyl, hydroxy and C1-7alkoxy, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
22. The compound according to claim 20 wherein R4 is a 6-membered ring heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyrazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyranone, pyridinone, pyrimidinone; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
23. The compound according to claim 21 wherein R4 is a 6-membered ring heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyrazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyranone, pyridinone, pyrimidinone; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
24. The compound according to claim 20 wherein R4 is a 5-membered ring heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of oxazole, pyrrole, pyrazole, isooxazole, triazole, tetrazole, oxadiazole, oxadiazolone, thiazole, isothiazole, thiophene, imidazole and thiadiazole; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
25. The compound according to claim 21 wherein R4 is a 5-membered ring heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of oxazole, pyrrole, pyrazole, isooxazole, triazole, tetrazole, oxadiazole, oxadiazolone, thiazole, isothiazole, thiophene, imidazole and thiadiazole; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
26. The compound according to claim 20 wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00642
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
27. The compound according to claim 21 wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20140296240A1-20141002-C00643
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
28. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to claim 20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
29. A combination comprising: a compound according to claim 20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more therapeutically active agents selected from HMG-Co-A reductase inhibitor, an anigiotensin receptor blocker, angiotensin converting enzyme Inhibitor, a calcium channel blocker, an endothelin antagonist, a renin inhibitor, a diuretic, an ApoA-I mimic, an anti-diabetic agent, an obesity-reducing agent, an aldosterone receptor blocker, an endothelin receptor blocker, an aldosterone synthase inhibitors, a CETP inhibitor and a phosphodiesterase of type 5 (PDE5) inhibitor.
30. A method of inhibiting neutral endopeptidase EC. 3.4. 24.11. activity in a subject in need thereof, comprising: administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to claim 20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
31. The method according to claim 30, wherein the disorder or the disease is selected from hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, isolated systolic hypertension, resistant hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure, congestive heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy, angina, renal insufficiency, renal failure, diabetic nephropathy, non-diabetic nephropathy, nephroic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, scleroderma, glomerular sclerosis, proteinurea of primary renal disease, renal vascular hypertention, diabetic retinopathy and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), endothelial dysfunction, diastolic dysfunction, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, diabetic cardiac myopathy, supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation (AF), cardiac fibrosis, atrial flutter, detrimental vascular remodeling, plaque stabilization, myocardial infarction (MI), renal fibrosis, polycystic kidney disease (PKD), pulmonary arterial hypertension, renal failure, cyclical oedema, Menières disease, hyperaldosteroneism hypercalciuria, ascites, glaucoma, menstrual disorders, preterm labour, pre-eclampsia, endometriosis, and reproductive disorders, asthma, obstructive sleep apnea, inflammation, leukemia, pain, epilepsy, affective disorders, depression, psychotic condition, dementia, geriatric confusion, obesity and gastrointestinal disorders, wound healing, septic shock, gastric acid secretion dysfunction, hyperreninaemia, cystic fibrosis, restenosis, type-2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications, atherosclerosis, male and female sexual dysfunction.
US14/306,429 2009-05-28 2014-06-17 Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors Abandoned US20140296240A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/306,429 US20140296240A1 (en) 2009-05-28 2014-06-17 Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US18175609P 2009-05-28 2009-05-28
US26314509P 2009-11-20 2009-11-20
US32494310P 2010-04-16 2010-04-16
US12/788,766 US8394853B2 (en) 2009-05-28 2010-05-27 Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
US13/688,630 US8822534B2 (en) 2009-05-28 2012-11-29 Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
US14/306,429 US20140296240A1 (en) 2009-05-28 2014-06-17 Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/688,630 Continuation US8822534B2 (en) 2009-05-28 2012-11-29 Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20140296240A1 true US20140296240A1 (en) 2014-10-02

Family

ID=42313042

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/788,766 Expired - Fee Related US8394853B2 (en) 2009-05-28 2010-05-27 Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
US13/688,630 Expired - Fee Related US8822534B2 (en) 2009-05-28 2012-11-29 Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
US14/306,429 Abandoned US20140296240A1 (en) 2009-05-28 2014-06-17 Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/788,766 Expired - Fee Related US8394853B2 (en) 2009-05-28 2010-05-27 Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
US13/688,630 Expired - Fee Related US8822534B2 (en) 2009-05-28 2012-11-29 Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors

Country Status (38)

Country Link
US (3) US8394853B2 (en)
EP (3) EP2594557B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5420761B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101442897B1 (en)
CN (2) CN103896796B (en)
AR (1) AR076707A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2010251967B9 (en)
BR (1) BRPI1011657A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2763572C (en)
CL (1) CL2011002990A1 (en)
CO (1) CO6470847A2 (en)
CR (1) CR20110616A (en)
CU (1) CU24051B1 (en)
DK (1) DK2435409T3 (en)
EA (1) EA019511B1 (en)
EC (1) ECSP11011560A (en)
ES (3) ES2602826T3 (en)
GT (1) GT201100303A (en)
HN (1) HN2011003097A (en)
HR (1) HRP20141050T1 (en)
IL (1) IL216367A0 (en)
JO (1) JO2962B1 (en)
MA (1) MA33636B1 (en)
ME (1) ME01923B (en)
MX (1) MX2011012628A (en)
MY (1) MY156270A (en)
NZ (1) NZ596304A (en)
PE (1) PE20120330A1 (en)
PL (1) PL2435409T3 (en)
PT (1) PT2435409E (en)
RS (1) RS53664B1 (en)
SG (1) SG176009A1 (en)
SI (1) SI2435409T1 (en)
SM (1) SMT201400175B (en)
TW (1) TWI445530B (en)
UY (1) UY32662A (en)
WO (1) WO2010136493A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201108222B (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9102635B2 (en) 2013-02-14 2015-08-11 Novartis Ag Substituted bisphenyl butanoic acid derivatives as NEP inhibitors with improved in vivo efficacy
US9163040B2 (en) 2013-02-14 2015-10-20 Novartis Ag Substituted bisphenyl butanoic phosphonic acid derivatives as NEP inhibitors
CN107847462A (en) * 2015-03-13 2018-03-27 美国印第安纳大学研究和技术公司 Targeting cGMP-related phosphodiesterases to reduce cyst formation of cystic kidney disease and related materials and methods

Families Citing this family (70)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU2010251967B9 (en) 2009-05-28 2014-04-03 Novartis Ag Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
UY32660A (en) 2009-05-28 2010-12-31 Novartis Ag AMINOBUTRIC DERIVATIVES REPLACED AS NEPRILISINE INHIBITORS
JO2967B1 (en) 2009-11-20 2016-03-15 نوفارتس ايه جي Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel NEP inhibitors
UY33200A (en) 2010-01-26 2011-08-31 Sanofi Aventis 3-HETEROAROILAMINO-PROPIONIC ACID DERIVATIVES REPLACED WITH OXYGEN AND ITS USE AS PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS
WO2011092284A1 (en) * 2010-01-29 2011-08-04 Euroscreen S.A. Novel amino acid derivatives and their use as gpr43 receptor modulators
US8993631B2 (en) * 2010-11-16 2015-03-31 Novartis Ag Method of treating contrast-induced nephropathy
US8877815B2 (en) 2010-11-16 2014-11-04 Novartis Ag Substituted carbamoylcycloalkyl acetic acid derivatives as NEP
US8673974B2 (en) * 2010-11-16 2014-03-18 Novartis Ag Substituted amino bisphenyl pentanoic acid derivatives as NEP inhibitors
CN103261168B (en) * 2010-12-15 2015-08-05 施万生物制药研发Ip有限责任公司 Enkephalinase inhibitor
DK2651896T3 (en) * 2010-12-15 2015-10-05 Theravance Biopharma R & D Ip Llc Neprilysininhibitorer
UY33874A (en) * 2011-01-26 2012-08-31 Sanofi Aventis Substituted 3-heteroaroylamino-propionic acid derivatives and their use as pharmaceutical substances
JP5959066B2 (en) * 2011-02-17 2016-08-02 セラヴァンス バイオファーマ アール&ディー アイピー, エルエルシー Substituted aminobutyric acid derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
CN103380119B (en) * 2011-02-17 2016-02-17 施万生物制药研发Ip有限责任公司 As the amino butyric acid derivative be substituted of enkephalinase inhibitor
JP5885832B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2016-03-16 セラヴァンス バイオファーマ アール&ディー アイピー, エルエルシー Neprilysin inhibitor
US9499487B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2016-11-22 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip, Llc Neprilysin inhibitors
JP5959074B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2016-08-02 セラヴァンス バイオファーマ アール&ディー アイピー, エルエルシー Neprilysin inhibitor
JP6263469B2 (en) 2011-07-15 2018-01-17 ノバルティス アーゲー Salt of azabicyclic di-aryl ether and method for producing the same or method for producing the precursor
MY162786A (en) * 2011-07-26 2017-07-14 Sanofi Sa Substituted 3-thiazoloamino-propionic acid derivatives and their use as pharmaceuticals
CN105646362B (en) * 2011-07-26 2019-07-05 赛诺菲 3- heteroaroylamino-propanoic derivatives and its purposes as drug
JP6254088B2 (en) 2011-10-17 2017-12-27 バイオセリックス, インコーポレイテッド Substituted biarylalkylamide
TWI560172B (en) 2011-11-02 2016-12-01 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip Llc Neprilysin inhibitors
EA201400858A1 (en) 2012-02-03 2015-01-30 Басф Се FUNGICIDE PYRMIDIN COMPOUNDS
WO2013113776A1 (en) 2012-02-03 2013-08-08 Basf Se Fungicidal pyrimidine compounds
WO2013113716A1 (en) 2012-02-03 2013-08-08 Basf Se Fungicidal pyrimidine compounds
WO2013113720A1 (en) 2012-02-03 2013-08-08 Basf Se Fungicidal pyrimidine compounds
WO2013113773A1 (en) 2012-02-03 2013-08-08 Basf Se Fungicidal pyrimidine compounds
WO2013113787A1 (en) 2012-02-03 2013-08-08 Basf Se Fungicidal pyrimidine compounds
CA2862354A1 (en) 2012-02-03 2013-08-08 Basf Se Fungicidal pyrimidine compounds
TWI562986B (en) * 2012-02-15 2016-12-21 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip Llc Process for preparing 4-amino-5-biphenyl-4-yl-2-hydroxymethyl-2-methyl-pentanoic acid compounds
AR089954A1 (en) * 2012-02-15 2014-10-01 Theravance Inc CRYSTALLINE FORM OF THE ESTER 5-METHYL-2-OXO- [1,3] DIOXOL-4-ILMETILIC ACID (2S, 4R) -5-BIFENIL-4-IL-2-HYDROXIMETHYL-2-METHYL-4 - [( 1H- [1,2,3] TRIAZOL-4-CARBONIL) AMINO] PENTANOIC
WO2013181332A1 (en) * 2012-05-31 2013-12-05 Theravance, Inc. Nitric oxide donor neprilysin inhibitors
US8871792B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2014-10-28 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip, Llc Neprilysin inhibitors
RU2663618C2 (en) 2012-06-08 2018-08-07 ТЕРЕВАНС БАЙОФАРМА Ар энд Ди АйПи, ЭлЭлСи Neprilysin inhibitors
RS55797B1 (en) * 2012-08-08 2017-08-31 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip Llc Neprilysin inhibitors
WO2014053533A1 (en) * 2012-10-05 2014-04-10 Sanofi Use of substituted 3-heteroaroylamino-propionic acid derivatives as pharmaceuticals for prevention/treatment of atrial fibrillation
UY35144A (en) 2012-11-20 2014-06-30 Novartis Ag APELINE SYNTHETIC LINEAR MIMETICS FOR THE CARDIAC INSUFFICIENCY TREATMENT
HUE034210T2 (en) 2013-03-05 2018-02-28 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip Llc Neprilysin inhibitors
AP2016009019A0 (en) 2013-07-25 2016-02-29 Novartis Ag Bioconjugates of synthetic apelin polypeptides
AP2016009021A0 (en) 2013-07-25 2016-02-29 Novartis Ag Cyclic polypeptides for the treatment of heart failure
UA117254C2 (en) * 2013-09-17 2018-07-10 Вектус Байосистемз Лімітед Compositions for the treatment of hypertension and/or fibrosis
EP3087060B1 (en) 2013-12-23 2020-05-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Pyrimidone carboxamide compounds as pde2 inhibitors
SG11201606057PA (en) 2014-01-30 2016-08-30 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip Llc 5-biphenyl-4-heteroarylcarbonylamino-pentanoic acid derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
CN105992763A (en) * 2014-01-30 2016-10-05 施万生物制药研发Ip有限责任公司 Neprilysin inhibitors
WO2015189862A1 (en) * 2014-06-10 2015-12-17 Council Of Scientific & Industrial Research Chiral amines, a process for preparation and use thereof
WO2016086798A1 (en) * 2014-12-03 2016-06-09 上海翰森生物医药科技有限公司 Nep inhibitor crystalline free acid, calcium salt polymorph of same, preparation method for same, and applications thereof
WO2016116842A1 (en) 2015-01-23 2016-07-28 Novartis Ag Synthetic apelin fatty acid conjugates with improved half-life
CN104557600B (en) * 2015-01-26 2016-05-04 苏州明锐医药科技有限公司 Sha Ku is than bent preparation method
WO2016130650A1 (en) 2015-02-11 2016-08-18 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip, Llc (2s, 4r)-5-(5'-chloro-2'-fluorobiphenyl-4-yl)-2-ethoxyoxalylamino)-2-hydroxymethyl-2-methylpentanoic acid as neprilysin inhibitor
TW201632493A (en) * 2015-02-13 2016-09-16 諾華公司 New process
RS61325B1 (en) 2015-02-19 2021-02-26 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip Llc (2r,4r)-5-(5'-chloro-2'-fluorobiphenyl-4-yl)-2-hydroxy-4-[(5-methyloxazole-2-carbonyl)amino]pentanoic acid
WO2016145614A1 (en) 2015-03-17 2016-09-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Triazolyl pyrimidinone compounds as pde2 inhibitors
EP3285581B1 (en) 2015-03-26 2021-08-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Pyrazolyl pyrimidinone compounds as pde2 inhibitors
US10195201B2 (en) 2015-05-05 2019-02-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Heteroaryl-pyrimidinone compounds as PDE2 inhibitors
WO2016183741A1 (en) 2015-05-15 2016-11-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Pyrimidinone amide compounds as pde2 inhibitors
WO2016191935A1 (en) 2015-05-29 2016-12-08 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 6-alkyl dihydropyrazolopyrimidinone compounds as pde2 inhibitors
WO2016192083A1 (en) 2015-06-04 2016-12-08 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Dihydropyrazolopyrimidinone compounds as pde2 inhibitors
WO2016209749A1 (en) 2015-06-25 2016-12-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted pyrazolo/imidazolo bicyclic compounds as pde2 inhibitors
WO2017000276A1 (en) 2015-07-01 2017-01-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Bicyclic heterocyclic compounds as pde2 inhibitors
WO2017000277A1 (en) 2015-07-01 2017-01-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted triazolo bicycliccompounds as pde2 inhibitors
EP3394059B1 (en) 2015-12-23 2020-11-25 Chiesi Farmaceutici S.p.A. 1-(3-tert-butyl-phenyl)-3-(4-([1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridin-6-yloxy)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro- naphthalen-1-yl)-urea derivatives and their use as p38 mapk inhibitors
RS62172B1 (en) 2016-03-08 2021-08-31 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip Llc Crystalline (2s,4r)-5-(5'-chloro-2-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-2-(ethoxymethyl)-4-(3-hydroxyisoxazole-5-carboxamido)-2-methylpentanoic acid and uses thereof
CN106831473B (en) * 2017-02-22 2019-07-16 江西瑞雅药业有限公司 3- amide groups -4- (2 '-alkoxy -4- xenyl) butanoic acid derivative and preparation method thereof, pharmaceutical composition
FR3072379B1 (en) * 2017-10-18 2020-08-07 Pharmasynthese NEW DERIVATIVES OF STROMBIN AND THEIR USE IN COSMETICS
UY38072A (en) * 2018-02-07 2019-10-01 Novartis Ag COMPOSITIONS DERIVED FROM BUTANOIC ESTER SUBSTITUTED WITH BISPHENYL AS INHIBITORS OF NEP, COMPOSITIONS AND COMBINATIONS OF THE SAME
WO2019154665A1 (en) * 2018-02-07 2019-08-15 Basf Se New pyridine carboxamides
UY38485A (en) 2018-11-27 2020-06-30 Novartis Ag CYCLIC TETRAMER COMPOUNDS AS PROPROTEIN CONVERTASE SUBTILISIN / KEXIN TYPE 9 (PCSK9) INHIBITORS, METHOD OF TREATMENT, USE AND PREPARATION
WO2020110011A1 (en) 2018-11-27 2020-06-04 Novartis Ag Cyclic peptides as proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9 (pcsk9) inhibitors for the treatment of metabolic disorders
CN113166101A (en) 2018-11-27 2021-07-23 诺华股份有限公司 Cyclic pentameric compounds as proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9 (PCSK9) inhibitors for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2023084449A1 (en) 2021-11-12 2023-05-19 Novartis Ag Diaminocyclopentylpyridine derivatives for the treatment of a disease or disorder
CN115806501A (en) * 2022-12-13 2023-03-17 中国药科大学 N-oxalyl-D-phenylalanine compounds and ester prodrugs thereof, preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and application

Family Cites Families (140)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DK162288C (en) * 1978-11-25 1992-03-16 Nippon Kayaku Kk METHOD FOR PREPARING THREO-3-AMINO-2-HYDROXYBUTANOYL AMINO ACETIC ACIDS
DE2951135A1 (en) 1979-12-19 1981-06-25 Hoechst Ag, 6230 Frankfurt SULFONYL UREAS, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF, PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS BASED ON THESE COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USE
IT1148006B (en) 1980-04-11 1986-11-26 Wellcome Found STARCHES EQUIPPED WITH PHARMACEUTICAL PROPERTIES AND THEIR PREPARATION
PT72878B (en) 1980-04-24 1983-03-29 Merck & Co Inc Process for preparing mannich-base hydroxamic acid pro-drugs for the improved delivery of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents
US4610816A (en) 1980-12-18 1986-09-09 Schering Corporation Substituted dipeptides as inhibitors of enkephalinases
US4721726A (en) 1980-12-18 1988-01-26 Schering Corporation Substituted dipeptides as inhibitors of enkephalinases
JPS5865260A (en) 1981-10-13 1983-04-18 Microbial Chem Res Found 3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutyric acid derivative and pharmaceutical composition
FR2518088B1 (en) 1981-12-16 1987-11-27 Roques Bernard NOVEL AMINO ACID DERIVATIVES AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION
EP0103077B1 (en) 1982-06-17 1988-05-18 Schering Corporation Substituted dipeptides, methods for their production, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, method for making such pharmaceutical compositions
US4617307A (en) 1984-06-20 1986-10-14 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Substituted imidazo[1,5-A]pyridine derivatives as aromatase inhibitors
US4889861A (en) 1982-12-21 1989-12-26 Ciba-Geigy Corp. Substituted imidazo[1,5-a]pyridine derivatives and other substituted bicyclic derivatives and their use as aromatase inhibitors
AU569719B2 (en) 1983-01-28 1988-02-18 Schering Corporation Phosphorous compounds as inhibitors of enkephalinases
FI77669C (en) 1983-04-13 1989-04-10 Ciba Geigy Ag 20-SPIROXANER OCH ANALOGER, SOM INNEHAOLLER EN OEPPEN RING E, FOERFARANDE FOER DERAS FRAMSTAELLNING SAMT DESSA INNEHAOLLANDE PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATION.
DE3467754D1 (en) 1983-10-03 1988-01-07 Squibb & Sons Inc ENKEPHALINASE INHIBITORS
CN1008092B (en) * 1983-10-03 1990-05-23 E·R·斯奎布父子公司 Process for preparation of enkephalinase inhibitors
DE3347565A1 (en) 1983-12-30 1985-07-11 Thomae Gmbh Dr K NEW PHENYL ACETIC DERIVATIVES, MEDICINAL PRODUCTS CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF
JPS60248659A (en) 1984-05-25 1985-12-09 Microbial Chem Res Found 3(n-(mercaptoacyl))amino-4-arylbutyric acid derivative and analgesic containing said derivative as active component
JPS6354321A (en) 1985-03-27 1988-03-08 Ajinomoto Co Inc Blood sugar lowering agent
US4743587A (en) 1985-09-10 1988-05-10 G. D. Searle & Co. Hydroxamic acid based collagenase inhibitors
FR2597865B1 (en) 1986-04-29 1990-11-09 Roussel Uclaf NOVEL DERIVATIVES OF A BENZYL ALKYL CARBOXYLIC ACID SUBSTITUTED BY A RADICAL 4-PYRIDINYL AMINOCARBONYL, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS, THE NEW INTERMEDIATES OBTAINED, THEIR APPLICATION AS MEDICAMENTS AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
US5120712A (en) 1986-05-05 1992-06-09 The General Hospital Corporation Insulinotropic hormone
US5118666A (en) 1986-05-05 1992-06-02 The General Hospital Corporation Insulinotropic hormone
FR2605004B1 (en) 1986-09-25 1989-01-13 Centre Nat Rech Scient NOVEL AMINO ACID DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING THEM
KR880007441A (en) * 1986-12-11 1988-08-27 알렌 제이.스피겔 Spiro-Substituted Glutaramide Diuretics
FR2609289B1 (en) 1987-01-06 1991-03-29 Bellon Labor Sa Roger NOVEL COMPOUNDS HAVING ACTIVITY OF COLLAGENASE INHIBITORS, PROCESS FOR PREPARING SAME AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING SAME
CA1337400C (en) 1987-06-08 1995-10-24 Norma G. Delaney Inhibitors of neutral endopeptidase
WO1990001940A1 (en) 1988-08-18 1990-03-08 California Biotechnology Inc. Atrial natriuretic peptide clearance inhibitors
FR2651229B1 (en) 1989-08-24 1991-12-13 Inst Nat Sante Rech Med NOVEL AMINO ACID DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION.
WO1991009840A1 (en) 1989-12-22 1991-07-11 Schering Corporation Mercaptocycloacyl aminoacid endopeptidase inhibitors
WO1991011457A1 (en) 1990-01-24 1991-08-08 Buckley Douglas I Glp-1 analogs useful for diabetes treatment
US5449682A (en) * 1990-02-13 1995-09-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Angiotensin II antagonists incorporating a substituted benzyl element
US5223516A (en) 1990-03-22 1993-06-29 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. 3,3,3-trifluoro-2-mercaptomethyl-N-tetrazolyl substituted propanamides and method of using same
US5200426A (en) 1990-08-14 1993-04-06 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas Inhibitors of neutral endopeptidase/CALLA as chemotherapeutic agents
JPH04149166A (en) * 1990-10-12 1992-05-22 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Novel keto acid amide derivative
CA2058797A1 (en) * 1991-02-01 1992-08-02 Michael John Broadhurst Amino acid derivatives
AU654331B2 (en) 1991-03-30 1994-11-03 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Succinic acid compounds
US5294632A (en) 1991-05-01 1994-03-15 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Phosphono/biaryl substituted dipetide derivatives
RU2086544C1 (en) 1991-06-13 1997-08-10 Хоффманн-Ля Рош АГ Benzenesulfonamide derivatives of pyrimidine or their salts, pharmaceutical composition for treatment of diseases associated with endothelin activity
DK0965591T3 (en) 1991-06-21 2002-11-18 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Process for Preparation of (S) -3-Methyl-1- (2-piperidino-phenyl) -1-butylamine
GB9114006D0 (en) 1991-06-28 1991-08-14 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co New propionamide derivatives,processes for the preparation thereof and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
JP2508949B2 (en) 1991-07-30 1996-06-19 味の素株式会社 Crystal of N- (trans-4-isopropylcyclohexylcarbonyl) -D-phenylalanine and process for producing the same
EP0533130A1 (en) 1991-09-19 1993-03-24 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft 2-Hydroxymethylpyridines, the corresponding pyridine-N-oxides and derivatives thereof, process for their preparation and their use
ZA927211B (en) 1991-09-27 1993-03-24 Merrell Dow Pharma Novel carboxyalkyl derivatives useful as inhibitors of enkephalinase and ACE.
US5273990A (en) 1992-09-03 1993-12-28 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Phosphono substituted tetrazole derivatives
US5250522A (en) 1992-10-09 1993-10-05 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Phosphono/biaryl substituted amino acid derivatives
EP0618803A4 (en) 1991-12-19 1995-03-22 Southwest Found Biomed Res Cetp inhibitor polypeptide, antibodies against the synthetic polypeptide and prophylactic and therapeutic anti-atherosclerosis treatments.
US5217996A (en) * 1992-01-22 1993-06-08 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Biaryl substituted 4-amino-butyric acid amides
JPH06234630A (en) 1992-12-17 1994-08-23 Tanabe Seiyaku Co Ltd Neutral metalloendopeptidase inhibitor
WO1994020457A1 (en) 1993-03-02 1994-09-15 G.D. Searle & Co. N-acyl beta amino acid derivatives useful as platelet aggregation inhibitors
JP3576193B2 (en) 1993-12-03 2004-10-13 第一製薬株式会社 Biphenylmethyl-substituted valerylamide derivatives
IL111785A0 (en) 1993-12-03 1995-01-24 Ferring Bv Dp-iv inhibitors and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US5705483A (en) 1993-12-09 1998-01-06 Eli Lilly And Company Glucagon-like insulinotropic peptides, compositions and methods
US5517996A (en) 1994-04-21 1996-05-21 Hitachi Medical Corporation Ultrasonic diagnostic apparatus
IT1270261B (en) 1994-06-21 1997-04-29 Zambon Spa PEPTIDAL DERIVATIVES WITH INHIBITIVE ACTIVITY OF METALLOPEPTIDASES
US5512549A (en) 1994-10-18 1996-04-30 Eli Lilly And Company Glucagon-like insulinotropic peptide analogs, compositions, and methods of use
US5891912A (en) 1994-11-04 1999-04-06 Santen Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 1,3-dialkylurea derivatives having a hydroxyl group
DE69528197T2 (en) 1994-12-14 2003-06-05 Santen Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd NEW 1,3-DIALKYL URINE DERIVATIVES
TW313568B (en) 1994-12-20 1997-08-21 Hoffmann La Roche
FR2729668A1 (en) * 1995-01-23 1996-07-26 Adir NOVEL MERCAPTOALCANOYLDIPEPTIDES DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
US5550119A (en) 1995-03-02 1996-08-27 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Phosphono substituted tetrazole derivatives as ECE inhibitors
US5710171A (en) 1995-05-24 1998-01-20 Merck & Co., Inc. Bisphenyl inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
DE19616486C5 (en) 1996-04-25 2016-06-30 Royalty Pharma Collection Trust Method for lowering the blood glucose level in mammals
GB9609794D0 (en) * 1996-05-10 1996-07-17 Smithkline Beecham Plc Novel compounds
IL118657A0 (en) 1996-06-14 1996-10-16 Arad Dorit Inhibitors for picornavirus proteases
WO1998009940A1 (en) 1996-09-04 1998-03-12 Warner-Lambert Company Biphenyl butyric acids and their derivatives as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinases
FR2755135B1 (en) 1996-10-25 2002-12-27 Inst Nat Sante Rech Med NOVEL (ALPHA-AMINOPHOSPHINO) PEPTIDES DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
TW492957B (en) 1996-11-07 2002-07-01 Novartis Ag N-substituted 2-cyanopyrrolidnes
ES2257808T3 (en) 1997-05-29 2006-08-01 MERCK &amp; CO., INC. (A NEW JERSEY CORP.) BIARILALCANOIC ACIDS AS CELLULAR ADHESION INHIBITORS.
HRP980443A2 (en) * 1997-08-18 1999-10-31 Carl P. Decicco Novel inhibitors of aggrecanase and matrix metalloproteinases for the treatment of arthritis
WO1999026923A1 (en) 1997-11-20 1999-06-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Para-aminomethylaryl carboxamide derivatives
WO1999026922A1 (en) 1997-11-21 1999-06-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted pyrrole derivatives as cell adhesion inhibitors
AU751950B2 (en) 1997-11-24 2002-09-05 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted beta-alanine derivatives as cell adhesion inhibitors
MY153569A (en) 1998-01-20 2015-02-27 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corp Inhibitors of ?4 mediated cell adhesion
US6169103B1 (en) 1998-03-03 2001-01-02 Warner-Lambert Fluorine-substituted biphenyl butyric acids and their derivatives as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinases
GT199900147A (en) 1998-09-17 1999-09-06 1, 2, 3, 4- TETRAHIDROQUINOLINAS 2-SUBSTITUTED 4-AMINO SUBSTITUTED.
US6197786B1 (en) 1998-09-17 2001-03-06 Pfizer Inc 4-Carboxyamino-2-substituted-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolines
CO5150173A1 (en) 1998-12-10 2002-04-29 Novartis Ag COMPOUNDS N- (REPLACED GLYCLE) -2-DIPEPTIDYL-IV PEPTIDASE INHIBITING CYANOPIRROLIDINS (DPP-IV) WHICH ARE EFFECTIVE IN THE TREATMENT OF CONDITIONS MEDIATED BY DPP-IV INHIBITION
JP4070357B2 (en) 1999-06-03 2008-04-02 花王株式会社 Skin preparation
GB2354440A (en) 1999-07-20 2001-03-28 Merck & Co Inc Aryl amides as cell adhesion inhibitors
US6677341B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2004-01-13 Pharmacia Corporation (R)-Chiral halogenated substituted heteroaryl benzyl aminoalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US6509330B2 (en) 2000-02-17 2003-01-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hydroxamic acid containing compounds useful as ACE inhibitors and/or NEP inhibotors
AU7393801A (en) 2000-04-12 2001-10-23 Novartis Ag Combination of organic compounds
DE60115279T2 (en) 2000-09-29 2006-12-28 Topotarget Uk Ltd., Abingdon CARBOXIC ACID DERIVATIVES CONTAIN AN AMID GROUP AS HDAC INHIBITORS
JP4149166B2 (en) 2002-01-08 2008-09-10 東京エレクトロン株式会社 Processing system and processing method
CN102091330B (en) 2002-01-17 2015-04-08 诺华股份有限公司 Pharmaceutical compositions comprising valsartan and NEP inhibitors
JP4233353B2 (en) 2002-02-27 2009-03-04 田辺三菱製薬株式会社 Pharmaceutical composition
US20040063761A1 (en) 2002-08-06 2004-04-01 Kuduk Scott D. 2-(biarylalkyl)amino-3-(fluoroalkanoylamino)pyridine derivatives
EP1537114B8 (en) 2002-08-07 2007-10-03 Novartis AG Organic compounds as agents for the treatment of aldosterone mediated conditions
AU2003292039A1 (en) 2002-11-18 2004-06-15 Novartis Ag Imidazo(1, 5a)pyridine derivatives and methods for treating aldosterone mediated diseases
US20040142379A1 (en) 2003-01-16 2004-07-22 Carlsberg Research Laboratory Affinity fishing for ligands and proteins receptors
JP2007524596A (en) 2003-02-28 2007-08-30 トランスフォーム・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド Co-crystal pharmaceutical composition
AU2004236247B2 (en) 2003-04-30 2008-11-06 The Institutes For Pharmaceutical Discovery, Llc Substituted amino carboxylic acids as inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatase-1 B
CN1566065A (en) * 2003-06-27 2005-01-19 中国医学科学院药物研究所 Alpha position heteroatom substituted gamma aryl ketobutyric acid derivative, process, pharmaceutical combination and uses thereof
US20070197541A1 (en) 2003-07-29 2007-08-23 Oyelere Adegboyega K Biaryl heterocyclic amines,amides, and sulfur-containing compounds and methods of making and using the same
WO2005014532A1 (en) 2003-08-08 2005-02-17 Transtech Pharma, Inc. Aryl and heteroaryl compounds, compositions and methods of use
DK1732933T3 (en) 2004-03-26 2008-10-27 Lilly Co Eli Pre-dressings for the treatment of dyslipidemia
UA90269C2 (en) 2004-04-02 2010-04-26 Мицубиси Танабе Фарма Корпорейшн Tetrahydroquinoline derivatives and a process for preparing the same
TW200611898A (en) 2004-05-28 2006-04-16 Speedel Experimenta Ag Organic compounds
US8680079B2 (en) 2004-05-28 2014-03-25 Novartis Ag Tetrahydro-imidazo [1,5-A] pyridyin derivatives as aldosterone synthase inhibitors
TW200608978A (en) 2004-05-28 2006-03-16 Speedel Experimenta Ag Organic compounds
WO2006005726A2 (en) 2004-07-09 2006-01-19 Speedel Experimenta Ag Heterocyclic compounds
EP1778214A4 (en) 2004-07-27 2010-04-14 Glaxosmithkline Llc Novel biphenyl compounds and their use
JP2008520693A (en) 2004-11-18 2008-06-19 ジ インスチチュート フォー ファーマシューティカル ディスカバリー、エルエルシー Substituted amino acids as protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors
WO2006069096A1 (en) 2004-12-20 2006-06-29 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Silanol derivatives as inhibitors of histone deacetylase
MY146830A (en) 2005-02-11 2012-09-28 Novartis Ag Combination of organic compounds
AU2006223070B2 (en) * 2005-03-14 2012-02-09 High Point Pharmaceuticals, Llc Benzazole derivatives, compositions, and methods of use as B-secretase inhibitors
TW200716636A (en) 2005-05-31 2007-05-01 Speedel Experimenta Ag Heterocyclic spiro-compounds
TW200716105A (en) 2005-05-31 2007-05-01 Speedel Experimenta Ag Imidazole compounds
TW200716634A (en) 2005-05-31 2007-05-01 Speedel Experimenta Ag Heterocyclic spiro-compounds
GT200600381A (en) 2005-08-25 2007-03-28 ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
WO2007045663A2 (en) 2005-10-19 2007-04-26 Novartis Ag Combination of an ati receptor antagonist and a np inhibitor fro treating ia hypertension and heartfailure
WO2007056324A2 (en) 2005-11-08 2007-05-18 Novartis Ag Combination of an angiotensin ii receptor blocker, a calcium channel blocker and another active agent
AR057882A1 (en) * 2005-11-09 2007-12-26 Novartis Ag DOUBLE ACTION COMPOUNDS OF ANGIOTENSIN RECEPTOR BLOCKERS AND NEUTRAL ENDOPEPTIDASE INHIBITORS
AR056888A1 (en) 2005-12-09 2007-10-31 Speedel Experimenta Ag HIDEROCICLIL IMIDAZOL DERIVATIVES
US20090156875A1 (en) 2006-04-04 2009-06-18 Takafumi Tomioka Methane separation method, methane separation apparatus, and methane utilization system
TW200808812A (en) 2006-04-12 2008-02-16 Speedel Experimenta Ag Imidazo compounds
TW200808813A (en) 2006-04-12 2008-02-16 Speedel Experimenta Ag Imidazo compounds
CN101443007A (en) 2006-05-15 2009-05-27 Irm责任有限公司 TEREPHTHALAMATE compounds and compositions, and their use as HIV integrase inhibitors
EP1886695A1 (en) 2006-06-27 2008-02-13 Speedel Experimenta AG Pharmaceutical combination of an aldosterone synthase inhibitor and a glucocorticoid receptor antagonist or a cortisol synthesis inhibitor or a corticotropin releasing factor antagonist
BRPI0715938A2 (en) 2006-08-25 2014-05-20 Novartis Ag IMIDAZOLE DERIVATIVES Fused FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISORDERS MEDIATED BY ALDOSTERONE SYNTASE AND / OR 11-BETA HYDROXYLASE AND / OR AROMATASE
EP1903027A1 (en) 2006-09-13 2008-03-26 Novartis AG Process for preparing biaryl substituted 4-amino-butyric acid or derivatives thereof and their use in the production of NEP inhibitors
EP2094669A2 (en) 2006-12-18 2009-09-02 Novartis AG 1-substituted imidazole derivatives and their use as aldosterone synthase inhibitors
US8143278B2 (en) 2006-12-18 2012-03-27 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
MX2009006631A (en) 2006-12-18 2009-06-30 Novartis Ag Organic compounds.
CA2674291C (en) 2007-01-12 2015-11-24 Novartis Ag New process
TW200838501A (en) 2007-02-02 2008-10-01 Theravance Inc Dual-acting antihypertensive agents
US8324235B2 (en) 2007-03-29 2012-12-04 Novartis Ag Heterocyclic spiro-compounds
TWI448284B (en) 2007-04-24 2014-08-11 Theravance Inc Dual-acting antihypertensive agents
CA2723671C (en) 2007-05-10 2018-06-19 R & D Biopharmaceuticals Gmbh Tubulysine derivatives
TWI406850B (en) 2007-06-05 2013-09-01 Theravance Inc Dual-acting benzoimidazole antihypertensive agents
WO2009035543A1 (en) * 2007-09-07 2009-03-19 Theravance, Inc. Dual-acting antihypertensive agents
SI2217205T1 (en) 2007-11-06 2015-10-30 Novartis Ag Dual-acting pharmaceutical compositions based on superstructures of angiotensin receptor antagonist/blocker (arb) and neutral endopeptidase (nep) inhibitor
JP2011506459A (en) 2007-12-11 2011-03-03 セラヴァンス, インコーポレーテッド Dual acting benzimidazole derivatives and their use as antihypertensive agents
EP2070928A1 (en) 2007-12-12 2009-06-17 NERVIANO MEDICAL SCIENCES S.r.l. 7-azaindol-3-ylacrylamides active as kinase inhibitors
PE20091364A1 (en) 2008-01-17 2009-10-13 Novartis Ag PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF NEP INHIBITORS
EP2334651A2 (en) 2008-07-24 2011-06-22 Theravance, Inc. Dual-acting antihypertensive agents
AU2010251967B9 (en) 2009-05-28 2014-04-03 Novartis Ag Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
UY32660A (en) 2009-05-28 2010-12-31 Novartis Ag AMINOBUTRIC DERIVATIVES REPLACED AS NEPRILISINE INHIBITORS
KR101821090B1 (en) 2009-09-23 2018-01-22 제지앙 지우조우 파마슈티칼 컴퍼니 리미티드 Process for manufacture of n-acylbiphenyl alanine
JO2967B1 (en) 2009-11-20 2016-03-15 نوفارتس ايه جي Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel NEP inhibitors

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9102635B2 (en) 2013-02-14 2015-08-11 Novartis Ag Substituted bisphenyl butanoic acid derivatives as NEP inhibitors with improved in vivo efficacy
US9163040B2 (en) 2013-02-14 2015-10-20 Novartis Ag Substituted bisphenyl butanoic phosphonic acid derivatives as NEP inhibitors
US9480693B2 (en) 2013-02-14 2016-11-01 Novartis Ag Substituted bisphenyl butanoic phosphonic acid derivatives as NEP inhibitors
US10112963B2 (en) 2013-02-14 2018-10-30 Novartis Ag Substituted bisphenyl butanoic phosphonic acid derivatives as NEP inhibitors
CN107847462A (en) * 2015-03-13 2018-03-27 美国印第安纳大学研究和技术公司 Targeting cGMP-related phosphodiesterases to reduce cyst formation of cystic kidney disease and related materials and methods

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR101442897B1 (en) 2014-09-23
WO2010136493A1 (en) 2010-12-02
SG176009A1 (en) 2011-12-29
CA2763572C (en) 2017-10-17
CO6470847A2 (en) 2012-06-29
SI2435409T1 (en) 2014-12-31
ES2523734T3 (en) 2014-12-01
EP2594556A1 (en) 2013-05-22
AU2010251967B2 (en) 2013-04-18
RS53664B1 (en) 2015-04-30
AR076707A1 (en) 2011-06-29
PT2435409E (en) 2014-11-05
EP2435409A1 (en) 2012-04-04
ME01923B (en) 2015-05-20
CN103896796B (en) 2016-04-27
EP2435409B1 (en) 2014-08-13
US8822534B2 (en) 2014-09-02
PE20120330A1 (en) 2012-04-17
JO2962B1 (en) 2016-03-15
JP5420761B2 (en) 2014-02-19
CA2763572A1 (en) 2010-12-02
CN102574801B (en) 2016-04-27
ECSP11011560A (en) 2012-01-31
KR20120041703A (en) 2012-05-02
EA019511B1 (en) 2014-04-30
CL2011002990A1 (en) 2012-08-31
DK2435409T3 (en) 2014-10-27
CN103896796A (en) 2014-07-02
AU2010251967A1 (en) 2011-12-08
EP2594556B1 (en) 2016-08-10
JP2012528113A (en) 2012-11-12
ES2602826T3 (en) 2017-02-22
US20100305131A1 (en) 2010-12-02
EP2594557A1 (en) 2013-05-22
US8394853B2 (en) 2013-03-12
PL2435409T3 (en) 2015-01-30
MX2011012628A (en) 2011-12-14
ZA201108222B (en) 2012-07-25
UY32662A (en) 2010-12-31
HRP20141050T1 (en) 2014-12-19
HN2011003097A (en) 2015-08-10
IL216367A0 (en) 2012-01-31
ES2602902T3 (en) 2017-02-22
CU20110217A7 (en) 2012-03-15
CR20110616A (en) 2012-01-04
CU24051B1 (en) 2014-12-26
CN102574801A (en) 2012-07-11
EA201101671A1 (en) 2012-07-30
BRPI1011657A2 (en) 2019-04-16
AU2010251967B9 (en) 2014-04-03
EP2594557B1 (en) 2016-08-10
GT201100303A (en) 2014-03-14
MA33636B1 (en) 2012-10-01
TW201100076A (en) 2011-01-01
US20130096127A1 (en) 2013-04-18
NZ596304A (en) 2014-01-31
SMT201400175B (en) 2015-01-15
MY156270A (en) 2016-01-29
TWI445530B (en) 2014-07-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8822534B2 (en) Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
US8263629B2 (en) Substituted aminobutyric derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
US8877815B2 (en) Substituted carbamoylcycloalkyl acetic acid derivatives as NEP
US8877786B2 (en) Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel NEP inhibitors
AU2011331294A1 (en) Substituted amino bisphenyl pentanoic acid derivatives as NEP inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION